2012 -13 Lakeland College Academic Calendar

Academic Calendar 2012–2013

DIRECTORY Admissions/Information 1 800 661 6490 Toll-free in Canada 780 853 8672 Admissions Office 780 853 2955 Fax admissions@lakelandcollege.ca www.lakelandcollege.ca 8:15 am - 4:30 pm Monday through Friday Continuing Education 780 871 5712 Lloydminster 780 853 8444 Vermilion

Corporate Office Vermilion Campus 5707 College Drive Vermilion, AB Canada T9X 1K5 780 853 8400 Lloydminster Campus 2602 - 59 Avenue Lloydminster, Alberta Canada S9V 1Z3 780 871 5700

British Columbia

Alberta Saskatchewan Manitoba

Edmonton

Vermilion Vancouver

Calgary

Lloydminster

Saskatoon

Regina Winnipeg

All phone numbers below can be reached through our toll-free number.

Phone 1 800 661 6490 and then dial the last four digits in the listings.

Department

Admissions and Applications Alumni Office Apprenticeship Bookstore Child Development Centre (Daycare) Counselling Services Emergency Training Centre EMS Programs Event Services Financial Aid & Awards Health Services Horse Boarding Library Pesticide Certification Recreation Registrar Residence Student Employment Centre Student Loans Students’ Association The Learning Centre (TLC) Tours/High School Recruiting (all campuses) Transcript Requests

Vermilion Lloydminster 780 853 8672 780 871 5409 780 853 8628 780 853 8500 780 853 8525 780 871 5726 780 853 8531 780 853 8801 780 853 8781 780 871 5539/5722 780 853 5800 780 608 1240 (Camrose) 780 853 8440 780 871 5413 780 853 8418 780 871 5723 780 853 8432 780 871 5412 780 853 8642 780 853 8463 780 871 5731 1 866 853 8646 780 853 8402 780 871 5538 780 853 8429 780 853 8543 780 871 5414 780 853 8691 780 853 8418 780 871 5723 780 853 8484 780 871 5733 780 853 8482 780 871 5716 780 853 8400 780 853 8444

The submission of an application implies that a student agrees to abide by the rules and regulations of Lakeland College. Information contained in this calendar is prepared well in advance of the opening of the session, and every effort has been made to ensure accuracy. Lakeland College reserves the right to change or cancel program offerings, or to change admission requirements, fees or other information, without prior notice.

Please visit our website for the latest information.

Prepared by the Office of the Registrar, May 2012

Table of Contents 2012 - 2013 Academic Year................................................................. 2 2012 - 2013 Term Dates...................................................................3-4 Application and Admission.................................................................. 5 Financial Aid...................................................................................... 10 Grading and Course Outlines............................................................. 11 Services for Students......................................................................... 12 Registration - Regular Programming................................................. 13

FIRE AND EMERGENCY SERVICES Bachelor of Applied Business: Emergency Services............................ 26 Emergency Medical Technician.......................................................... 40 Emergency Services Technology......................................................... 41 Fire Fighter (NFPA Standard 1001)..................................................... 50 Paramedic ......................................................................................... 57

Student Rights and Responsibilities.............................................18-19

HEALTH AND WELLNESS Esthetician......................................................................................... 48 Practical Nurse.................................................................................. 59

Academic Upgrading......................................................................... 20

Interior Design Technology............................................................... 55

AGRICULTURAL SCIENCES

HUMAN SERVICES American Sign Language & Deaf Culture Studies.............................. 23 Child & Youth Care............................................................................. 35 Early Learning & Child Care (Certificate)........................................... 37 Early Learning & Child Care (Diploma).............................................. 38 Educational Assistant........................................................................ 39 Sign Language Interpretation (U of A Edmonton)............................... 68 Transitional Vocational....................................................................... 72

Policies and Procedures................................................................15-17

Agribusiness...................................................................................... 22 Animal Health Technology.................................................................. 24 Animal Science Technology................................................................ 25 Crop Technology................................................................................. 36 General Agriculture............................................................................ 52 Veterinary Medical Assistant............................................................ 109 Western Ranch and Cow Horse......................................................... 110 BUSINESS Accounting Technician....................................................................... 21 Agribusiness...................................................................................... 22 Bachelor of Applied Business: Emergency Services............................ 26 Business Administration Diploma.................................................29-30 Accounting Major............................................................................ 31 Appraisal & Assessment Major....................................................... 32 Marketing Major.............................................................................. 33 Small Business & Entrepreneurship Major...................................... 34 Event Management............................................................................ 49 Office Administration......................................................................... 56

TRADES & TECHNOLOGY Heavy Oil Power Engineering.............................................................. 53 Heavy Oil Operations Technician........................................................ 54 Power Engineering - Second Class..................................................... 58 Pre-employment Automotive Service/Heavy Equipment Technician.... 60 Pre-employment Carpenter................................................................ 61 Pre-employment Electrician............................................................... 62 Pre-employment Hairstylist................................................................ 63 Pre-employment Instrument Technician............................................. 64 Pre-employment Steamfitter-Pipefitter............................................... 65 Pre-employment Welder...................................................................... 66 Trades - Apprenticeship................................................................69-71 University Transfer.....................................................................73-108

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management............27-28 Environmental Sciences Diploma..................................................42-43

Course Descriptions......................................................................... 111 Index.........................................................................................139-140

Conservation & Restoration Ecology Major......................................... 44 Environmental Conservation & Reclamation Major............................ 45 Environmental Monitoring & Protection Major.................................... 46 Wildlife & Fisheries Conservation Major............................................. 47 Renewable Energy Conservation (online)........................................... 67 Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

1

2012-2013 Academic Year 2012 September 3

Labour Day

September 4

Registration Day, Fees Due

September 5

Classes Begin

September 11

Last day to Add Courses

September 17

Last day to Drop Courses Last day to Withdraw from College with full refund

October 1

Last day to Withdraw from College with 50% refund of semester fees

October 8

Thanksgiving Day - College Closed

November 5

Last day to Withdraw from Semester I Courses with “W” grade or to change from “credit” to “audit”

November 12

College Closed in lieu of Remembrance Day

November 13

Faculty Professional Development Day - Classes Cancelled

December 14

Last day of Semester I

December 15 - January 6

Christmas Break for Students

December 22 - January 2

College Closed

2013 January 7

Classes Begin for Semester II, Fees Due

January 14

Last day to Add Semester II

January 18

Last day to Drop Semester II Courses.

Last day to Withdraw from College with full refund of Semester II fees

February 1

Last day to Withdraw from College with 50% refund of Semester fees Last day to Withdraw from full year courses with “W” grade or \change from “credit” to “audit”

February 18

Family Day – College Closed

February 18 - February 22

Reading Week - Mid Term Break for students in most programs*

March 15

Last day to Withdraw from Semester II courses with “W” grade or change from “credit” to “audit”

March 29 - April 1

Easter - College Closed

April 26

Last day of Semester II for most programs

May 31

Vermilion Campus Convocation

June 7

Lloydminster Campus Convocation

* This Academic Schedule and refund dates apply to most college programs commencing on September 4. Please see the “Term Dates for 2012/13” for specific program start and end dates. This schedule does not include apprenticeship programs, programs with major work experience or practicum components, and continuing education courses. Please check with the Office of the Registrar or your program head for further information.

Dates for 2013 - 14: September 3, 2013 – Registration Day December 13, 2013 – Last day Semester 1 January 6, 2014 – First day Semester 2 February 17 - 21, 2014 – Spring Break April 25, 2014 – Last day Semester 2 May 30, 2014 – Vermilion Campus Convocation June 6, 2014 – Lloydminster Campus Convocation

2

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Lakeland College Term Dates 2012-2013 Academic Year PROGRAM

YEAR OF STUDY

Academic Upgrading

TERM DATES Semester I, 2012

Semester II, 2013

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Accounting Technician

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Adventure Tourism and Outdoor Recreation

Year 2

Aug 27 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Agribusiness

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Animal Health Technology

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Year 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - May 10

Animal Science Technology

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Apprenticeship Programs

Various

Various

Various

BApp Sciences: Environmental Mgt. (Sept 2012-8 mo academic)

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

started Fall 2011 (May 2012-8 mo. practicum) (Note 2)

Year 2

May 1, 2012 - Dec 31, 2012

started Fall 2012 (May 2013-8 mo. practicum) (Note 2)

Year 2

May 1, 2013 - Dec 31, 2013

BCommerce BManagement (University Transfer)

Year 3 & 4

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Business Administration: General Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Business Administration: Accounting Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Business Administration: Appraisal & Assessment Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Business Administration: Marketing Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Business Administration: Small Bus. & Entrepreneurship Major Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Child and Youth Care

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Crop Technology

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Early Learning & Child Care Certificate

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Early Learning & Child Care Diploma

Year 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Educational Assistant

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Emergency Medical Technician Sept 2012 (online/on-site) March 2013 (online/on-site)

Sept 10, 2012 - May 30, 2013 (practicum included) Mar 18, 2013 - Dec. 31, 2013 (practicum included)

Emergency Services Tech. (Platoon A-med/fire & Platoon B-fire)

includes EMR

Env Sc: Conservation and Restoration Ecology Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Env Sc: Environmental Conservation & Reclamation Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Env Sc: Environmental Monitoring and Protection Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Env Sc: Wildlife and Fisheries Conservation Major

Year 1 & 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Esthetician

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Event Management

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Firefighter Training Program

P1 - P8

General Agriculture

Year 1

Feb 11, 2013 - Feb 7, 2014

8 intakes in 2013 (refer to page 50 or www.lakelandcollege.ca) Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Health Care Aide

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - May 10

Heavy Oil Operations Technician Certificate (Note 1)

Year 1

Aug 20 - Dec 14

Jan 2 - May 31

Heavy Oil Power Engineering (Note 1)

Year 2

Aug 28 - Dec 19

Jan 3 - May 30

Interior Design

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - April 26

Year 2

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - June 22

Year 1

Sept 4 - Dec 14

Jan 7 - May 10

Office Administration

Notes: (1) Programs attend classes during the scheduled spring break week.

(2) Term dates for practicums may vary.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

3

Lakeland College Term Dates 2012-2013 Academic Year (continued) PROGRAM Paramedic (online/on-site studies)

YEAR OF STUDY Year 1 Year 2

Practical Nurse 50LPN January 2011 intake

Sem 4

Aug 7 - Nov 30, 2012

August 2011 intake

Sem 3 & 4

Aug 7 - Dec 14, 2012 & Jan 7 - May 31, 2013

January 2012 intake

Sem 1 & 2 Sem 3 & 4

Jan 3 - May 4, 2012 & Aug 20 - Dec 14, 2012 TBD

August 2012 intake

Sem 1 & 2 Sem 3 & 4

Sept 4 - Dec 14, 2012 TBD

January 2013 intake

Sem 1 & 2 Sem 3 & 4

Jan. 7 - April 26, 2013 TBD

Pre-employment Auto Service/Heavy Equipment Technician Pre-employment Carpenter Pre-employment Electrician Pre-employment Hairstylist Pre-employment Instrument Technician Pre-employment Steamfitter-Pipefitter Pre-employment Welder Renewable Energy & Conservation (part-time, online) Sign Language Interpretation - next intake Sept 2012 Transitional Vocational University Transfer Veterinary Medical Assistant Western Ranch & Cow Horse

4

TERM DATES Sept 4, 2012 - June 30, 2013 (1st yr); Sept 16, 2013 - May 2, 2014 (2nd yr) Sept 17, 2012 - April 27, 2013 (2nd yr)

Lakeland College 2012-2013

16 weeks 16 weeks 16 weeks 27 weeks 16 weeks 16 weeks 16 weeks Year 1 Sem 1 & 2 Sem 3 & 4 Year 1 Year 1 & 2 Year 1 Year 1

1 800 661 6490

Sept 4 - Dec 21 Sept 4 - Dec 21 Sept 4 - Dec 21 Sept 10 - Dec 16, 2012 & Jan 3 - April 27, 2013 Sept 4 - Dec 21 Sept 4 - Dec 21 Sept 4 - Dec 21 Aug 27, 2012 - June 28, 2013 Sept 4 - Dec 14, 2012 Jan 7 - April 26, 2013 Sept 3 - Dec 13, 2013 Jan 6 - April 25, 2014 Sept 4 - Dec 14 Jan 7 - May 24 Sept 4 - Dec 14 Jan 7 - April 26 Sept 4 - Dec 14 Jan 7 - May 17 Sept 4 - Dec 14 Jan 7 - April 26

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Application and Admission • All other applicants will be considered on a case by case basis and counselled on the best course of action for their situation. This may include: - College preparation.

- Admission as a part-time unclassified student.

- Admission as a probationary student.

- A dmission on the basis of inclusive education status as an auditing student. Proof of funding is required.

Applicants under these or any other situations are advised to contact the Associate Registrar - Admissions.

1 800 661 6490 Toll-free 780 853 8672 Vermilion 780 853 2955 Fax, Vermilion 780 871 5409 Lloydminster 8:15 am - 4:30 pm, Monday through Friday E-mail: admissions@lakelandcollege.ca Website: http://www.lakelandcollege.ca Mailing Addresses: Office of the Registrar Lakeland College 5707 College Drive Vermilion, Alberta, Canada T9X 1K5 Office of the Registrar Lakeland College 2602 - 59 Avenue Lloydminster, Alberta, Canada S9V 1Z3 Attention High School Students Applicants who are currently enrolled in high school courses must submit a statement of high school courses with marks along with a letter from the school counsellor or principal listing current year’s courses with the Application for Admission form.

This must be followed by: 1. Final first semester marks from the high school once available in February, and 2. An original official transcript with complete academic results submitted to the Office of the Registrar by August 1st.

When to Apply Applications are accepted until classes start, however, we recommend you apply early! All programs at Lakeland College have a quota on the number of students accepted. We begin processing applications for full-time studies in October for all programs beginning next fall. You should apply well in advance for programs that start at other times during the year. If you apply more than once for programs beginning in the same academic year, you will be considered for the program choice on your most recent application.

Who Can Apply Admission to Lakeland College programs is open to any person who meets the specific program admission requirements and who will be 18 years of age prior to December 31 of the year of initial entry.

Applicants who do not meet the entrance requirements will be considered under special admission.

Regular Admission Applicants presenting the general admission requirements of the college and the specific program admission requirements will be considered Regular Applicants.

Special Admission The following considerations will be given to applicants who do not meet one or more of the admission requirements: • standardized testing; the results must meet the appropriate program admission requirements.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Students with Special Needs Students with physical, sensory or learning disabilities should contact Counselling Services for consultation on program choice, assessment of necessary support services and employment goals. Additional support such as interpreters, technical assistance or adjusted course load must be arranged 4 - 12 months prior to registration. It is a student’s responsibility to request academic accommodation.

If you are a student with a documented disability and have not registered with the Special Needs Coordinator, please contact Leonard Wilhelm at 780 853 8781 or 780 871 5722. Have potential qualifying documentation ready for review. If you are seeking academic accommodation, please notify your instructor no later than 14 days after the commencement of the course. For information about our Disability Policy, see page 17 or contact Counselling Services.

Counselling Services 780 853 8781 leonard.wilhelm@lakelandcollege.ca 780 871 5539 marina.gallery@lakelandcollege.ca English Language Proficiency The language of instruction and communication at Lakeland College is English. Adequate knowledge of written and spoken English is a prerequisite for admission, regardless of citizenship status or country of origin. English proficiency must be demonstrated in one of the following ways: 1. Meeting Program Admission Requirements; or 2. Admission under special admission status; or 3. An acceptable score on one of the following tests: • TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language –www.ets.org/toefl) - Performance in each testing area – reading, listening, speaking, writing – will be considered. A minimum score of 86 points on the TOEFL iBT examination with a minimum score of 21 points in each of the four tested areas. It is important to note that achieving the minimum acceptable score in each testing area will not be sufficient to meet the minimum ELP requirement. Students applying to a program requiring Spoken Language Proficiency will be required to present 26 points in the speaking component.

• IELTS (International English Language Testing System – www.ielts. org) - a minimum score of 6.5 overall, with at least 5.5 on each band score; or • CAEL (Canadian Assessment of English Language -www.cael. org) - a minimum score of 60 overall, with at least 60 on each band score, or • MELAB (Michigan English Assessment Battery - www.lsa.umich.edu/ eli/) - minimum score of 80 with no component less than 76, must include the speaking test (minimum 3).

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

5

Application and Admission How to Apply for Full-time Studies 1. C omplete and submit an Application for Admission form.

Apply online at http://www.lakelandcollege.ca or www.applyalberta.ca 2. P ay the $75 application fee. You can pay by cheque or money order (payable to Lakeland College), cash, debit, Visa or MasterCard.

• The application fee is payable once during the academic year in which you are applying and is non-refundable. If you change your choice of program or campus location prior to registration, for the same academic year, no additional application is required. A phone call to the Office of the Registrar to initiate the change is all that is needed.

• After registration, you may also make a change to your program choice, with no fee. You will need to complete an application form to confirm your intention to change programs.

• No application fee is required if you have been enrolled in and completed a minimum of one semester within the past two academic years prior to the new application.

3. A rrange for Official Transcript(s) to be sent. You must arrange for an original official high school transcript to be sent directly to Lakeland College: • from the department of education (for Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan and Manitoba); • from your high school if you are from another province; • and/or from the post-secondary institution that you attended.

Applicants who have graduated from high school may wish to provide an unofficial copy of their complete high school transcript with their Application for Admission form. Conditional acceptance may be offered on the basis of the unofficial academic document; however, an official transcript must be provided for you to be granted final acceptance. It is your responsibility to request an official high school transcript to be submitted directly to the Office of the Registrar at Lakeland College from the provincial department of education. Refer to website link for details: http://www.lakelandcollege.ca/admissions/application-steps/ Transfer Credit Lakeland College considers transfer credit from all accredited post-secondary institutions and on a case-by-case basis from nonaccredited institutions. Application must be made to a Lakeland College program and a “Transfer Credit Request” form should be submitted. The form is available on our website www.lakelandcollege. ca. Students who have previously attended institutions in Alberta, Nunavut, the Northwest Territories or Saskatchewan should consult the applicable online transfer guide for agreements with Lakeland College.

Alberta Council on Admissions and Transfer http://www.acat.gov.ab.ca 11th Floor, Commerce Place, 10155 – 102 Street Edmonton, Alberta T5J 4L5 Phone: 780 422 9021 or 310 0000 (toll-free) E-mail: acat@gov.ab.ca Saskatchewan Council for Admissions and Transfer http://www.saskcat.ca Campus Saskatchewan 4500 Wascana Parkway P.O. Box 556, Regina, Saskatchewan S4P 3A3

6

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

All Applicants: Failure to provide all appropriate information will delay your application process. It is the responsibility of the applicant to ensure that Lakeland College receives all necessary documents. All documents submitted in support of an application for admission become the property of Lakeland College and will not be returned.

How to Apply for Part-time Studies Students are considered part-time if they enrol in less than a 60% course load per semester. Registration is dependent upon the applicant having the required prerequisite for the course and is subject to availability of space in the course.

1. Complete and submit an Application for Admission form and $75 application fee.

2. Include the course name and number on the application.

3. Transcripts may be required to determine if the applicant has course prerequisites. Applicants should contact the Department Chair for information on scheduling, course availability and prerequisites.

How to Apply for Re-Admission Students who have interrupted their program studies at Lakeland College for a period greater than one semester must complete and submit an Application for Admission form. As changes in curriculum may have occurred, students should contact the Department Chair for information on scheduling, course availability and prerequisites.

If you wish to change your program in the second semester or in year two of your studies you must submit an Application for Admission form. The application fee will be waived.

How Applicants are Selected Admission requirements are outlined under program information in this calendar. Admission to most programs is on a “first qualified, first accepted basis” unless otherwise stated. Student selection in oversubscribed programs may be based on a competitive selection process. (See Academic Standing, Career Investigation Reports, Resumes below.) Adult applicants who do not meet admission requirements may be considered for acceptance under “Special Status Admission.”

Academic Standing, Career Investigation Reports, Resumes Programs that receive more applications than the number of positions available are oversubscribed. In some programs, a further selection process may be used to determine admission. This may include one or more of the following: marks in required courses, personal interview, completion of a portfolio, career investigation report, resume, reference letters or other testing. When further documentation is required as part of the student selection process, the applicant will be sent specific instructions on the format and what information is required once the admission process begins.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Application and Admission After You Apply Admission Decisions It is extremely important to read all correspondence carefully and submit all required documentation as soon as possible. You will be informed of an admission decision as soon as possible. When you are accepted or conditionally accepted, you will be sent a Residence application form. Complete and return the form by mail (see Residence Life information). If you are currently registered in high school you may be conditionally accepted based on the interim academic information provided. Final acceptance will be reviewed upon receipt of the original official transcript of final marks.

• Your acceptance may be jeopardized if official transcripts are not received by August 1st or one month prior to registration.

• Conditional acceptance may be withdrawn if you have not successfully completed the required courses for admission.

Wait Lists If the program quota has been filled, you will be placed on a wait list if you meet the entrance requirements. The Admissions Office will contact you if a position becomes available. Please notify the Office of the Registrar immediately if you do not want to be on the wait list. It is also important to notify the Office of the Registrar of any change of address or telephone number. Wait lists are not held over from one academic year to the next.

If you are not accepted, you may apply for the next academic year. The application fee will be waived. Documents such as transcripts are retained in the applicant’s file at Lakeland College for one year after the start of the semester for which application was made. If further application is not received all documents are destroyed.

The option does exist for you to be considered for another program and remain wait listed in your first choice. Contact the Office of the Registrar to arrange this.

Tuition Deposit • If you are accepted, you are required to submit a minimum nonrefundable $200 tuition deposit to secure your position in the program. There may be exceptions from program to program.

• This deposit will be applied towards the first semester tuition fees.

• Failure to submit the tuition deposit by the date requested in the letter of acceptance will jeopardize your eligibility for enrolment in the program.

• If you are sponsored by Service Canada, Native Bands, Workers’ Compensation Board, or other funding agencies you may arrange for a letter of confirmation to be submitted to the Office of the Registrar in lieu of the tuition deposit.

Medical and Health Information • You must complete and return the Health Information Form prior to registration.

• The Lakeland College Students’ Association provides a mandatory health and benefit plan for most full-time on-campus students.

Details are available at www.lakelandcollege.ca/campus-life/ vermilion-student-association/health-and-dental-plan.aspx • You are responsible for ensuring you are medically fit to participate in college courses, activities or practicums.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

• International applicants must provide proof of adequate health insurance coverage prior to registration. If you do not have adequate coverage, you will be required to apply for mandatory health insurance coverage. The cost will be approximately $450 (Canadian funds).

International Applicants An International Applicant is a person who is neither a Canadian Citizen nor a Permanent Resident (Landed Immigrant). Applicants seeking admission to Lakeland College should apply at least six months in advance of the program start date, as it takes a considerable amount of time to complete the processes of documentation evaluation and student visa application.

Applicants from outside Canada must: 1. Have transcripts evaluated by the International Qualifications Assessment Service (IQAS) in Edmonton, Alberta, Canada.

IQAS application forms are available directly from IQAS at: Telephone: 780 427 2655 (Canada and abroad) Fax: 780 422 9734 or e-mail: iqas@aecd.gov.ab.ca website: www.aecd.gov.ab.ca/iqas DO NOT SEND TRANSCRIPTS TO LAKELAND COLLEGE. The appropriate documentation and evaluation will be forwarded to Lakeland College from IQAS when it is completed.

2. C omplete and submit an Application for Admission form and $65 (Canadian) application fee to the Office of the Registrar.

The program of study must be clearly indicated.

3. S ubmit proof of English language proficiency. Refer to website link for details: http://www.lakelandcollege.ca/international/English_ proficiency.aspx Applications will be processed once the application fee, English Language Proficiency or TOEFL score and transcript evaluation from IQAS, have been submitted to Lakeland College.

4. International applicants presently studying in Canada at another institution must have an official transcript sent directly from the institution to Lakeland College.

Note: Lakeland College will evaluate official high school transcripts from the United States. The applicant must have their school forward an official transcript as well as a copy of their school’s graduation requirements.

International students must provide proof of adequate health insurance coverage prior to registration. Applicants who do not have coverage will be required to apply for mandatory health insurance coverage. The cost is approximately $450 (Canadian funds).

International students are assessed a surcharge on tuition fees.

As required by Employment and Immigration Canada, international applicants are solely responsible for all arrangements relating to their immigration status, visas, travel arrangements, financial guarantees and entry into Canada. Additional information on Citizenship and Immigration Canada is available at http://www.cic.gc.ca/english/visit/ index.html Lakeland College has no provision for financial assistance to international students.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

7

Application and Admission Provincial Grade and Subject Equivalencies The following charts reflect common equivalency for grade and subject levels in other provinces. They are intended for information only. The information is not cumulative or historical and may be subject to change without notice. For clarification on acceptable subject equivalencies, please contact the Office of the Registrar.

High School - Grade Level Equivalencies Alberta

B.C.

Saskatchewan

Manitoba

Ontario OAC curriculum

Ontario new curriculum

Quebec

NFLD

New Brunswick

Nova Scotia P.E.I.

10

10

10

20

241

2

N/A

1000

101 or 102

10

421

20

11

11

30

341 or 30A

3U

N/A

2000

111 or 112

11

521

23

N/A

N/A

N/A

30G

3C

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

30 12 30-1 (new)

12

40

OAC or new curriculum

4U

1 yr CGEP

3000

121 or 122

12

611 or 621

33,30-2(new) N/A

N/A

N/A

441 or 40G

4C

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Provincial High School – Subject Level Equivalencies for Lakeland College Programs

8

Alberta

British Columbia

Saskatchewan

Manitoba

Ontario

Math 10-3

Apprenticeship & Workplace Math 10

Workplace & Apprenticeship Math 10

Applied Math 10/Math 13 Math 10C

Essentials of Math 10 or Applications of Math 10

Math 10 (core), Foundations of Math & Pre-Calculus 10

Applied or Consumer Math (20S)

MFM2D

Pure Math 10/Math 10 Math 10C

Principles of Math 10 or Foundations of Math 10

Math 10 (core), Foundations of Math & Pre-Calculus 10

Pre-Calculus Math (20S)

MPM2D

Math 20-3

Apprenticeship & Workplace Math 11

Workplace & Apprenticeship Math 20

Applied Math 20/Math 23 Math 20-2

Essentials of Math 11 or Applications of Math 11

Math 20 (core) Foundations of Math 20

Applied or Consumer Math (30S) or Math 30G

MCM3M or MBF3C

Pure Math 20/Math 20 Math 20-1

Principles of Math 11, Pre-Calculus 11 or Foundations of Math 11

Math 20 (core) Pre-Calculus 20

Pre-Calculus Math (30S) or Math 30S

MCR3U

Math 30-3

Apprenticeship & Workplace Math 12

Workplace & Apprenticeship Math 30

Applied Math 30/Math 33 Math 30-2

Essentials of Math 12 or Applications of Math 12

Math A30 (core) Foundations of Math 30

Applied or Consumer Math (40S), or Math 40G

MAP4C or MCT4C

Pure Math 30/Math 30 Math 30-1

Principles of Math 12, Pre-Calculus 12 or Foundations of Math 12

Math A30, B30, C30 Pre-Calculus 30

Pre-Calculus Math (40S) or Math 40S

MCB4U, MGA4U, MDM U, MHF4U

Math 31

Calculus 12

Calculus 30

Calculus 40S or Intro to Calculus 45S or Adv Math 45S

Calculus & Vectors MVC4U

Biology 20

Biology 11

Biology 20 (core)

Biology 30S or 30G

SBI3U or SBI3C

Biology 30

Biology 12

Biology 30 (core)

Biology 40S

SBI4U

Chemistry 20

Chemistry 11

Chemistry 20 (core)

Chemistry 30S

SCH3U

Chemistry 30

Chemistry 12

Chemistry 30 (core)

Chemistry 40S

SCH4U or SCH4C

Physics 20

Physics 11

Physics 20 (core)

Physics 30S

SPH3U

Physics 30

Physics 12

Physics 30 (core)

Physics 40S

SPH4U or SPH4C

Science 30

N/A

N/A

N/A

SNC4M

English ELA 10-1/10

ELA 10

ELA 10A/10B (core)

ELA (20F)

ENG2D

English ELA 10-2/13

ELA 10

ELA 10A/10B (core)

N/A

ENG2P

English ELA 20-1/20

English 11

ELA 20 (core)

2 of ELA (30S) Comp or Lit or Tran

ENG3U

English ELA 20-2/23

Communications 11

Communication Studies 20 (core)

1 of ELA (30S) Comp or Lit or Tran or English 30G

ENG3C

English ELA 30-1/30

One of English 12 or English Literature 12

ELA A30/B30

2 of ELA: Literary Focus 40S, ELA: Comprehensive Focus 40S or ELA: Transactional Focus 40S

One of English (ENG4U), Studies in Literature (ETS4U)

English ELA 30-2/33

Tech & Prof Communications 12 or Communications 12

N/A

1 of ELA: Literary Focus 40S, ELA: Comprehensive Focus 40S or ELA: Transactional Focus 40S

ENG4C

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Academic Fees Tuition/Mandatory Fees Total mandatory fees include tuition, comprehensive fees, program or course specific fees, the Students’ Association fee and Health and Dental premium for qualifying students. Please note that fees may vary according to program enrolled in, the number of courses and credits taken, or program or course specific fees assessed. Additional fees will be assessed for courses taken outside of your academic program. Students are advised to visit www.lakelandcollege.ca/calculator for detailed fee information.

The maximum allowable tuition increase for programs that fall under Alberta’s Tuition Fee Policy regulation is equivalent to the annual consumer price index. Lakeland College will follow this guideline for future yearly increases.

Comprehensive Fee This mandatory fee is levied to provide support for various academic amenities, broad accident insurance for students, technical and library services, support for athletics, as well as access to recreation facilities. This fee also includes a capital replacement fee used to upgrade laboratory and computer equipment.

Program and Course Specific Fees This fee is levied to cover costs associated with specific courses or programs, that are not directly related to instruction. Fees can vary depending upon course selection.

Students’ Association Fee The Lakeland College Students’ Association assesses a membership fee from all students enrolled in credentialed programs on the Vermilion and Lloydminster campuses and an associate membership fee for some off-campus programs. The Students’ Association advocates for all students and their concerns on a local, provincial, and national level. All students receive a welcome package that includes the SA day planner, several free items and a variety of information. Students have access to all the SA programs, prize giveaways and events throughout the year. The SA provides several bursaries and other awards each year.

Students are provided with free grad gown rentals, a souvenir grad hat and tassel, and the convocation tea.

The Lakeland College Students’ Association provides a mandatory health and benefit plan for most full-time on-campus students and some details are available at www.lakelandcollege.ca/campus-life/ vermilion-student-association/health-and-dental-plan.aspx International Student Fees International students, except U.S. students, pay a surcharge on all tuition and full-time off-campus program fees.

Books, Supplies, Field Trip, and Practicum Expenses This is an estimated cost of classroom materials, books and equipment, field trip, and practicum expenses that you are responsible for.

Payment of Fees Fees are assessed by semester and are due on or before the Friday following Registration Day. Failure to pay your fees on the due date will result in a $100 late fee being charged to your account. If you are paying your fees with a student loan, at least one semester of mandatory fees will be deducted. Students paying residence fees with a student loan will also have one semester’s residence fees deducted from the loan.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Lakeland College accepts payment by cheque, money order, Interac, Visa or MasterCard. Cheques or money orders should be made payable to Lakeland College. Cash should not be sent through the mail. Sponsored students (e.g. Human Resources Canada, Workers’ Compensation, and native bands) must supply a letter of commitment from the sponsoring agency at or before registration.

Non-payment of fees will result in cancellation of your registration at Lakeland College.

Applications and registrations for students with accounts outstanding will not be processed.

If you have an outstanding account, your examination results, official transcripts, diplomas/certificates, and other information and services will be withheld.

Fee Refunds For most programs adhering to the regular academic schedule, the following refund schedule shall apply. Please refer to the Office of the Registrar for refund schedules on all other programming.

Mandatory Fees Refunds are calculated on the basis of the official date of withdrawal from Lakeland College. Refunds will be considered only when proper withdrawal procedures through the Registrar’s Office have been completed: • 100% refund of current semester fees (less tuition deposit) if withdrawing in the first 10 working days of the semester.

• 50% refund of current semester fees (less tuition deposit) if withdrawing between the 11th and 20th working day.

• No refund of current semester fees if withdrawing after the 20th working day.

Students who are required to withdraw from a program automatically forfeit any right to a refund under this section.

Tax Receipts Tuition and Education Amount Certificates (T2202A) will be issued at the end of February for programs and courses taken within the previous calendar year and mailed to the your home address. There is a charge for duplicate copies.

Miscellaneous Fees • Admissions Testing (per subject area)......................................... $40 • Application Fee............................................................................ $75 • Audit Fee.............................................. regular course or program fee • Challenge Exam.......................................................................... $200 • Duplicate T2202A Fee................................................................... $15 • EST, 1001 & FEST re-examinations ………………….............. $80 • Late Registration Fee/Late Fee.................................................... $100 • Lost Cheque.................................................................................. $25 • NSF Cheque.................................................................................. $25 • Program Registration change…………………..................... $100 • Re-appraisal/re-read of paper/lab/exam.................................... $200 • Re-examination.......................................................................... $200 • Replacement of: credentials/graduation document............................................. $100 student ID card........................................................................... $10 • Special projects (minimum)........................................................ $200 • Environmental Sciences Capstone Extension.............................. $500 • Exam Reschedule........................................................................ $200 • Session Change Fee.................................................................... $100 For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

9

Financial Aid Lloydminster Campus Student Services Telephone: 780 871 5723 Vermilion Campus Alumni Hall Building, Room AH117 e-mail: financialaid@lakelandcollege.ca website: www.lakelandcollege.ca/financial-aid 1 800 661 6490 Hours: 8:15 am - 4:30 pm - Monday through Friday The Financial Aid and Awards Office handles applications and provides information and assistance for students applying for federal and provincial government student loans and/or grants. Information on alternate bank loans and other financial resources may also be available. Students may also seek practical advice about budgeting, money management and the financial implications of post-secondary education. The Financial Aid and Awards Office also administer the Lakeland College Student Awards Program.

Financing Your Education: Financing a post-secondary education can be very expensive. However, with careful planning and consideration of your options, it can be affordable and very worthwhile. It is very important that you check out your options and carefully plan your finances ahead of time.

When determining your educational costs, it is important to consult the current college calendar or contact the Office of the Registrar to ensure accurate costs for tuition, student fees, books and supplies.

You must also consider monthly rent, utilities, food, transportation and personal expenses for the entire academic year.

As a student or parent, take time to visit www.canlearn.ca. This website has helpful information about financing your education.

Students, check out online tips and tools on financial planning, cost of education calculator, getting the money, debt management and more.

Parents, check out the online CanLearn Long-term Planner tools and information to help you figure out how much your student’s education will cost, how to save and when to start.

Other excellent online sources for financial advice are www.debtfreegrad.com and www.financialplan.about.com.

Funding Options: Savings – You are expected to use your personal savings.

Parental Contributions – Parents are expected to contribute financially towards the education of their dependent children according to the family income.

Part-time Employment – Some students choose to or may find it necessary to work part-time during their period of study.

Government Student Loans/Grants – Government student loans and/ or grants are available for Canadian citizens and landed immigrants studying full time and part time at the post-secondary level. Funding is assessed based on financial need. You must apply to your province of residency. Early application is advised, as loan/grant processing may take up to six weeks. Further information and application forms for Alberta residents are available from:

10

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

• Financial Aid and Awards Office or • Alberta Employment Immigration and Industry Office or • www.alis.gov.ab.ca Links to student loan websites for all provinces are available on our website, www.lakelandcollege.ca Personal Student Bank Loans – Many of the major banks offer student loans or a line of credit for full-time students. Unlike government student loans, these loans are not based on financial need. Although interest is charged and payable while enrolled, this is an alternate for students who are not eligible for the government student loans.

Skills Investment Program – Under Alberta Works, an array of programs and services are available for students who are eligible to receive Employment Insurance (EI) benefits. For further information, contact your nearest Alberta Employment Immigration and Industry Office.

Work Foundations Program (Alberta residents)/Provincial Training Allowance (Saskatchewan residents) – Grant funding may be available to adult learners requiring upgrading or basic training to develop skills that help to get and keep a job or to go on to further training. For further information, contact the Alberta Employment Immigration and Industry Office.

Disability Related Employment Supports Program (DRES) – DRES may provide support to adult Albertans who are faced with barriers caused by a disability and who need assistance in order to enter or maintain employment. For further information, contact the nearest Alberta Employment Immigration and Industry Office.

Indian and Northern Affairs – For information regarding available funding and sponsorship, please contact your local band or Indian and Northern Affairs.

Workers’ Compensation – The Workers’ Compensation Board (WCB) may assist students who are currently receiving WCB benefits. Contact the WCB directly.

Bursaries, Awards and Scholarships Bursaries, awards and scholarships are another invaluable resource available to students in funding their education. A complete list of awards available at Lakeland College can be found at our website at www.lakelandcollege.ca. For more information, please contact the Financial Aid and Awards Office at financialaid@lakelandcollege.ca or stop by the office.

In addition, information received about external awards is made available to students. Here are some helpful websites to check out: • www.studentawards.com • www.alis.gov.ab.ca • www.scholarshipscanada.com • www.dollarsforlearners.com • www.ayn.ca • www.naaf.ca • www.neads.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Grading and Course Outlines Grading System A letter grade system is used at Lakeland College.

Grade Value Description A+ 4.00 A 4.00 Excellent A- 3.70 B+ 3.30 B 3.00 Good B- 2.70 C+ 2.30 C 2.00 Satisfactory C- 1.70 D+ 1.30 D 1.00 Minimal Pass F 0.00 Fail

Lakeland College Course Outlines Students may retrieve Lakeland College Course outlines using ICODev. The ICODev system is a “User ID/Password� secure database accessed using the Microsoft Internet Explorer browser. There are two methods to access ICODev. Method A - Direct Internet Access 1. Open your browser.

2. Enter http://www.icodev.ca in the address line.

3. Press the Enter key.

Method B - Access Via the Lakeland College Website 1. Open the Lakeland College Website at http://www.lakelandcollege.ca 2. Click Academics and then course outline.

3. Or use the A to Z index.

Grading Symbols

Grade

Name

Description

Grade

Name

Description

AC

Advance Credit

Awarded to students with informal learning experience

MD

Mark Delayed

Awarded as an interim grade in situations where marks submission is delayed.

AU

Audit

Student attended course on a regular basis.

Performance not evaluated. No credit earned.

Not calculated in GPA.

P/F

Pass/Fail

Awarded as final grade in specially designated courses as stated in the course outline. Credit earned for Pass grade. Not calculated in GPA.

CC

Challenge Credit

Credit earned for successfully challenging an examination. Not calculated in GPA.

RW

Required to Withdraw

Suspension from a course. No credit earned.

Calculated as failing grade in GPA.

CF

Challenge Fail

Student failed to demonstrate a satisfactory level of achievement. No credit earned. Not calculated in GPA.

TC

Transfer Credit

Awarded to students with prior formal learning experience.

IN

Incomplete

Academic performance satisfactory but course requirements not completed. A temporary grade awarded in special circumstances to students who require a specified amount of extra time (maximum six months) to complete course requirements. No credit earned. Not calculated in GPA. Incomplete will be changed to failing grade of F if course work not completed by prescribed deadline.

W

Withdrawal

Student officially withdrew from the course prior to the prescribed deadline. No credit earned. Not calculated in GPA.

IP

In Progress

A permanent grade awarded when course instruction continues after the prescribed end date for the term. No credit earned. Not calculated in GPA.

WF

Withdrawal with Failure

Student withdrew from the course after the prescribed deadline. No credit earned.

Calculated as a failing grade in GPA.

How to Calculate Your Term GPA (Grade Point Average) The grade point average is calculated by taking the sum of all points earned during a term and dividing this number by the sum of all credits attempted in a particular term. For example: Course Number Course Name Credits Attempted Grade Points HE 122 Human Anatomy 3 B 9.00 AN 199 Animal Anatomy 2 A 8.00 Totals 5 17.00 17.00 points divided by 5 credits attempted = 3.40 grade point average (GPA).

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

11

Services for Students Bookstore Located centrally on both campuses, the bookstores offer course materials, texts, novels, snacks and gifts as well as a full line of outstanding clothing and apparel. Call 780 871 5726 (Lloydminster) or 780 853 8525 (Vermilion).

Cafeteria Quality food service is offered Monday to Friday at both campuses. A full range of competitively priced meal services offered include short order, deli and regular sandwiches, daily specials, pastry counter, pizzas. Meal plans and discount cards are available. Call 780 853 8422.

Child Development Centre Quality childcare services are offered at the Vermilion and Lloydminster Campuses to students and the community. The Centres are open Monday through Friday from 7:45 am to 5:30 pm. Phone: 780 853 8531 (Vermilion) or 780 871 5450 (Lloydminster).

Computing Services Lakeland College provides computer lab access to students on the Vermilion and Lloydminster campuses. All students are required to sign a computer usage agreement that outlines rights and obligations.

Students wishing to bring their own computer equipment may want to direct specific questions to the Information Technology Department.

Call 780 853 8639 (Vermilion) or 780 871 5440 (Lloydminster).

Health Services Health Services at the Vermilion and Lloydminster Campuses offer a variety of services including immunization, health education and first aid. These services are provided on the Vermilion Campus Monday through Friday and on the Lloydminster Campus Tuesday and Thursday, 8:15 am - 4:30 pm.

Recreation At Lakeland College you will have the opportunity to get involved in a number of recreational activities – after all, a healthy body helps to create a healthy mind. Numerous clubs are available for all students to participate in, everything from Rodeo and Rowing to Wall Climbing, Christian Friends and all activities in between. The Recreation Department also coordinates intramural activities with the interests of all students in mind. For those who prefer to just drop in and use the recreational facilities at their leisure the recreation complex boasts a swimming pool with hot tub and steam room, gymnasium and weight room and racquetball and squash courts. The best part is the recreational facilities are available to the full-time students at no additional charge.

Residence Lakeland College is committed to providing a safe and secure living environment designed to develop a strong sense of community and lifelong friendships. A variety of accommodations are available, including single and double rooms, self contained doubles and family units. For more information call toll-free 1 800 661 6490 ext. 8543 in Vermilion or 5737/5414 in Lloydminster; e-mail: residence@lakelandcollege.ca; or go to www.lakelandcollege.ca or call 780 853 8691.

Security We strive to provide a safe environment at our campuses. Security Services are provided at the Lloydminster and Vermilion campuses seven days a week. Services include safety concerns, a safe walk program which provides an escort to or from all areas of campus as well as assisting with parking problems and towing. Security is operational from 4 pm to 8 am weekdays with 24 hour service on weekends and holidays. Emergency numbers: 780 871 5729 (Lloydminster); 780 853 8499 (Vermilion).

Student Employment Centre The Student Employment Centre assists with job search for full-time and part-time employment, resumé writing or interview preparation.

The Learning Centre (TLC) Lakeland College provides students with free academic support services through our Learning Centres. For tips on textbook reading, lecture note taking, exam preparation, time management, memory and concentration, exam anxiety, or research paper writing, we encourage you to attend our Student Success Workshops held each semester, or make an appointment anytime with our TLC Coordinator to discuss specific questions.

Through our Peer Tutor Program, you can be matched with a fellow student to get course questions answered or to review material before exams. You can also apply to be a peer tutor, which provides a great opportunity to earn extra cash, help other students, improve your own marks, and enhance your resume.

If you are a student with a documented disability, The Learning Centre staff will work with you to ensure approved accommodations are in place. Our Learning Disabilities Support Worker can also show you the latest in assistive technology to support your academic work.

So, whether you need a little extra help with course material or simply want to raise your GPA, drop by The Learning Centre. Our goal is to help you be as successful as possible in your academic studies. The Learning Centre is open Monday to Friday from 8:30 am - 4:30 pm and is located inside the library.

fe’s ups and downs Are li becoming too hard to handle?

12

Lakeland College 2012-2013

Do you need someone to talk to? LAKELAND COLLEGE Counselling Services Phone or e-mail for an appointment.

Vermilion Campus – Leonard 780 853 8781 or leonard.wilhelm@lakelandcollege.ca Lloydminster Campus – 780 871 5722 or leonard.wilhelm@lakelandcollege.ca 780 871 5539 or marina.gallery@lakelandcollege.ca

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Registration - Regular Programming Planning Your Registration You should contact the Department Chair or Academic Advisor to help customize your timetable if: • you have advance or transfer credit, • you plan to attend part-time, • you have been re-admitted to your program after being away for a term or more, or • you have been accepted to the University Transfer or Business Administration programs.

A few programs offer choices of elective courses that you should confirm on Registration Day. Registration Procedure 1. Y ou are required to attend Registration Day. Specific times for registration and orientation activities are available on the website in August. If you are unable to attend Registration Day, you must contact the Registrar’s Office prior to that date to avoid losing your position.

2. D uring Registration Day, you will confirm your course selection for the first semester. Faculty and the Academic Advisor will be available to assist you with your registration.

3. You are responsible for: • providing the Registrar’s Office with changes to your course selection, • a ttending program orientation sessions, • registering in and completing the courses required for graduation in your program, • maintaining a full-time course load for student loan or sponsorship purposes, and • paying your fees.

Cancellation of Program Registration Your program registration may be cancelled in one of three ways: • I f you do not register on Registration Day and have not made arrangements to register late, you will be considered a “no-show” and your registration will be cancelled.

• Y ou may cancel your program registration during the cancellation period (the first 10 working days of the semester) by submitting a completed Withdrawal From College form to the Office of the Registrar before the deadline. You must complete the form and have your Department Chair, Academic Advisor or Counsellor sign it.

Registration fees that have been paid are 100% refunded (less the program deposit fee).

• I f you fail to pay your mandatory program fees by the deadline to pay, your registration will be cancelled. You will be sent a letter informing you that your program registration has been cancelled.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Student ID Cards Student ID cards are issued to each student on Registration Day. If you are a full-time student, you will receive a photo ID card, entitling you to: • use the library and access the computer labs, • obtain Internet and e-mail privileges, • use the recreation facilities and equipment, • attend Student Association functions, • obtain discounts on a variety of purchases Part-time students can use their cards to access library and computer lab services. There is a $10 fee to replace a lost ID card. Some services are limited during this period and holidays. Students are advised to check in advance on the availability of services during summer break and holidays.

Changing Your Course Selection You need to complete the Course Selection Change form in order to add, drop, withdraw from, or audit a course. These forms are available at the Office of the Registrar. You must obtain the approval of the course instructor and the Department Chair. The change is not processed or in effect until the completed form is received at the Office of the Registrar. If you need advice about a course selection change, consult the Department Chair, the staff at the Office of the Registrar or a Counsellor.

Adding a Course You may add a course before the deadline for each term (usually the first week). A re-assessment of your fees will occur.

Dropping a Course You may drop a course from your selection prior to the deadline specified on the Academic Schedule. No record of your enrolment in this course will appear on your transcript. A re-assessment of your fees will occur.

Auditing a Course You may audit a course providing space is available and you have obtained the consent of the instructor. While regular attendance is required, you are not evaluated in the course, and no credit is earned.

Audited courses are not included in the calculation of a student’s credit load. You may switch from credit to audit any time prior to the 5/8 point of the term. You may also switch from audit to credit within the first week of the term.

Withdrawal from a Course If you continue to attend a course past the last day to drop (see Dropping a Course), you may withdraw from the course before the 5/8 point in the term (see Academic Schedule for specific dates) and receive a “W” grade. You must submit a completed form even if you have been advised to withdraw from the class. The change is not processed until the form is received at the Office of the Registrar. A “W” grade is assigned. Failure to withdraw before the deadline will result in a failing grade (WF).

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

13

Registration - Regular Programming Recognition of Prior Learning Lakeland College recognizes prior learning of skills, knowledge or competencies acquired through formal and informal education, or work experience and training. Lakeland College supports the guiding principles and standards for prior learning developed by the Alberta Council on Admissions and Transfer (March 1997).

1. A student should not be required to repeat previous learning experiences in which competence has been demonstrated, nor should more transfer credit be granted than previous learning experiences would warrant for successful completion of the program.

2. R ecognition of prior learning should be based on demonstrated learning.

3. R ecognition should be appropriate to the course or program in which it is accepted.

4. R ecognition of prior learning should be consistent with the achievement levels required by the program in which it is accepted.

5. R ecognition of prior learning should be for learning that has a balance, appropriate to the subject, between theory and practical application.

6. A ssessment of prior learning will be made by content specialists with external advice if necessary.

Lakeland College recognizes prior learning in two ways: by transfer credit in recognition of formal learning experiences supported by an official transcript and by advance credit where prior learning obtained through informal learning, work experience or training is assessed by a variety of means, including – but not limited to – portfolio assessment, challenge exam, interviews, oral examination, and practical and/or laboratory demonstrations.

14

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Transfer Credit Students who have been accepted into a program can request to have their previous accredited post-secondary course work evaluated. The transfer credit request form is available on the website and must be accompanied by an official transcript. The academic advisor or enrolment specialist will notify the student of the transfer credit awarded. The request should be submitted no later than two months prior to the start of the term.

Residency Requirement Residency requirements are set on a program by program basis.

Please contact the appropriate department chair.

Marks Students can access their grades by using MyLakeland. Official transcripts bear the Lakeland College seal and the signature of the Registrar or designate. To obtain an official transcript, contact the Registrar’s Office.

Withdrawal from College You may withdraw from college by completing a Withdrawal From College form, available from the Office of the Registrar. You must complete the form and have your Department Chair, Academic Advisor or Counsellor sign it. If you withdraw prior to the 5/8ths point of the term, you will be assigned “W” grades in the courses you are enrolled in. After the 5/8ths point of the term, you will be assigned a failing grade. Students who leave college without submitting a completed Withdrawal from College form are not considered withdrawn and are not entitled to “W” grades or fee refunds.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Policies and Procedures Attendance Each school maintains its own student attendance policies.

However, individual instructors also have the authority to require attendance. Reasons for tracking attendance may include meeting funding, sponsorship, regulatory requirements or monitoring student performance. Apprentices are required to follow the attendance policy set out by Alberta Apprenticeship Industry and Training. Attendance requirements are found in the course outline for each course. If you do not meet the attendance requirements, your instructor will recommend that the Registrar withdraw you from the course. A failing grade of RW (Required to Withdraw) will appear on your transcript.

Full-Time Student For enrolment reporting purposes for agencies such as Immigration Canada, the Alberta Colleges Athletic Conference or the Students Finance Board, a full-time student is defined as a student enrolled in 60% or more of the normal course load in each of the fall and winter semesters.

Part-Time Student For Students Finance Board purposes, a student enrolled in less than 60% of the normal course load is considered part-time.

Residency Requirements are set on a program by program basis. Please contact the appropriate department chair.

Graduation Requirements Graduation requirements vary according to the specific program chosen. You must successfully complete all prescribed course work, and must apply in writing to the Office of the Registrar to be considered for graduation. You must also complete the requirements for graduation within five years of commencing the program unless the graduation requirement specifically states otherwise. If your GPA is 3.80 or better, you will graduate “With Distinction”. If your GPA is between 3.50 3.79, you will graduate “With Honours”.

Appeal of a Mark You have four working days from the assignment of a mark to question or report discrepancies.

Repeat of a Course Students have a limited number of times to repeat the same course. The highest grade awarded shall be calculated in the cumulative GPA. Probation (under review) Lakeland College students must satisfy minimum standards of academic performance and adhere to standards for behaviour and attendance. Probation is a method of alerting students that they are not meeting these standards and that improvement is necessary for successful program completion. Students who are placed on academic probation are not “in good standing” and consequently jeopardize their eligibility for awards or bursaries or to participate in college athletics programs.

General Guidelines: 1. At the end of each module or term (depending on the program delivery format), the grade point average (GPA) is calculated. Students who fail to meet the minimum requirement of a grade point average of 1.50 or above will be placed on Academic Probation by the Registrar.

2. At any time during the term, Department Chairs may recommend that students be placed on Academic Probation by the Registrar if one of more of the following are found to be unsatisfactory: - academic performance (ie. mid-term evaluation, academic progress, etc.)

- behaviour (see Student Discipline Procedure 5.57) - attendance (see Student Attendance in Class Procedure 5.83) 3. At any time during the term, Department Chairs may issue “Academic Warning” to notify students of expectations, program requirements and options for improving academic success when students experience academic difficulties or course failures, which do not bring the term GPA below 1.50.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

4. S tudents who have been placed on academic suspension and have sat out the required time period may be re-admitted to the program on Academic Probation. (See Academic Suspension Procedure 5.78).

Procedure: 1. T he Registrar will notify students in writing of their probationary status and the date when this status will be reviewed. Students will be advised of the various services available to them, as well as the risk of suspension from College following failure to improve. Attention will also be drawn to program graduation standards.

2. L etters notifying students of probationary status will be delivered to the academic department for distribution during the academic year. At the end of the academic year, these letters will be mailed to the student’s permanent address by the Registrar’s Office.

3. T he length of probation will normally be one regularly scheduled academic term of the program in which the student is enrolled.

4. The performance of students on probation will be monitored by Department Chairs. The student’s commitment to attending counselling sessions and/or remediation work will be considered in the monitoring process.

5. A fter review of the student’s performance at the end of the probationary period, the Department Chair may recommend that the student be released from probation, continued on probation or suspended from college (see Student Procedure 5.78 Suspension). Depending upon the terms of probation, a student is assumed to be released from probation at the end of the probation period unless otherwise notified.

6. The Department Chair may recommend that the student be released from probation before the end of the stated period.

7. A student changing programs while on probation will require the approval of the receiving Department Chair. The receiving Department Chair will assume responsibility for monitoring the progress of the student.

Suspension Lakeland College students must satisfy minimum academic standards. If you fail to meet these standards you will be suspended from college.

General Guidelines: 1. The Registrar will suspend students from the College at the end of the academic year if their grade point average (GPA) for the academic year is less than 1.00.

2. S tudents who have been placed on academic probation may be suspended by the Registrar from the College on the recommendation of their Department Chair in the subsequent term if they fail to raise their term grade point average (GPA) to 1.50 or above.

3. A t any time during the term, students may also be suspended from the College by the Registrar upon recommendation of the Department Chair if they are not meeting the attendance requirements, conditions of department warnings, probation or learning contracts.

4. At any time during the term, students may also be suspended from College by the Registrar for disciplinary reasons (as per Procedure 5.57 Student Discipline).

5. S tudents who have been suspended more than once from the same academic program will not be allowed to continue in that program without the expressed permission of the department chair.

6. A cademic suspension based upon grade point averages is deemed final and not subject to student appeal.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

15

Policies and Procedures Procedure: 1. Unless a final mark has been submitted, students will receive a grade of RW (required to withdraw) for courses in which they were enrolled at the time of suspension.

2. The Registrar will forward written notification of suspension to students. Letters will indicate the reason for suspension, length of suspension and time period in which to appeal.

3. When possible, the suspension letters will be delivered to the Department Chair to give to the student during the academic year.

Otherwise, the suspension letter will be forwarded to the permanent home address of the student by the Registrar’s Office.

4. In the case of a successful appeal of suspension, notification of reinstatement will be forwarded in writing to the student by the Registrar.

Re-instated students may be placed on academic probation.

5. The normal suspension period will be the subsequent regularly scheduled academic term of the program from which the student is suspended.

6. After sitting out for the required time period, suspended students who wish to return to the College (regardless of the school or program) must apply for re-admission, indicating their program choice and requested start date. The date of receipt of this request and the availability of resources will be considerations in determining the student’s eligibility for continued study. In the case of academic suspension, returning students will be placed on probation.

Student Discipline All students should conduct themselves in accordance with College policies, regulations and procedures. Apprenticeship students are also subject to the rules and regulations as set out by Alberta’s Apprenticeship and Industry Training department. In cases where student misconduct occurs, discipline will be applied in a manner consistent with the Student Discipline Policy.

Consistent application of this policy ensures students are aware of the range of disciplinary actions that may be applied by the College.

GUIDELINES 1. Any employee has authority to verbally warn a student.

2. An instructor has the authority to suspend a student on a temporary basis from a class, lab, field trip or other learning activity if the student’s behaviour warrants such action.

3. An employee who imposes a disciplinary action upon a student should forward a completed Disciplinary Action Report to the Registrar.

4. The Registrar, or designate shall, in consultation with the appropriate administrator(s), chair or dean, have the authority to: a) place a student on disciplinary probation, b) require the student to withdraw from a course, c) suspend a student from college, or d) expel a student from college.

5. Failure to meet conditions specified in the disciplinary letter shall result in review of the case by the authority that imposed the disciplinary probation or suspension and may result in action up to and including expulsion from the College.

6. C ollege employees will be copied on written communications relative to disciplinary action as appropriate to the specific misconduct.

7. T he Registrar will maintain the official file containing all written communications relative to disciplinary action.

8. A student who believes that they have been inappropriately reprimanded, placed on disciplinary probation, suspended or expelled may initiate an appeal in accordance with the Student Appeal Policy.

16

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Disciplinary Actions One or more of the following disciplinary actions may be imposed at the discretion of the College. No particular order need be followed.

• Disciplinary Probation - The student receives written notification of the misconduct, which includes specific written conditions and a time frame for the probation that must be met by the student if they wish to continue in the College. Students who meet the specific conditions within the specified time frame shall have the probation lifted. Failure to meet the conditions shall result in a review of the case and may result in suspension from the College.

• Exclusion - The student is excluded from a specific area of the campus for a specified period of time.

• Expulsion - The student is expelled from the College indefinitely and shall be withdrawn from all learning activities and may be barred from the College grounds and buildings.

• Fines - The student pays a sum to the College.

• Mark Reduction - The student is subject to a mark reduction on an assignment, examination or final grade.

• Required to Withdraw (RW) Grade - The student is required to withdraw from a course and is assigned an “RW” grade which is calculated as a failing grade in the student’s GPA. • Restitution - The student pays for damages incurred.

• Suspension - The student is suspended from a class, a program or the College for a specified period of time. Students may also be suspended pending investigation of an alleged misconduct if it is deemed by suspending authority that the presence of the student constitutes impediment to the learning process and/or health and safety of members of the College community.

• Verbal Warning - The student receives verbal notification of the misconduct and the implications of further misconduct. The student shall be permitted to continue in learning activities at the College.

• Written Reprimand - The student receives written notification of the misconduct and the implications of further misconduct. The student shall be permitted to continue in learning activities at the College.

Student Grievance and Appeal (under review) Students receiving academic or non-academic disciplinary decisions/ actions may appeal those decisions that have an adverse personal or academic impact. The Student Grievance and Appeal Process is available from the Office of the Registrar or any academic department on campus.

If you wish to appeal a grade or disciplinary action: 1. Students with concerns should start the process by taking the concern to the Instructor, and/or Chair or the initiator of the disciplinary action.

This must be done within four (4) working days of the student receiving the academic or disciplinary action.

2. If you need to proceed with a formal appeal you need to see a College Counsellor, Academic Advisor or any other College staff who may assist the student in an appeal. Their role is to help the student make effective use of the appeal mechanism available. Confidentiality of information is paramount and must be ensured by all students and staff involved.

A student who is appealing a disciplinary action or academic action shall not be subject to that disciplinary action until the appeal decision is final. However, if it is deemed by the College that the student’s presence will compromise the learning environment for other students and/or constitutes a safety concern for students, staff or visitors of the College, disciplinary action may be taken.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Policies and Procedures Disability Policy Lakeland College recognizes its duty to provide academic accommodation to students with disabilities. Within limits of its resources, and having due regard to the rights and entitlements of other students and College staff who may be affected, the College will, where reasonable, remove barriers and provide opportunities to students with disabilities, enabling them to access College services, programs, facilities, and to be welcomed as participating members of the College community. The College’s goal is to ensure fair and consistent treatment of all students, including students with a disability, in accordance with their distinct needs, and without compromising academic standards and principles.

The College will provide accommodation to students with documented disabilities in accordance with the Alberta Human Rights Citizenship and Multiculturalism Act, the Saskatchewan Human Rights Code and the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, to the extent that the accommodation does not cause undue hardship to the College or lower the performance standards of any academic program.

Students with documented or suspected disabilities are encouraged to contact the Special Needs Coordinator 4-12 months in advance of special services or accommodations being needed. The policy also allows for admission accommodations in certain circumstances. A Handbook for Students with Disabilities is available from Student Services offices, from the Special Needs Coordinator, and on the website www.lakelandcollege.ca/campus_life/TLC/disability-services.aspx It is a student’s responsibility to request academic accommodation. If you are a student with a documented disability and have not registered with the Special Needs Coordinator, please contact Leonard Wilhelm at 780 853 8781 or 780 871 5722 and have potential qualifying documentation ready for review. If you are seeking academic accommodation, please notify your instructor no later than 14 days after the commencement of the course.

Protecting Your Privacy The Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act of Alberta is in force at Lakeland College. The Act has two major functions: • To provide people with a right of access to records held by Lakeland College.

• To set out rules for the protection of personal information about identifiable individuals that is held by the College.

Lakeland College collects and maintains information about students.

This information is used for the purposes of recruitment, admission, registration, academic evaluation, and activities directly related to providing a safe and healthy learning environment. Information on your admission, registration and academic achievement may also be used for statistical and research purposes at the institutional level, at the provincial level, and by Statistics Canada. Whenever you are asked to provide personal information by College staff, you are entitled to be advised of the use that will be made of that information and of the fact that it is protected and will only be disclosed as authorized by the Act. Normal use of your personal information includes: • The use of your name, photo, hometown, and/or comments in the yearbook and graduating class picture and for marketing and communication purposes in electronic and social media, printed and electronic publications, and news releases.

• The use of individual, class or team photographs for the purpose of identification, security and promotional purposes.

• The use of your name and projects in educational displays.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

• The use of your personal information for the administration of residence accommodation, employment placement services, student awards, health services, membership in the Students’ Association, library services (NEOS) or health/dental insurance.

• The use of your information, or the alternate contact information you provide, to relay important admission, registration or other information to you.

• The use of your name, hometown, and province on the honour roll, graduation or awards programs.

• The use of your name and academic information for determining eligibility or suitability for awards, bursaries or scholarships that are administered by the College.

• The use of photographs or videotape of you when required as a part of your College program.

• Sharing your personal contact information with Statistics Canada upon request.

The Act allows you to request that your personal information not be disclosed in certain circumstances. If you do not wish to have your information used for the following purposes, please contact the Registrar or the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Coordinator: • Confirmation of enrolment in a program • Your participation in a field trip • Your participation or attendance at a public event such as a sports event or cultural program • Your membership in a club • The fact that you are or have graduated • The fact that you have received an award, scholarship, or bursary • Contact with you for fund-raising purposes.

Lakeland College Harassment Policy Lakeland College is committed to providing a safe, positive work and learning environment where everyone is treated with respect and dignity.

Harassment and discrimination violate the rights of an individual or group of individuals. Lakeland College will not tolerate harassment or discrimination. In compliance with the Alberta Human Rights, Citizenship and Multiculturalism Act and the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Lakeland College will make every effort to provide an environment free of harassment and discrimination.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

17

Student Rights and Responsibilities Student Rights and Responsibilities These student rights and responsibilities have been established to help promote an environment of civility and safety. Students who register at Lakeland College agree to abide by the rules and regulations of the institution and are expected to conduct themselves in a forthright and honest manner.

1. Students have a right not to be subjected to harassment, sexual harassment, bullying, discrimination, indignity, injury or violence.

2. Students have a right to access statements of policies, procedures and guidelines of the College and student organizations.

3. Students have specific information access and privacy protection rights as granted in accordance with Alberta’s Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act and College procedures.

4. Students may, individually or collectively, make their point of view known to any consulting or decision making body of the College by following College procedures. It is expected that the expression of these views will not be at the expense of the rights of others.

5. Students have the right to maintain a student press independent of College structure and policies.

6. Students will have access to their program content and requirements including special regulations and graduation requirements on or before registration day. Students will also have access to official course outlines containing evaluation methods, attendance requirements, and a schedule of major assignments and exams on the first day of class.

Responsibilities 1. Students have a responsibility to adhere to the guidelines of the Student Code of Conduct and reflect a positive image on Lakeland College in official, co-curricular and extracurricular events.

2. Students have a responsibility to observe and abide by the regulations set out in the Lakeland College Student Policies and Procedures Handbook.

3. Students have a responsibility to attempt to resolve problems by communicating with the appropriate College personnel.

4. Students have a responsibility to ensure the effective management of the Students’ Association, including Student Council and to ensure effective representation on college committees and councils as required.

5. Students have a responsibility to ensure that the student press acts in a responsible manner.

7. S tudents will be apprised of the designated communication method concerning class venue changes, cancellations or rescheduling at the onset of each class.

8. S tudents have the right to expect appropriate instruction or facilitation of learning in all courses with reasonable access to facilities, faculty members and/or student support for assistance with courses.

9. S tudents have the right to have assignments, essays, exams (excluding final exams) returned at timely and appropriate intervals. The instructor will consult students if a delay is to be expected.

10. S tudents have the right to request an opportunity to discuss individual course performance with the appropriate instructor a minimum of one week prior to the last day to withdraw without academic penalty.

11. S tudents have the right to request information on how course/program deficiencies can be cleared.

12. S tudents have the right to appeal a decision or ruling that affects them unless a college policy has declared that the matter is not able to be appealed.

6. S tudents have a responsibility to familiarize themselves with course and program requirements.

7. S tudents have a responsibility to maintain academic integrity and to familiarize themselves with what constitutes academic dishonesty.

8. S tudents have a responsibility to maintain a satisfactory academic standing in keeping with the requirements of the college and their specific program or courses.

9. S tudents have a responsibility to be punctual and attend classes, labs and practicums. Students must familiarize themselves with specific attendance requirements for their particular program and/or courses or the requirements of their sponsors.

Student Course Overload To provide guidance to students wishing to take courses in addition to their regular course load. Students should consider the potential impact of course overload; while the additional course may not fulfill program requirements, the final grade received will factor into the student’s term GPA. A lower grade point average may impact eligibility for awards or scholarships or academic standing.

Procedure 1. Students wishing to take classes in addition to the prescribed schedule for their program (or more than five classes in University Transfer or Academic Upgrading) must seek the permission of their department chair.

2. Upon receiving the request from the student, the department chair will consider the following: a. The student’s academic standing and progress to date. Students must have achieved a term grade point average of 2.00 (at minimum) and successfully completed the full course load in the previous term to be considered for course overload. Normally, course overloads will not be permitted in the case of a first year student in the first semester of their program.

18

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

b. T he addition of the extra class must not create a timetable conflict with required courses. Students typically have the best chance of success when they have the opportunity to attend classes regularly. c. T he additional class should earn credit towards the student’s program. The student’s first priority is to successfully complete credits towards their current program.

3. S tudents will be required to pay the tuition and any associated mandatory fees for the additional class.

4. T he addition and approval of the addition of a course overload will be communicated to the Office of the Registrar by completing a “Course Add/Drop”.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Student Rights and Responsibilities Lakeland College students and staff share the responsibility for the academic integrity of the institution. Academic integrity is based upon honesty, respect and responsibility. Suspected cases of academic dishonesty will be investigated and dealt with fairly.

In order to maintain academic integrity, students are responsible to familiarize themselves with what constitutes academic dishonesty. Examples include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Cheating, or any form of fraud, deceit, theft or omission. This may include actions such as the possession or use of crib notes and/or electronic devices, copying from another paper either before or during any academic exercise, theft of examinations, or aiding or abetting other individuals in fraudulent activities.

2. Plagiarism: The use and submission of another’s work without appropriately identifying and crediting the individual. “Work” includes direct quotations longer than two words; facts that are not common knowledge or are arguable; judgments, opinions, or ideas of others, even if paraphrased or summarized; statistics, charts, tables, and graphs from other sources; or information or help provided by friends, instructors, or others.

Plagiarism can be judged to have occurred if 1) the instructor has both the material presented by the student and the original source from which this material was taken; 2) the student is incapable of explaining the terminology or ideas in the submitted material, and such terminology or ideas do not originate in the works contained in the accompanying bibliography or works cited page; or 3) the student cannot produce the notes or texts used to prepare his/her material for oral presentations.

3. I mproper collaboration: inappropriate sharing of work on an assignment; group work situations where the degree of collaboration has exceeded the degree set by the instructor.

4. Fabrication or falsification or results for use in an academic exercise.

Penalties In consultation with the department chair, the instructor may impose the following penalties for acts of academic dishonesty: a) Student is required to re-submit an assignment. b) Student is assigned a mark reduction on the submitted work. c) Student is assigned a mark of zero on the submitted work.

In cases where a gross offense has occurred, or the student has committed multiple offences, the department chair may recommend one or more of the following sanctions to be carried out by the Registrar: a) A grade of “RW” in the course. b) Loss or repayment of scholarships and/or other awards. c) Suspension or expulsion from college. \d) An order to rescind the student’s credential.\ Lakeland College endeavours to provide a learning environment that adheres to the principles of civility, respect and safety.

The Student Code of Conduct outlines the behavioural expectations for Lakeland College students as members of the college community. Students who do not adhere to the conduct expected will be subject to the Student Discipline Policy.

1. Students will obey college employees in the performance of their duties.

2. Students will obey health and safety regulations and will not intentionally create safety hazards.

3. Students will use fire or safety equipment appropriately, including signs and notices.

4. Students will not threaten to subject, or subject, any student, staff member or college visitor to physical or mental harassment, indignity, injury or violence.

5. Students will not direct abusive language, indecent or libelous statements, unfounded allegations or statements harmful to personal dignity towards students, staff members or college visitors.

6. Students will not violate the Lakeland College harassment policy.

7. Students will behave responsibly on college premises, in a college vehicle or at a college or students’ association-sanctioned function.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

8. Students will not use or possess illegal drugs on college premises, in a college vehicle or at a college/student’s association-sanctioned function.

9. S tudents will not threaten to, damage, destroy, or move without permission, any college controlled property, property belonging to the students’ association, or property belonging to a student, staff member or visitor to the college.

10. S tudents will only enter or use college property when authorized to do so.

11. S tudents will not possess firearms or restricted weapons on college property.

12. S tudents will not engage in unlawful behaviour.

13. S tudents will adhere to the college’s “Client Code of Ethics” regarding the use of computer facilities.

14. Students will adhere to the college’s ”Residence Code of Conduct.”

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

19

Academic Upgrading Inquiries: 780 871 5429, Evening Classes: 780 871 5718 The Academic Upgrading department provides adults the opportunity to: • upgrade to meet entrance requirements for vocational, career, and college programs • acquire a high school equivalency diploma • update academic skills • study during the day or in the evening Admission Requirements Minimum age 18 years or out of school at least one year.

Application Procedure Adult Basic Education, High School Equivalency, and College Preparation • Complete the Application for Admission form and forward to Lakeland College along with the application fee.

• Apply to sponsoring agencies for financial assistance.

Meeting the criteria of the sponsoring agency is the student’s responsibility.

• You may be required to participate in a skill assessment, interview, or information session prior to final acceptance.

Students meeting the entrance requirements will be issued an acceptance letter, indicating the commencement date or waiting list status.

Adult Basic Education The Adult Basic Education program of study is designed to prepare students for further academic work or direct entry to employment.

Students will develop academic skills as well as living, employment and study skills.

Courses AB 010 Communications I AB 030 Social Studies AB 011 Communications II AB 040 Basic Science AB 020 Introduction to Math AB 070 Computing Basics AB 022 Introduction to Algebra High School Equivalency Are you missing college or university program prerequisites? This self-paced program offers high school courses in an adult-oriented environment. Lakeland College students may choose to write the Alberta Diploma Examinations; however, Alberta Education credits will not be earned for completion of Academic Upgrading courses.

Academic Upgrading courses are accepted in lieu of Alberta Education courses by Alberta colleges and universities (see www.transferalberta.ca).

20

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses BI 020 Biology 20 MA 030-1 Mathematics 30-1 BI 030 Biology 30 MA 030-2 Mathematics 30-2 CO 015 Communications 15 MA 030 Pure Math 30 CO 025 Communications 25 MA 033 Math 33 CO 030 English 30 MA 035 General Math 35 CO 033 Communications 33 SC 010 Science 10 CO 080 Grammar/Paragraph Review SC 020 Chemistry 20 CO 081 Reading Comprehension/ SC 025 Physics 25

Essay Review SC 030 Chemistry 30 CO 082 Research Essay Writing SC 035 Physics 35 CU 010 Computers 10 SS 010 Social Studies 10 CU 020 Computers 20 SS 015 Employment CU 030 Computers 30 Readiness Living MA 010C Mathematics 10C Skills MA 010-3 Mathematics 10-3 SS 020 Social Studies 20 MA 020-1 Mathematics 20-1 SS 030 Social Studies 30 MA 020-2 Mathematics 20-2 SS 035 Career & PostMA 025 General Math 25 Secondary Success College Preparation College Preparation is designed to help students review or learn basic skills needed for post-secondary program success. The program is offered at the Lloydminster campus. Students who do not have admission course prerequisites or need to upgrade their skills will have the opportunity to upgrade to meet post-secondary entrance requirements. College Preparation helps students gain competence in the basic skills needed by taking the necessary Academic Upgrading courses while exploring courses from a postsecondary program. College Preparation includes all Academic Upgrading courses as well as the College Preparation courses listed below.

Courses CO 080 CO 081 CO 082 MA 008 MA 018

Grammar/Paragraph Review Reading Comprehension & Essay Review Research Essay Writing CAPS Math 10 CAPS Math 20

Achievement Students achieving a minimum grade of 1.00 or higher in the following courses will receive an Adult Grade 12 Diploma: • Four (4) courses at the 12 level, including one Communications course and one Mathematics course • An additional four (4) courses at the 11 or 12 level.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Accounting Technician One-Year Certificate, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429

Curriculum

This one-year certificate program will help you learn the technical accounting skills that are demanded by the accounting industry and business. They will then further develop their technical skills by taking intermediate and senior level courses in accounting, tax, and computer applications. Graduates of this program are qualified to work in various accounting fields where a solid understanding of the technical skills is needed.

Students are also eligible to continue their studies by earning a two-year business diploma, a four-year business degree, and even an accounting designation (CA, CGA, CMA).

Graduates of the Accounting Technician certificate will be employable in all business sectors. Their skills will allow them to work independently in a small or medium-sized business as a bookkeeper/accountant or in large companies and public practice firms in specialized to broad accounting areas, such as accounting technician, accounts receivable/accounts payable clerk, payroll clerk, etc.

Required Courses AC 130 Accounting I AC 201 Payroll Administration AC 230 Accounting II AC 235 Simply Accounting AC 260 Introduction to Taxation CO 131 Communications I CO 231 Communications II CU 248 Business Computer Applications

Business Elective

Business Elective Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded an Accounting Technician Certificate.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Out-of-province applicants or those not meeting the admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Program residency is set at three courses. Students are able to seek transfer credit for related course work from other post-secondary institutions.

Online or distance delivery of a variety of courses is available from Alberta post-secondary institutions which can be used to fulfill program course requirements.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

21

Agribusiness Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 This program provides a special combination of business skills and agricultural knowledge. Students must specialize in one of three concentrations, Marketing and Communications, Crop Technology or Livestock Production. The Marketing and Communications concentration focuses on occupations in marketing and communications for agricultural companies. The Crop Technology concentration prepares students for careers in the crop production industry. The Livestock Production concentration prepares students for careers in the livestock industry. All concentrations will prepare students looking to start or return to their own operations.

Graduates are qualified to work in entry-level management positions for financial, chemical, grain, feed and equipment cooperatives and agricultural companies. Opportunities for sales, as well as management, exist in both rural areas and in urban centres.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Out-of-province or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits All Concentrations AC 118 Agribusiness Accounting I 3 AC 218 Agribusiness Accounting II 3 AE 100 Economic Forces in Agriculture 3 CO 165 Effective Communications 3 CO 265 Communications in Agriculture 3 CU 242 Information Technology Applications 3 FN 230 Personal Finance Management 3 MA 140 Agribusiness Mathematics 3 Sub-Total 24 Livestock Production Concentration AN 212 Applied Livestock Nutrition 3 CR 170 General Agronomy 3 Total 30 Crop Technology Concentration AE 300 Grain, Oilseed and Pulse Crop Marketing 3 SO 102 Soil Science 3 Total 30 Marketing Communications Concentration CR 170 General Agronomy 3 MK 302 Strategic Marketing 3 Total 30

22

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Year II Required Courses Credits All Concentrations AE 210 Farm Taxation and Estate Planning 3 AE 230 Farm Financial Management 3 BA 171 Agricultural Sales 3 BA 222 Agribusiness Management 3 BA 333 Agribusiness Simulation 3 BA 360 Agricultural Lending 3 LA 277 Agricultural Law and Policy 3 Sub-Total 21 Livestock Production Concentration AN 260 Livestock Marketing and Sales 3 AN 300 Livestock Production 3 CR 235 Range and Forage Crops 3 Total 30 Crop Technology Concentration CR 160 Plant Science and Field Crops 3 CR 259 Weed and Insect Management 3 PA 211 Applications in Precision Farming 3 Total 30 Marketing Communications Concentration AN 300 Livestock Production 3 MK 303 Public Relations and Event Management 3 MK 304 Print, Web and Social Media 3 Total 30 Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Diploma in Agribusiness.

Opportunities for Further Study • Athabasca University • Olds College • University of Alberta • University of Lethbridge Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

American Sign Language and Deaf Culture Studies Certificate, Part-time offering, Edmonton Region, Inquiries: 780 492 8409 The Sign Language and Deaf Studies program educates individuals in American Sign Language and Deaf Culture. This certificate provides graduates the academic prerequisites required to apply for the Sign Language Interpretation Diploma.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 Out-of-province applicants or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements listed, with a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00, will be awarded a Certificate in American Sign Language and Deaf Culture Studies.

Opportunities for Further Study Students who complete the Sign Language and Deaf Studies certificate are eligible to apply to the Sign Language Interpretation Diploma.

Curriculum Required Courses Credits ASL 101 American Sign Language Level 1 – Part A 3 ASL 102 American Sign Language Level 1 – Part B 3 ASL 201 American Sign Language Level 2 – Part A 3 ASL 202 American Sign Language Level 2 – Part B 3 ASL 301 American Sign Language Level 3 – Part A 3 ASL 302 American Sign Language Level 3 – Part B 3 CO 118 Communication Skills 3 LS 101 Deaf Culture and Community I 3 LS 102 Deaf Culture and Community II 3 LS 105 Becoming an Ally 3 Total 30

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

23

Animal Health Technology Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 Lakeland College’s Animal Health Technology program produces a competent graduate who is an integral part of the veterinary health care team. Extensive hands-on experience during the two-year program allows students to fully develop skills in such things as anesthetic monitoring, surgical prepping, radiology, and laboratory analysis in hematology, clinical chemistry, and urinalysis. The College farm is also used extensively to teach such large animal skills as obstetrics, treating and handling large animals, and blood collection and pathology.

Field trips, including one major AHT conference, will expose students to professionals in their chosen field and allow them to network and make contacts within the industry.

Career possibilities for AHT’s are constantly changing and expanding. Second year culminates in a six-week practicum placement in an approved facility with placements ranging all over Canada. A student’s practicum may allow them to gain further exposure to their area of special interest which may include emergency and critical care, oncology, equine medicine or lab animal/wildlife care. Employment opportunities are available in all of these diverse areas.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum: • 50% in ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • 50% in Chemistry 30 • 60% in Biology 30 • 60% in Math 30-1/Math 30-2 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Acceptance is competitive and based on a combination of academics and a work experience evaluation. Applicants meeting admission requirements will be sent forms to complete the work experience (40 hours). Work experience must be completed at a veterinary clinic prior to the middle of July and within the past two years.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits AN 140 Animal Form and Function I 3 AN 240 Animal Form and Function II 3 CO 185 Business & Veterinary Communications I 3 VE 114 Veterinary Nursing Care 3 VE 117 Introduction to Radiography and Surgery 3 VE 143 General Nutrition for AHTs 3 VE 146 Clinical Laboratory Techniques I 2 VE 150 Veterinary Clinics Practice I 3 VE 161 Exotic Pet and Lab Animal Health 3 VE 165 Farm Animal Production and Genetics 3 VE 166 Veterinary Calculations and Intro to Pharmacology 3 VE 215 Veterinary Laboratory Techniques II 3 Total 35

24

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Year II Required Courses Credits CO 280 Business and Veterinary Communications II 2 VE 141 Pharmacology 2 VE 228 Veterinary Clinics Practice II 3 VE 240 Radiography 3 VE 301 Clinical Laboratory Techniques III 2 VE 302 Clinical Laboratory Techniques IV 2 VE 312 Clinics Practice III 2 VE 315 Veterinary Comprehensive Clinics 3 VE 333 Small Animal Health and Applied Nutrition 3 VE 337 Large Animal Health and General Pathology 3 VE 342 Clinics Practice IV 3 VE 344 Veterinary Anesthesiology & Surgical Procedures I 2 VE 348 Veterinary Anesthesiology & Surgical Procedures II 2 VE 362 Veterinary Parasitology 3 VE 380 Veterinary Clinical Rotation 2 Total 37 Practicum VE 245 Animal Health Technologist Practicum

4

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Diploma in Animal Health Technology.

Accreditation This program is fully accredited by the Canadian Veterinary Medical Association. Active membership with the Alberta Association of Animal Health Technologists (AAAHT) is mandatory for employment as an Animal Health Technologist in Alberta. The student also is required to successfully pass the Veterinary Technician National Exam (VTNE) in the spring of their graduating year.

Opportunities for Further Study • Athabasca University • University of Lethbridge • University of Alberta • Olds College Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Animal Science Technology Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 This university transferable program is a popular first step towards a degree in agriculture through transfer agreements between Lakeland College and associated universities. Students are provided a strong science program combined with livestock management and husbandry skills suitable for primary production as well as a host of opportunities in the service sector. Student skill development areas include livestock physiology, prevention and treatment of disease, nutrition, feeding and reproduction.

These competencies are acquired through work with live animals and a balance of classroom lectures and laboratory sessions on the Lakeland College farm. These skills are combined with a practical and unique learning environment, Canada’s only Student Managed Farm. Students learn to make real life decisions in a challenging team environment. Second year students are required to enrol in a selection of production courses.

Graduates are prepared for a career in agriculture service or production industries. Employment options include operation and management careers with feedlots, swine companies, dairy enterprises, and mixed farms. Graduates are qualified to provide technical support in the farm service, livestock sales, and input sectors.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1/English 30 or 65% in ELA 30-2/English 33 • one of Biology 20, Chemistry 20, Physics 20 or Science 20 • Math 20-1 or Math 20-2 Out-of-province applicants or mature status applicants please refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits AE 202 Business Records and Reporting 3 AN 124 Animal Anatomy and Physiology 3 AN 133 Animal Handling, Welfare and Ethics 3 AN 212 Applied Livestock Nutrition 3 AN 239 Reproductive Physiology 3 AN 261 Principles of Leadership 3 CO 138 Agricultural Communications 3 CR 170 General Agronomy 3 MA 100 Applied Problem Solving 3 VE 102 Introduction to Diseases and Treatments 3 Total 30

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Year II Required Courses AE 230 Farm Financial Management AN 105 Genetics of Livestock AN 260 Livestock Marketing and Sales AN 346 Stockman’s Practices AN 365 Student Managed Farm - Livestock I AN 366 Student Managed Farm - Livestock II CR 235 Forage and Range Crops EN 269 Animal Facilities and Equipment VE 347 Food Safety and Meat Science Sub-Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 27

Students are required to complete at least 9 credits of the following elective courses: Elective Courses AN 307 Artificial Insemination 1 AN 320 Cow-Calf Management 3 AN 325 Feedlot Management 3 AN 330 Dairy Cattle Production 3 AN 331 Dairy Systems Management 3 AN 332 Dairy Housing and Hoof Care 3 AN 335 Sheep Production Management 3 AN 371 Equine Production and Management 3 Total 36 • Students must ensure they have a minimum of 15 credits each semester • The diploma elective credits required is 9 • Total credits required to graduate is 66 Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements will be awarded a Diploma in Animal Science Technology.

Opportunities for Further Study • Athabasca University • Olds College • University of Alberta • University of Lethbridge • Washington State University • University of Saskatchewan Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

25

Bachelor of Applied Business: Emergency Services Post-Diploma Applied Degree, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8506

Curriculum

The Bachelor of Applied Business: Emergency Services is a post-diploma applied degree program focused towards all areas within the emergency services industry including, but not limited to, fire, medical, police, military and corrections. It is designed to provide integrated leadership skills applicable to each field.

Candidates will have demonstrated a competency in the entry and intermediate level skill requirements for their field. The program’s elective modules emphasize the integrated nature of emergency services and provide students with a holistic view of emergency services management. Students complete two four-month directed practicum placements during which they carry out a supervised management/leadership project and submit a written report.

The Bachelor of Applied Business: Emergency Services Administration curriculum consists of approximately 25 modules comprising the equivalent of 10 conventional full-term postsecondary courses. Modules may be taken by distance delivery online, or conventional classroom delivery if/when they are scheduled for workshop or just-in-time industry training sessions.

Students will be notified of upcoming dates and locations through their Program Coordinator. Other Business Administration or University Transfer courses may be taken as electives at the discretion of the Department Chair and Program Coordinator. Each cohort is presented with the full list of possible electives and votes on their preferences. The top selections from the voting results are the electives offered for that cohort.

Core Modules (students must complete all) Credits BES 301-3 OH&S Programs Development & Organization 1 BES 325-1 Ethics for Emergency Services Managers 1 BES 330-1 Statistics for Administrators 1 BES 340-1 Accounting Principles 1 BES 340-2 Financial Statement Analysis 1 BES 340-3 Capital Budgeting 2 BES 341-1 Interpersonal Communications* 1 BES 341-2 Crisis Communications* 2 BES 344-1 Human Resource Management for Emergency Services* 1 BES 355-1 Emergency Services Management 1 BES 355-2 Emergency Services Administration 1 Planning & Policy* BES 356-1 Strategic Business Planning 2 BES 356-2 Resource Management 1 BES 362 Emergency Preparedness and Response 3 BES 370-1 Performance Performance Management 1 BES 370-2 Organizational Behaviour 1 BES 370-3 Team Leadership & Development 1 BES 380-1 Critical Thinking 1 BES 380-2 Reflective Thinking 1 BES 400 BAppBus: ES Practicum I 15 BES 410 BAppBus: ES Practicum II 15

Admission Requirements Direct: Graduates of the following two-year diploma programs may be eligible for direct entry: • Emergency Services Technology • Emergency Medical Technologist EMT-P • Advanced Care Paramedic • Correctional Service Diploma • Policing Program Diploma • Corrections Program Diploma • NFPA Certification to 1200 hours Indirect: Candidates will be assessed on the basis of transfer credits, official transcripts, totaling 1200 hours of emergency services training.

Applicants must have five years of full-time work experience in the Emergency Services industry.

Directed Practicum Project Students are expected to make their own practicum arrangements, generally with their employer. Practicum projects will be developed in consultation with a Lakeland College faculty member, the employer, and the student. Students are responsible for their own accommodation during these periods.

Elective Modules (students must complete six) BES 301-1 Public Safety Awareness BES 311-1 Microeconomics BES 311-2 Macroeconomics BES 341-3 Public Relations/Media Skills for Managers BES 341-4 Critical Incident Stress Management BES 344-2 Legal Issues in Emergency Services BES 344-3 Labour Relations/Contract Law BES 355-3 Strategic Management I BES 355-4 Strategic Management II BES 356-3 Risk Management BES 375-1 Future of Leadership Total *Advance credit not available for these modules

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 60

Career Opportunities • Manager or Administrator in: - Fire Services - Disaster Services - Emergency Medical Services - Police Department - Corrections - Emergency Services • Emergency Services Project Manager • Emergency Services Development Manager Graduation Requirements Students who successfully complete the necessary modules covering a range of core and non-core competencies, 800 practicum credit hours, and submit a written project report will be eligible to receive a Bachelor of Applied Business: Emergency Services.

Fees are assessed on a per-semester basis at the time of registration.

26

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management Post-Diploma Applied Degree, 16 Consecutive Months, Vermilion Inquiries: 780 853 8579 The nationally accredited (see EP certification) Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management (B.AppSc: EM) degree focuses on the monitoring, reclamation and remediation sectors of environmental protection. The curriculum has been designed to satisfy industry demand for technical and scientific personnel who are skilled in the area of remediation and reclamation or environmental monitoring and protection. All students receive cross training in communications and project management. Students typically complete 16 consecutive months of study, which includes eight months of classroom and laboratory/field instruction followed by eight months of practicum.

Admission Requirements Academic standing may be considered.

Direct entry: Graduates of the following two-year diploma programs with college-level: • Inorganic & Organic Chemistry • Introductory Soil Science, and • Statistics are eligible for direct entry.

Lakeland College • Environmental Sciences Diploma (all majors) Assiniboine Community College • Land and Water Management Lethbridge College • Environmental Assessment & Restoration Loyalist College (entry to MEP major) • Environmental Technician • Environmental Technologist Mohawk College (entry to MEP major) • Environmental Technician NAIT (entry to MEP major) • Biological Sciences Technology - Environmental Sciences - Renewable Resources Niagara College (entry to MEP major) • Environmental Technician Olds College • Land Water Resources - Land Reclamation - Environmental Stewardship Chemistry 200 and Statistics (AGRN 410) are required.

Fleming College (entry to MEP major) • Environmental Technology Indirect entry: Applicants with a diploma or degree in a related specialization may also be eligible. They must have college/ university level: • Inorganic & Organic Chemistry • Introductory Soil Science • Statistics SIAST • Environmental Engineering Technology • Integrated Resources Management (Chemistries required) • Water Resources Engineering Technology Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

RER major: The following college/university-level competencies are highly recommended for entry to RER: • Soil Classification • Field Botany and Plant Taxonomy Soils Classification Practicum Students are required to complete two 16-week practica. Through the Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management Practicum Coordinator, the college assists, but does not guarantee, placement of students in paid practicum positions with industry and government agencies, although all practicum students have received paid positions in the last 11 years. Students must also be active in finding their practicum positions. Students are responsible for their own travel and accommodation during these periods.

Career Opportunities Graduates of this program have well-developed technical/ scientific skills and knowledge in the reclamation/remediation or the monitoring/environmental protection industry. Supplementary training also provides graduates with strong communication and project management skills.

Career opportunities exist in: Consulting: • Site Assessment & Characterization • Contaminant Remediation • Reclamation Supervision • Industrial Waste & Wastewater Management • Project Management Government: • Monitoring • Inspection • Auditing • Compliance Industry: • Environmental Health & Safety Departments in: Oil & Gas, Pulp & Paper, Mining, Forestry & Agriculture, Wildlife AIA Certification Graduates of this program may qualify for membership in the Alberta Institute of Agrologists (AIA) and are eligible to article as a Registered Technologist in Agrology (RT(Ag)) (with a broader scope of practice than diploma graduates).

EP Certification The Environmental Monitoring & Protection Major provides excellent preparation for graduates to become an Environmental Professional (EP) through the Canadian Environmental Certification Approvals Board (CECAB) of the Environmental Career Organization of Canada (ECO Canada). Graduates are eligible to apply for Environmental Professional in training (EPt) and the EP designation after they have completed five years of relevant Canadian Environmental experience.

Opportunity for Further Study Ask about our transfer agreement with Royal Roads University. Get your Masters degree and open yourself to a world of possibilities!

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

27

Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management (continued) Reclamation/Remediation Major

Monitoring/Environmental Protection Major

Prerequisite competencies include college-level competency in organic and inorganic (or general) chemistry, introductory soil science, and statistics. Soil Classification and Field Botany and Plant Taxonomy are highly recommended.

Prerequisite competencies include college-level competency in organic and inorganic (or general) chemistry, introductory soil science, and statistics.

Curriculum Required Courses Credits EBA 312 Project Management 3 ECM 300 Communications & Practicum Preparation 3 ESC 315 Environmental Toxicology 3 ESC 422 Contaminant Remediation 3 ESC 423 Principles for Remediation Evaluation 3 ESC 462 Environmental Hydrogeology 3 ESE 300 Environmental Management Seminar 1 EPR 399 Practicum Prep.

Additional Required Courses (3 to 4) ESC 307 Site Assessment ESC 408 Reclamation Field Methods ESC 417 Mining Monitoring & Protection ESC 418 Occupational Health & Safety Mgmt.

ESC 420 Ecosystem Reclamation ESC 424 Ecosite Classification ESO 340 Soil Classification and Landforms ESO 350 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Additional Required Course(s) are dependent on your entry education Practica EPR 400 Practicum I (16 weeks) 15 EPR 410 Practicum II (16 weeks) 15

28

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Curriculum Required Courses EBA 312 Project Management ECM 300 Communications & Practicum Preparation ESC 315 Environmental Toxicology ESC 422 Contaminant Remediation ESC 423 Principles for Remediation Evaluation ESC 462 Environmental Hydrogeology ESE 300 Environmental Management Seminar EPR 399 Practicum Prep.

Additional Required Courses (3 to 4) EBI 338 Vegetation Sampling Techniques ESC 307 Site Assessment ESC 352 Environmental Sampling ESC 370 Industrial Processes ESC 417 Mining Monitoring & Protection ESC 418 Occupational Health & Safety Mgmt.

ESO 350 Soil Fertility & Fertilizers

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 1

3 3 3 3 3 3 3

Additional Required Course(s) are dependent on your entry education Practica EPR 400 Practicum I (16 weeks) 15 EPR 410 Practicum II (16 weeks) 15

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Business Administration Diploma

Choose one of 5 majors in the Business Administration Diploma

Appraisal & Assessment

Accounting CAREERS:

CAREERS:

• Accounting technicians • Cost Analysts

FOCUS:

CAREERS:

FOCUS:

General

Get a solid basis in accounting principles and theories including financial accounting, management and cost accounting and income tax.

Small Business & Entrepreneurship

• Data collectors for a large municipality • Property assessors

Learn property valuation techniques including residential and income appraisal, and computerized mass appraisal valuation of properties.

CAREERS:

• Entry level management • Position supervisor

FOCUS:

While working in teams and individually, you prepare financial statements, develop leadership skills to supervise and lead employees, prepare marketing strategies and plans, and prepare business plans.

• Entrepreneur - start and operate new business ventures • Small business manager

FOCUS:

Developing a broad range of entrepreneurial skills, marketing and teamwork. These skills can be applied to a variety of business aspects from small business management to corporate department and divisional team leadership.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Marketing CAREERS:

• Marketing representative • Sales & marketing

FOCUS:

Marketing skills that can be applied to many areas - marketing, sales, market research, promotions, public relations, communications, advertising and small, medium and large business.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

29

Business Administration Diploma: General Major Two-Year Diploma, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 This diploma program develops a broad range of business skills and provides graduates with a general business education. Topics include accounting, management, marketing, operations, law, computers, finance, small business and e-commerce. Graduates complete core courses in foundation areas and select electives according to their areas of concentration. The flexibility of this diploma allows the student to focus on course topics according to their specific career goals.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Out-of-province students or those who do not meet these requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Note: Students will be required to contact the Academic Advisor to discuss the selection and availability of elective courses.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses AC 130 Accounting I AC 230 Accounting II BA 120 Organizational Behaviour CO 131 Communications I CO 231 Communications II CU 248 Business Computer Applications MA 101 Business Mathematics MK 170 Marketing Principles

Business Elective

Business Elective Total

30

Lakeland College 2012-2013

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

1 800 661 6490

Year II Required Courses Credits EC 111 Microeconomics 3 EC 211 Macroeconomics 3 Plus: A minimum of 24 elective credits in Business Administration courses must be taken. Note, a maximum of six elective credits can be taken from another discipline, with the permission of the Department Chair.

Note: Timetabling restrictions may not allow students to choose from all possible electives.

Transferability The Business Department strives to award maximum transferability to Business students from other colleges. Completion of the first year of Business Administration from other post-secondary institutions may be accepted as credit towards the first year of Business Administration Diploma. Transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to Business Administration if the grade achieved is at least a C- or its equivalent. Contact the Enrolment Specialist if you would like assistance requesting transfer credit approval.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Business Administration Diploma: General Major Opportunities for Further Study Lakeland College, in partnership with Athabasca University, offers the following further education: • Bachelor of Commerce • Bachelor of Management - 3 or 4 yr • Bachelor of General Studies For all other transferability options contact the Academic Advisor.

Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution (i.e. minimum GPA).

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Business Administration Diploma: Accounting Major Two-Year Diploma, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 This diploma program prepares you to earn a living as an accountant. You will study financial and managerial accounting procedures and theory, law, finance and decision-making.

Graduates are qualified for financial positions in a range of settings - accounting firms, various levels of government, financial institutions, manufacturing and merchandising industries, and service organizations, including the not-for-profit sector.

Accounting backgrounds are also useful for students who prefer to move directly into managerial or entrepreneurial positions.

Studies focus on developing skills and educational requirements for all the accounting designations (CMA, CGA and CA). An accounting background is also useful to other professional designations such as Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA), Chartered Financial Planner (CFP), Chartered Business Valuator (CBV), and Certified Investment Manager (CIM). Students considering any professional designation should consult the appropriate professional publications for information.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Note: Students will be required to contact the Academic Advisor to discuss the selection and availability of elective courses.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses AC 130 Accounting I AC 230 Accounting II BA 120 Organizational Behaviour CO 131 Communications I CO 231 Communications II CU 248 Business Computer Applications EC 111 Microeconomics EC 211 Macroeconomics MA 101 Business Mathematics MK 170 Marketing Principles Total

Year II Required Courses AC 235 Simply Accounting AC 441 Intermediate Accounting I AC 444 Management Accounting AC 541 Intermediate Accounting II AC 544 Cost Accounting BA 440 Financial Management I BA 540 Financial Management II LA 180 Business Law MA 201 Business Statistics

Business Elective Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

Transferability The Business Department strives to award maximum transferability to Business students from other colleges. Completion of the first year of Business Administration from other post-secondary institutions may be accepted as credit towards the first year of the Accounting Major. Transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the Business Administration Accounting Major if the grade achieved is at least a C- or its equivalent. Contact the Enrolment Specialist if you would like assistance requesting transfer credit approval.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum 2.0 grade point average will be awarded a Business Administration Diploma: Accounting Major.

Opportunities for Further Study Lakeland College, in partnership with Athabasca University, offers the following further education: • Bachelor of Commerce • Bachelor of Management - 3 or 4 yr • Bachelor of General Studies For all other transferability options contact the Academic Advisor.

Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution (i.e. minimum GPA).

Career Designations The following professional associations grant academic credit for first and second year courses: • Certified Management Accountants (CMA) • Certified General Accountants (CGA) • Chartered Accountants of Alberta (CA) • Credit Union Institute of Canada (CUIC) • Purchasing Management Association of Canada (PMAC • Institute of Canadian Bankers (ICB) • Canadian Institute of Bookkeeping (CB)

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

Note: Timetabling restrictions may not allow students to choose from all the possible electives.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

31

Business Administration Diploma: Appraisal and Assessment Major Two-Year Diploma, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 This diploma program offers a variety of opportunities in highly specialized fields in both urban and rural settings. Typical positions include property tax assessment, which may be with a local municipality or private firm, public or private appraising, real estate, tax appeal agencies, and mortgage lending operations of financial institutions. Training in real estate, property valuation techniques, assessment principles, and integration of property valuation is combined with construction estimating, farmland evaluation, and general business courses. Computerized mass appraisal valuation of properties, which is becoming the industry standard, is emphasized.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses AC 130 Accounting I AC 230 Accounting II BA 120 Organizational Behaviour CO 131 Communications I CO 231 Communications II CU 248 Business Computer Applications EC 111 Microeconomics EC 211 Macroeconomics MA 101 Business Mathematics MA 201 Business Statistics MK 170 Marketing Principles Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33

Year II Required Courses AP 310 Farmland Evaluation 3 AP 320 Assessment Principles 3 AP 330 Foundations of Real Estate Appraisal 3 AP 331 Real Estate Investment Appraisal and 3

Advanced Income Appraisal AP 344 Statistical and Computer Applications 3 In Valuation AP 443 Real Property Assessment Administration 3 AP 444 Computer Assisted Mass Appraisal 3 CT 402 Residential & Commercial Property Analysis 3 EC 300 Urban and Real Estate Economics 3 LA 112 Canadian Real Property Law and 3

Real Estate Ethics Total 30

32

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Transferability The Business Department strives to award maximum transferability to Business students from other colleges. Completion of the first year of Business Administration from other post-secondary institutions may be accepted as credit towards the first year of the Appraisal and Assessment major. Transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the Business Administration Appraisal & Assessment Major if the grade achieved is at least a C- or its equivalent. Contact the Enrolment Specialist if you would like assistance requesting transfer credit approval.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Diploma in Business Administration: Appraisal and Assessment Major.

Graduates will also receive a Certificate in Real Property Assessment from the University of British Columbia.

Opportunities for Further Study Lakeland College, in partnership with Athabasca University, offers the following further education: • Bachelor of Commerce • Bachelor of Management - 3 or 4 yr • Bachelor of General Studies (BGS) Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution (i.e. minimum G.P.A.) Career Designations • Accredited Municipal Assessor of Alberta (AMAA) - Graduates are granted course exemption toward this designation.

• Municipal Assessment Appraiser of Saskatchewan (MAAS).

- Graduates are granted course exemption toward this designation.

• International Association of Assessing Officers (IAAO) Graduates are granted course exemption towards either the Residential Evaluation Specialist (RES) designation or the Certified Assessment Evaluator (CAE) designation.

• The Appraisal Institute of Canada (AIC) - Offers a two-level designation, which includes the Canadian Residential Appraiser (CRA) designation and the Accredited Appraiser Canadian Institute (AACI) designation. Graduates are granted course exemption towards the CRA and other selected courses have been recognized toward the AACI designation.

• Graduates are granted course exemptions towards the Canadian National Association of Real Estate Appraisers.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Business Administration Diploma: Marketing Major Two-Year Diploma, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 This diploma program prepares students for many important positions in the field of business and marketing. The curriculum is designed to provide students with real-world education and experience necessary for a professional career in the fastpaced, ever changing industry. The students receive a sound understanding of consumer behaviour and customer decision making. They are adequately equipped with knowledge to collect and use information about the marketplace; and also the ability to integrate the components of a marketing mix to solve marketing problems.

Marketing professionals are in high demand everywhere.

Marketing graduates can secure employment in all sectors of the economy such as Sales, Customer Service, Public Relations, Promotions, Distribution, Direct Marketing, Advertising, and Marketing Research. Graduates are also well prepared to identify opportunities and develop marketing plans for their own entrepreneurial retailing or service ventures.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Note: Students will be required to contact the Academic Advisor to discuss the selection and availability of elective courses.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses AC 130 Accounting I AC 230 Accounting II BA 120 Organizational Behaviour CO 131 Communications I CO 231 Communications II CU 248 Business Computer Applications EC 211 Macroeconomics MA 101 Business Mathematics MK 170 Marketing Principles

Business Elective Total

Lakeland College 2012-2013

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

1 800 661 6490

Year II Required Courses BA 250 E-Commerce EC 111 Microeconomics LA 180 Business Law MK 210 Consumer Behaviour MK 211 Global Marketing MK 223 Advertising & Promotions MK 230 Marketing Research

Business Elective

Business Elective

Business Elective Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

Note: Timetabling restrictions may not allow students to choose from all the possible electives.

Transferability The Business Department strives to award maximum transferability to Business students from other colleges. Completion of the first year of Business Administration from other post-secondary institutions may be accepted as credit towards the first year of the Marketing Major. Transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the Business Administration Marketing Major if the grade achieved is at least a C- or its equivalent. Contact the Enrolment Specialist if you would like assistance requesting transfer credit approval.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum 2.0 grade point average will be awarded a Business Administration Diploma: Marketing Major.

Opportunities for Further Study Lakeland College, in partnership with Athabasca University, offers the following further education: • Bachelor of Commerce • Bachelor of Management - 3 or 4 yr • Bachelor of General Studies For all other transferability options contact the Academic Advisor.

Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution (i.e. minimum GPA).

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

33

Business Administration Diploma: Small Business & Entrepreneurship Major Two-Year Diploma, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 This diploma program focuses on developing a broad range of entrepreneurial skills, marketing and teamwork among them. The skills can be applied to a variety of business aspects from small business management to corporate department and divisional team leadership. Courses emphasize the organizational and decision-making skills essential for success in any business endeavour.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Out-of-province students or those who do not meet these requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Note: Students will be required to contact the Academic Advisor to discuss the selection and availability of elective courses.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses AC 130 Accounting I AC 230 Accounting II BA 120 Organizational Behaviour CO 131 Communications I CO 231 Communications II CU 248 Business Computer Applications EC 211 Macroeconomics MA 101 Business Mathematics MK 170 Marketing Principles

Business Elective Total

Year II Required Courses AC 444 Management Accounting BA 170 Salesmanship BA 546 Small Business I BA 548 Small Business II BA 656 Leadership & Supervision EC 111 Microeconomics LA 180 Business Law

Business Elective

Business Elective

Business Elective Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

Transferability The Business Department strives to award maximum transferability to Business students from other colleges. Completion of the first year of Business Administration from other post-secondary institutions may be accepted as credit towards the first year of the Small Business & Entrepreneurship Major. Transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the Business Administration Small Business & Entrepreneurship Major if the grade achieved is at least a C- or its equivalent. Contact the Enrolment Specialist if you would like assistance requesting transfer credit approval.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Business Administration Diploma: Small Business & Entrepreneurship Major.

Opportunities for Further Study Lakeland College, in partnership with Athabasca University, offers the following further education: • Bachelor of Commerce • Bachelor of Management - 3 or 4 yr • Bachelor of General Studies For all other transferability options contact the Academic Advisor.

Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution (i.e. minimum GPA).

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

Note: Timetabling restrictions may not allow students to choose from all the possible electives.

34

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Child and Youth Care Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 The Child and Youth Care Diploma prepares individuals to work with at-risk children, youth, and their families. It provides students with an understanding of abuse, failure, emotional distress, etc. Students will learn interaction strategies for working with vulnerable children, youth and families. Students experience four practica which assist them in applying course information to practical situations.

The Child and Youth Care Diploma Program qualifies graduates for employment in the following settings: • day treatment programs • residential care • family outreach programs • early intervention programs • family and community support programs Admission Requirements High school diploma with at least: • 65% in ELA 30-1 or 80% in ELA 30-2 Students who do not meet the admission requirements should refer to the Special Admissions section of this calendar.

Applicants must be in good health. Each applicant needs to be highly motivated, emotionally mature and stable. A high degree of tolerance and respect for the rights of others is required.

Applicants will be invited to attend an orientation session with program staff.

Due to limited enrolment, admission may also be based upon academic standing.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits CO 118 Communication Skills 3 CU 127 Introduction to Microcomputer Software 3 HS 114 Human Development I 3 HS 115 Exploring Exceptionalities I 3 HS 155 Positive Behaviour Supports 3 HS 214 Human Development II 3 HS 240 Family Studies 3 HS 242 Interpersonal Relationships 3 YC 100 Child and Youth Care Profession 3 YC 102 Building Resiliency 3 Sub-Total 30 YC 125 Field Placement I YC 225 Field Placement II Total

Lakeland College 2012-2013

5 5 40

1 800 661 6490

Year II Required Courses Credits HS 203 Helping Relationships 3 HS 225 Exploring Exceptionalities II 3 HS 230 Sensory Development 3 YC 200 Ethics and Law 3 YC 202 Abuse Symptoms and Treatment 3 YC 205 Facilitating Groups 3 YC 211 Working With Families 3 YC 215 Addictions 3 YC 218 Introduction to Animal Assisted Therapy 3 Sub-Total 27 Electives (choose 1) ED 120 Play HS 236 Assessment and Intervention Sub Total YC 325 Field Placement III YC 425 Field Placement IV Total

3 3 30 5 5 40

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements listed with a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00 will be awarded a Diploma in Child and Youth Care.

Opportunities for Further Study • Graduates may be eligible for a block transfer of up to 60 credits towards a degree in Child and Youth Care from the University of Victoria and Grant MacEwan University. Students can also receive 30 credits towards Bachelor of Social Work from University of Calgary and Bachelor of Arts from Athabasca University.

• University of Saskatchewan - Bachelor of Arts in Northern Studies major: Aboriginal Public Administration stream.

Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

Field Placement Requirements Prior to the first field placement, students may be required to possess a current First Aid in Childcare Certificate and may require a Child Intervention Records System (CIRS). Practicum agencies will require a clear criminal record check. A criminal record check is requested through the RCMP. Students must contact the RCMP detachment in their hometown. The cost of a criminal record check varies among detachments. In the second year of the program, students must be prepared to relocate to larger centres for their third and fourth field placements.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

35

Crop Technology Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 The business of grain production is rapidly changing and this leading edge program provides the skills to manage crop production in today’s marketplace. The program strongly emphasizes financial management, marketing, environmental sustainability, and new technologies and trends in the crop industry. These skills are combined with a practical and unique learning environment, Canada’s only Student Managed Farm.

Students are involved in actively managing an 800-acre grain farm where they learn to make real life decisions in a challenging team environment.

The Crop Technology program provides the foundation for students to pursue industry accreditation as a Certified Crop Advisor (CCA) or Certified Pesticide Applicator.

Graduates learn skills in crop production, finance, and marketing.

New technologies such as GIS and GPS, the latest in pest management knowledge, and profitable crop diversification strategies are studied. Students will learn about new cropping options including forages and organic cropping. Crop technologists are employed as agronomists, technical sales representatives, crop advisors, agricultural field men, research technicians, and crop producers.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • Math 20-1/Math 20-2 • Grade 11 Science Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Year II Required Courses AE 230 Farm Financial Management AE 345 Capital Investments AE 450 Student Managed Farm II AE 451 Student Managed Farm III BA 171 Salesmanship and Sales Management CR 216 Diversified Crop Production CR 245 Insects and Diseases of Crops MR 110 Grain Harvesting Systems MR 142 Pesticide Application Technologies PA 211 Applications in Precision Farming SO 242 Fertility Management SO 247 Water, Soil and Climate Total Elective Course CR 250 Integrated Crop Management

Credits 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 3 2 3 3 3 36 3

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Diploma in Crop Technology.

Opportunities for Further Study • Athabasca University • University of Lethbridge • Olds College • University of Alberta Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits AE 100 Economic Forces in Agriculture 3 AE 101 Student Managed Farm I 1 AE 135 Agricultural Issues and Trends 2 AE 202 Business Records and Reporting 3 AE 300 Grain, Oilseeds and Pulse Crop Marketing 3 CO 138 Agricultural Communications 3 CR 160 Plant Science and Field Crops 3 CR 242 Weed and Herbicide Management 3 CU 198 Agricultural Computer Applications 3 EN 170 Post Harvest Processing Facilities 3 MR 112 Tillage and Direct Seeding Systems 3 SO 102 Soil Science 3 Total 33

36

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Early Learning and Child Care - One-Year Certificate One-Year Certificate, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 Based on the philosophy that children learn best through play, our program provides students with the knowledge to plan activities, experiences and environments where children build skills and form important concepts. This program educates students in developmentally appropriate approaches to learning. Students will explore a variety of inclusive settings that encourage the growth and development of children age birth to 12 years. Hands-on experience is gained during practicums. Students also work with children in the College Child Development Centre.

This one-year certificate program qualifies graduates to apply for their Alberta Level II Certification.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 Students not meeting the admission requirements should refer to the Special Admissions section of this calendar.

Applicants must be in good health and will be invited to attend an orientation session with program staff.

Curriculum Required Courses CO 118 Communication Skills ED 120 Play ED 121 Early Childhood Professionalism HE 158 Health, Nutrition, and Safety HS 114 Human Development I HS 115 Exploring Exceptionalities I HS 155 Positive Behaviour Supports HS 180 Curriculum Planning I HS 182 Curriculum Planning II HS 214 Human Development II Sub-Total ED 109 ELCC Practicum I ED 110 ELCC Practicum II Total

Lakeland College 2012-2013

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 30

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements listed with a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00 will be awarded a Certificate in Early Learning and Child Care.

Opportunities for Further Study • Athabasca University • University of Victoria • University of Saskatchewan - Bachelor of Arts in Northern Studies major: Aboriginal Public Administration stream Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

As the need for childcare outside the home continues to grow, demand increases for certified caregivers. The Early Learning and Child Care certificate program qualifies graduates for employment in settings that include day care centres, family day homes, nursery schools, play schools, kindergartens, primary school classrooms, and special needs programs.

Practicum Placement Requirements Practicum agencies will require a clear criminal record check. A criminal record check is requested through the RCMP. Students must contact the RCMP detachment in their hometown. The cost of a criminal record check varies among detachments.

The Early Learning and Child Care certificate is a prerequisite for the Early Learning and Child Care diploma program.

5 5 40

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

37

Early Learning and Child Care - Two-Year Diploma Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 Our Early Learning and Child Care diploma program provides in-depth training, qualifying graduates for supervisory roles in preschool care and education. Based on the philosophy that children learn best through play, both the certificate and diploma programs provide students with the knowledge to plan activities, experiences, and environments where children build skills and form important concepts. Early Learning and Child Care Diploma students have a unique opportunity for their second year practica.

Both practica are held on campus. Students create and implement play programs for infants to children of five years. Students receive hands-on experience dealing with parents, children, other staff, and licensing regulations.

This diploma program qualifies graduates to apply for their Alberta Level III Certification.

Admission Requirements Successful completion of the Early Learning and Child Care certificate program or an equivalent with at least a 2.0 Grade Point Average (GPA).

Curriculum

Students who have not acquired first aid certification are encouraged to take First Aid in Child Care, as this certification is a requirement in many work settings. A criminal record check is required for practicum and is requested through the RCMP. Students must contact the RCMP detachment in their hometown.

The cost of a criminal record check varies among detachments.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements listed with a minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0 will be awarded a Diploma in Early Learning and Child Care.

Opportunities for Further Study • University of Alberta - graduates are eligible for a transfer of 27 credits into the Faculty of Elementary Education • University of Victoria • Grant MacEwan University • Athabasca University • University of Calgary • University of Saskatchewan - Bachelor of Arts in Northern Studies major: Aboriginal Public Administration stream Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

Required Courses Credits CU 127 Introduction to Microcomputer Software 3 ED 235 Organizational Relationships 3 ED 238 Early Childhood Foundations 3 ED 243 Emergent Curriculum 3 HS 225 Exploring Exceptionalities II 3 HS 230 Sensory Development 3 HS 240 Family Studies 3 HS 242 Interpersonal Relationships 3 SS 245 Infant and Toddler Care 3 Sub-Total 27 ED 230 Practicum III ED 231 Practicum IV Total

5 5 37

Electives (choose one) HS 236 Assessment and Intervention YC 218 Introduction to Animal Assisted Therapy

3 3

38

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Educational Assistant One-Year Certificate, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 The Educational Assistant certificate program prepares individuals for employment in the K-12 system. The program provides individual opportunities to develop skills, attitudes and beliefs to work effectively in school settings. Hands-on experience is gained during supervised practica. Graduates are generally employed with students with special needs.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • Grade 11 Math Out-of-province students or students not meeting the admission requirements should refer to the Special Admissions section of this calendar.

Prospective students will be invited to an orientation session with the Department.

Curriculum Required Courses CO 118 Communication Skills HS 114 Human Development I HS 115 Exploring Exceptionalities I HS 155 Positive Behaviour Supports HS 214 Human Development II HS 225 Exploring Exceptionalities II HS 230 Sensory Development HS 242 Interpersonal Relationships TA 109 Supporting Language Arts Instruction TA 117 Supporting Math Instruction TA 140 Educational Assistant Professionalism Subtotal TA 121 Educational Assistant Practicum I TA 122 Educational Assistant Practicum II Total

Lakeland College 2012-2013

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33

Students may substitute other course work from the Early Learning and Child Care programs with prior approval from the Department Chair. Part-time regional students should check with the Department Chair regarding course alternatives.

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.00 will be awarded an Educational Assistant Certificate.

Opportunities for Further Study • Athabasca University • University of Saskatchewan - Bachelor of Arts in Northern Studies major: Aboriginal Public Administration stream Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

Practicum Placement Requirements Practicum agencies will require a clear criminal record check. A criminal record check is requested through the RCMP. Students must contact the RCMP detachment in their hometown. The cost of a criminal record check varies among detachments.

5 5 43

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

39

Emergency Medical Technician Curriculum

12-Month Certificate Combined Online/On-Site Delivery - Camrose Inquiries: 780 853 8527 The Emergency Medical Technician (EMT) or Primary Care Paramedic program is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills to provide pre-hospital care to the sick and injured. On successful completion of the program students are eligible to write the Alberta College of Paramedics provincial certification exam and on passing, are able to seek employment as a registered EMT with an emergency medical services provider in Alberta.

During the initial six month didactic component, the students will be expected to attend four 4-day on-site technical skills weeks, and 6 other on-site days to practice their psychomotor skills: 22 site days in total. The remaining material will be instructed online.

Following successful completion of this portion, students will qualify to attend hospital and ambulance practicums. The program is considered full-time; students should plan to balance work, personal life and school accordingly. Most students complete the entire program within 9 to 12 months. The EMT program includes mandatory physical fitness participation.

The program includes the Alberta College of Paramedics examination preparation. Successful graduates qualify to write the Alberta College of Paramedics EMT exam.

Admission Requirements • Minimum age 18 • High school diploma • ELA 30-1 and BIO 30 preferred • Registered EMR with the Alberta College of Paramedics • Provide a driver’s abstract showing a current driver’s license with no more than 5 demerits • Attendance at an Information Session • Individuals holding a Graduated Driver’s License (GDL) are eligible to begin the program providing they successfully obtain their unrestricted Class 5 license within 5 months of starting the program.

Required Courses EM 100 EMT Anatomy and Physiology EM 105 EMT Assessment and History EM 110 EMT Emergencies EM 115 EMT Medical Terminology EM 120 EMT Pharmacology EM 125 EMT Technical Skills 1 EM 130 EMT Technical Skills 2 EM 135 EMT Technical Skills 3 EM 140 EMT Technical Skills 4 EM 145 EMT Hospital Practicum EM 150 EMT Ambulance Practicum Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 6 6 40

*An Exposure Ambulance Practicum is required for those students who have low grades in didactic courses and/or who enter the program with minimal on-care experience.

Selection Process Applicants to the program will be required to provide a record of immunizations for childhood vaccine for DPT (Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus), TD (Tetanus/Diphtheria) booster in past 10 years, MMR, Hepatitis B vaccine series initiated, TB test within 12 months, history of chicken pox or vaccine.

A criminal record check is required by practicum preceptors and must be submitted with application documentation. The record check should occur within two months of starting the program.

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements will be awarded a Certificate in Emergency Medical Technician.

Opportunities for Further Study • Paramedic at Lakeland College Registration This program is registered through the Alberta College of Paramedics with the Alberta Health Disciplines Board.

Practicum Requirements • Provide a Criminal Record Check* completed within two months prior to beginning the cohort (for EMT’s). Due during Technical I Week.

• Provide evidence that all immunizations are up-to-date and cleared as “Complete” by program staff. Due during Technical I Week followed by one 60-day timeframe to meet any deficiencies.

• Each student must hold a Class IV Driver’s License by the time they attend Technical IV Week. Students who enter the program with a GDL or a Class V must have enough time to complete all requirements to pass the Class IV requirement prior to Technical IV Week.

• Fit Mask Testing will be completed by program staff on-site during Technical Weeks.

• WHMIS credentials will be updated within the first month of the program regardless of previous certifications. *Students with criminal records should be prepared for practicum sites to request further information. Students with criminal records should be prepared to discuss their situations with program staff.

40

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Emergency Services Technology 48-Week Diploma Lakeland College’s Emergency Training Centre Inquiries: 780 853 8527 Emergency Services Technology (EST) is the only full-time diploma program in Canada providing a combination of firefighting and emergency medical services employability skills. This unique and comprehensive program provides preparation for entry-level career positions in municipal and industrial firefighting, and pre-hospital emergency services.

Emergency Medical Responder (EMR) and firefighter training are delivered in the first part of the program.

Admission Requirements • Minimum age 18 • High school diploma • Alberta Class 5 or equivalent driver’s license and airbrake endorsement • Individuals holding a Graduated Driver’s License (GDL) may apply to the program, but must have obtained their unrestricted Class 5 license by registration day.

• Driver’s abstract • Clear criminal record check Required Courses Credits FE 105 NFPA 1001 Level I 10 FE 111 NFPA 472 Dangerous Goods Awareness 1 FE 113 Basic Pump Operations 2 FE 135 Mental Aspects of Performance 1 FE 143 Organizations 2 FE 153 Science Module 2 FE 157 Basic Fire Equipment 1 FE 170 Firefighter Practicum 8 FE 180 Written Communications 2 FE 190 Oral Communications 2 FE 205 NFPA 1001 Level II 6 FE 208 Wildland Firefighter 2 FE 211 NFPA 472 Dangerous Goods Operations 2 FE 220 Physical Fitness 6 Total 47 Emergency Medical Specialization FE 250 EMTA Program 40

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Fire Specialization Credits FE 1-ASCSS Alberta Codes and Standards 2 FE 1-BCPS Building Construction & Protection Systems 2 FE 1-FOCD Fire Origin and Cause Determination 2 FE 1-FSI Fire Service Instructor Level I Part 1 2 FE 1-IP Investigation Procedures 2 FE 1-IPESC Inspector Practical Evaluation 2 FE 1-IPSC Inspection Procedures 2 FE 1-LFSC Law for Fire Safety Codes Officer 2 FE 1-PMSC Properties of Materials 2 FE 2-FSI Fire Service Instructor Level I Part 2 2 FE 2-IPESC Investigator Practical Evaluation 2 FE 2-PU Advanced Pumping Operations 2 FE 3-PU Aerial Apparatus 2 RT 106 Rescue Awareness 2 Total 28 Competitive Selection Process The competitive selection process for applicants includes a physical fitness assessment, personal interview, aptitude tests (Math, Science and English), First Aid/CPR knowledge test and mechanical reasoning test.

By February 1st applicants will need to provide evidence of current Standard First Aid and CPR Level C certification.

Criminal Record Checks Practicum agencies may require students to provide a current criminal record check and/or driver’s abstract. Contact your local police force for cost and procedure.

Graduation Requirements Students who complete the requirements will be awarded a Diploma in Emergency Services Technology.

Career Potential Many graduates are employed with major metropolitan emergency response and fire departments across Canada. Career possibilities include municipal, industrial firefighting, pre-hospital medical response, and loss prevention. As well, this program may form the basis for career advancement to fire officer, inspector, investigator, instructor or public educator.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

41

Environmental Sciences Diploma

Environmental Monitoring & Protection (EMP)

Environmental Conservation & Reclamation (ECR)

CAREERS/SKILLS

CAREERS/SKILLS • • •

Environmental monitoring specialists Air and water quality sampling Spill response & environmental protection

FOCUS Returning industrial land disturbances back to a productive capability (such as those resulting from oil & gas production or mining).

FOCUS Monitoring specialists providing leadership in environmental protection for industry.

• Reclamation Consulting • Reclamation procedures & best practices • Industrial site assessments

Choose one of 4 majors in the

Environmental Sciences Diploma FOCUS Wildlife and fish conservation,

FOCUS Evaluation and repair of disturbed natural areas (such as wetlands, forests, and grasslands).

identification, habitat, ecology and field skills.

CAREERS/SKILLS • • •

Field specialists in wildlife and fisheries Habitat conservation and development Conservation officer career track

CAREERS/SKILLS • Habitat restoration and species‐at‐risk conservation • Land‐use planning and urban conservation • Watershed stewardship

Wildlife & Fisheries Conservation (WFC)

Conservation & Restoration Ecology (CARE)

42

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Environmental Sciences Diploma Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 The first year courses develop core knowledge in a common set of competencies including soils, plant identification, ecology, aquatic systems, mapping and GPS, and environmental sustainability to name a few. Students gain extensive hands-on experience during field labs and develop the skills industry is looking for.

Applicants may apply to change their Major of Choice at any time during the application process, or after the first semester of studies if space permits in the other Major. If space is limited, entrance to the other Major will be competitive, based on the students Grade Point Average.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1/English 30* or 65% in ELA 30-2/English 33 • Chemistry 30* (recommended) or 65% in Chemistry 20 • Biology 30* (recommended) or 65% in Biology 20 • Math 30-1* or 60% in Math 30-2 *Transfer to universities may be affected for students entering the diploma without English 30, Chemistry 30, Biology 30 or Math 30-1.

Admission may be competitive.

All students are expected to demonstrate computer competency.

Students not meeting the above admission requirements should contact the Department Chair at 780 853 8589.

Do you want to make a difference and have a rewarding career in the environmental field? The two year Environmental Sciences Diploma provides options for training in nearly all aspects of environmental sciences and natural resource management.

The first year courses help develop the technical skills applied to the specialized courses in the second year of the program.

The combination of second year courses related to the Major of choice will enhance the chosen skills, and lead to exciting career opportunities in environmental sciences.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Students applying to the Environmental Sciences Diploma will select one of four Majors, depending on interest and career goals: • Conservation and Restoration Ecology • Environmental Conservation and Reclamation • Environmental Monitoring and Protection • Wildlife and Fisheries Conservation AIA Certification Graduates of the Conservation & Restoration Ecology, Environmental Conservation & Reclamation, and Environmental Monitoring & Protection Majors qualify for membership in the Alberta Institute of Agrology (AIA) and are eligible to article as a Registered Technologist in Agrology (RT(Ag)).

Wildlife Technology Certification The Wildlife & Fisheries Conservation Major is accredited by the North American Wildlife Technology Association, and graduates receive a Wildlife Technology Certificate.

Canadian Certified Environmental Practitioner This program provides excellent preparation for graduates to become a Canadian Certified Environmental Practitioner (CCEP).

Graduates are eligible to apply for Certified Environmental Practitioner In Training (CEPIT) and they can apply to upgrade to a CCEP after they have completed 5 years of relevant Canadian Environmental experience.

Opportunities for Further Study Please refer to each of the four Majors for transfer agreement information.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

43

Environmental Sciences Diploma: Conservation & Restoration Ecology Major Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 Develop the technical skills required to design and implement effective restoration and conservation strategies for natural and disturbed ecosystems. Emphasis is placed on resource management techniques that minimize or correct disturbance from industrial development, agricultural services, and other land-use impacts. Students may apply their knowledge towards habitat restoration, habitat conservation and management, invasive species management, and species at risk conservation in disturbed and natural areas.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1/English 30* or 65% in ELA 30-2/English 33 • Chemistry 30* (recommended) or 65% in Chemistry 20 • Biology 30* (recommended) or 65% in Biology 20 • Math 30-1 or 60% in Math 30-2 * Transfer to universities may be affected for students entering the diploma without English 30, Chemistry 30, Biology 30 or Pure Math 30.

Admission may be competitive.

All students are expected to demonstrate computer competency.

Students not meeting the above admission requirements should contact the Department Chair at 780 853 8589.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits BI 110 Ecology & Field Biology 3 BI 205 Limnology: Lakes & Rivers 3 BI 270 Managing Rangeland Ecosystems 3 BO 120 Field Botany & Plant Taxonomy 3 CO 166 Scientific Writing & Computer Applications 3 MA 202 Statistics & Data Management 3 SC 110 Inorganic Chemistry 3 SC 120 Maps, Air Photos & GPS 3 SC 140 Environmental Sustainability 3 SC 200 Organic Chemistry 3 SC 220 GIS & Remote Sensing 3 SO 210 Introductory Soil Science 3 Total 36 Year II Required Courses BI 210 Forest Ecology BI 317 Riparian & Wetland Management SC 281 Industrial Vegetation Management SC 301 Watersheds & Water Resources SC 307 Site Assessment SC 329 Restoration Ecology SC 444 Land-use Planning & Regulations SC 464 Urban Conservation & Stewardship SO 320 Soil Conservation SO 340 Soil Classification & Landforms ZO 245 Wildlife Habitat Conservation ZO 350 Wildlife Biodiversity Total

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 36

Graduation Requirements Students completing requirements with a minimum GPA of 2.0 will be awarded an Environmental Sciences Diploma: Conservation & Restoration Ecology Major.

Applied Skills • Field Botany & Plant Inventories • Wildlife Habitat Conservation • Ecological Sampling Techniques • Land Restoration • Soil Classification & Conservation • GIS & GPS Mapping Skills • Ecological Health Assessments • Phase I & II Site Assessments • Wetland Management • Land-use Planning Alberta Institute of Agrologists Certification Graduates of this program may qualify for membership in the AIA and are eligible to article as a Registered Technologist in Agrology (RT(Ag)).

EP Certification The Conservation & Restoration Ecology Major provides excellent preparation for graduates to become an Environmental Professional (EP) through the Canadian Environmental Certification Approvals Board (CECAB) of the Environmental Career Organization of Canada (ECO Canada). Graduates are eligible to apply for Environmental Professional in training (EPt) and the EP designation after they have completed five years of relevant Canadian Environmental experience.

Career Opportunities Graduates may find employment with private environmental consulting firms; forest companies; the oil and gas industry; land and resource management branches of municipal, provincial, and federal governments; non-government conservation organizations; and other land stewardship agencies. Job responsibilities will focus on the conservation, management, and restoration of wetland, grassland, and forest habitats.

Continued Learning Graduates can transfer credits to obtain both a Diploma and a Degree in four years. Many graduates find a competitive advantage in the conservation and restoration field by combining the practical skills from this Diploma with courses from a Degree program. In turn, Degree graduates can take Diploma courses to obtain practical skills, and to qualify for an Environmental Sciences Diploma.

Opportunities for Further Study • Lakeland College - Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management • Athabasca University • Royal Roads University • University of Alberta – BSc Environmental and Conservation Sciences (up to 60 credits) - Land Reclamation - Conservation Biology • University of Lethbridge • University of Saskatchewan – BSc Ag (Env or Soil Sci specialization) (up to 60 credits)

The Environmental Sciences Diploma majors have a common first year. Applicants may change majors any time during the application process or after their first semester of studies by contacting the Office of the Registrar. If space is limited, entrance will be competitive and will be based on the Grade Point Average of the student’s studies at that point of time.

44

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Environmental Sciences Diploma: Environmental Conservation & Reclamation Major Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 Obtain the technical skills required to plan, inspect, coordinate and implement reclamation and soil conservation projects. Program studies provide practical training through the use of specialized field and lab equipment, and working field trips to oil and gas facilities, agricultural lands, forests, grasslands, and water bodies that are impacted primarily by the oil and gas industry.

Admission Requirements • High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1/English 30* or 65% in ELA 30-2/English 33 • Chemistry 30* (recommended) or 65% in Chemistry 20 • Biology 30* (recommended) or 65% in Biology 20 • Math 30-1 or 60% in Math 30-2 *Transfer to universities may be affected for students entering the diploma without English 30, Chemistry 30, Biology 30 or Pure Math 30.

Admission may be competitive.

All students are expected to demonstrate computer competency.

Students not meeting the above admission requirements should contact the Department Chair at 780 853 8589.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits BI 110 Ecology & Field Biology 3 BI 205 Limnology: Lakes & Rivers 3 BI 270 Managing Rangeland Ecosystems 3 BO 120 Field Botany & Plant Taxonomy 3 CO 166 Scientific Writing & Computer Applications 3 MA 202 Statistics & Data Management 3 SC 110 Inorganic Chemistry 3 SC 120 Maps, Air Photos, & GPS 3 SC 140 Environmental Sustainability 3 SC 200 Organic Chemistry 3 SC 220 GIS & Remote Sensing 3 SO 210 Introductory Soil Science 3 Total 36 Year II Required Courses BI 210 Forest Ecology BI 290 Revegetation Management SC 281 Industrial Vegetation Management SC 301 Watersheds & Water Resources SC 307 Site Assessment SC 336 Movement of Pollutants SC 408 Reclamation Field Methods SC 430 Drilling Waste Management SC 448 Groundwater Monitoring Techniques SO 320 Soil Conservation SO 340 Soil Classification & Landforms SO 350 Soil Fertility & Fertilizers Total

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 36

Graduation Requirements Students completing requirements with a minimum GPA of 2.0 will be awarded an Environmental Sciences Diploma: Environmental Conservation & Reclamation Major.

Applied Skills • Reclamation Techniques • Drilling Waste Management • Revegetation Methods • Phase I & II Site Assessments • Interpretation & Application of Wellsite Reclamation Criteria • Soil Classification & Conservation • Plant Identification • GIS & GPS Mapping Skills Alberta Institute of Agrologists Certification Graduates of this program may qualify for membership in the AIA and are eligible to article as a Registered Technologist in Agrology (RT(Ag)).

EP Certification The Environmental Conservation & Reclamation Major provides excellent preparation for graduates to become an Environmental Professional (EP) through the Canadian Environmental Certification Approvals Board (CECAB) of the Environmental Career Organization of Canada (ECO Canada). Graduates are eligible to apply for Environmental Professional in training (EPt) and the EP designation after they have completed 5 years of relevant Canadian Environmental experience.

Career Opportunities Opportunities exist in environmental consultancies, government agencies, and industry. Graduates may find employment in the petroleum, mining, forestry, and agriculture sectors. Positions include reclamation technician, reclamation contract supervisor, drilling waste technician, environmental consultant, and soil conservation technician.

Continued Learning Graduates can transfer credits to obtain both a Diploma and a Degree in four years. Many graduates find a competitive advantage in the conservation and reclamation field by combining the practical skills from this Diploma with courses from a Degree program. In turn, Degree graduates can take Diploma courses to obtain practical skills, and to qualify for an Environmental Sciences Diploma.

Opportunities for Further Study • Lakeland College - Bachelor of Applied Science:

Environmental Management • Athabasca University • Royal Roads University • University of Alberta – BSc Environmental and Conservation Sciences (up to 60 credits) - Land Reclamation - Conservation Biology • University of Lethbridge • University of Saskatchewan – BSc Ag (Env or Soil Sci specialization) (up to 60 credits)

The Environmental Sciences Diploma majors have a common first year. Applicants may change majors any time during the application process or after their first semester of studies by contacting the Office of the Registrar. If space is limited, entrance will be competitive and will be based on the Grade Point Average of the student’s studies at that point of time.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

45

Environmental Sciences Diploma: Environmental Monitoring & Protection Major Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 Learn about issues related to the monitoring and protection of our global natural resources, and develop the skills required to collect and analyze environmental data needed for the sustainability and long-term health of the ecosystem. On field trips and in labs students receive hands-on training in water, air, soil and vegetation sampling techniques, biological monitoring of aquatic and terrestrial habitats, site assessments, and pollution control technologies. Students also receive important industry certifications such as H2S Alive®, Spill Response, First Aid/ CPR-C, Boat Operation and Ground Disturbance. There is an everincreasing demand on natural resources at local and global scales, with growing employment opportunities in a variety of industries.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1/English 30* or 65% in ELA 30-2/English 33 • Chemistry 30* (recommended) or 65% in Chemistry 20 • Biology 30* (recommended) or 65% in Biology 20 • Math 30-1 or 60% in Math 30-2 *Transfer to universities may be affected for students entering the diploma without English 30, Chemistry 30, Biology 30 or Pure Math 30.

Admission may be competitive.

All students are expected to demonstrate computer competency.

Students not meeting the above admission requirements should contact the Department Chair at 780 853 8589.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits BI 110 Ecology & Field Biology 3 BI 205 Limnology: Lakes & Rivers 3 BO 120 Field Botany & Plant Taxonomy 3 CO 166 Scientific Writing & Computer Applications 3 MA 202 Statistics & Data Management 3 SC 110 Inorganic Chemistry 3 SC 120 Maps, Air Photos & GPS 3 SC 140 Environmental Sustainability 3 SC 200 Organic Chemistry 3 SC 220 GIS & Remote Sensing 3 SC 242 Field Safety & Spill Response Skills 3 SO 210 Introductory Soil Science 3 Total 36 Year II Required Courses BI 338 Vegetation Sampling Techniques 3 BI 405 Bioassays & Biomonitoring 3 LA 320 Environmental Regulations & Compliance 3 SC 301 Watersheds & Water Resources 3 SC 307 Site Assessment 3 SC 313 Air Quality Monitoring 3 SC 316 Industrial Waste & Wastewater Management 3 SC 336 Movement of Pollutants 3 SC 352 Environmental Sampling 3 SC 437 Freshwater Habitat Protection 3 SC 448 Groundwater Monitoring Techniques 3 SO 340 Soil Classification & Landforms 3 Total 36

Graduation Requirements Students completing requirements with a minimum GPA of 2.0 will be awarded an Environmental Sciences Diploma: Environmental Monitoring & Protection Major.

Applied Skills • Proficiency in the use of field equipment and technologies • Sampling techniques and protocols for surface & groundwater, air, soil and vegetation • Sample quality assurance & control • Soil, plant and aquatic organism identification & classification • Stream crossing assessment & sediment control • Biomonitoring & toxicity testing • GIS, GPS, mapping & remote sensing • Phase I and II site assessment • Understanding of global & regional resources & resource protection • Solid, liquid and air contaminant treatment methods Alberta Institute of Agrologists Certification Graduates of this program may qualify for membership in the AIA and are eligible to article as a Registered Technologist in Agrology (RT(Ag)).

EP Certification The Environmental Monitoring & Protection Major provides excellent preparation for graduates to become an Environmental Professional (EP) through the Canadian Environmental Certification Approvals Board (CECAB) of the Environmental Career Organization of Canada (ECO Canada). Graduates are eligible to apply for Environmental Professional in training (EPt) and the EP designation after they have completed 5 years of relevant Canadian Environmental experience.

Career Opportunities Environmental consultants, industry and government seek our graduates for employment. Graduates typically work with a team of professional technologists in the areas of water and soil sampling and analysis, environmental monitoring, and determining compliance with environmental and health and safety regulations.

Continued Learning Graduates can transfer credits to obtain both a Diploma and a Degree in four years. Many graduates find a competitive advantage in the monitoring and protection field by combining the practical skills from this Diploma with courses from a Degree program. In turn, Degree graduates can take Diploma courses to obtain practical skills, and to qualify for an Environmental Sciences Diploma.

Opportunities for Further Study • Lakeland College - Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management • Athabasca University • Royal Roads University • University of Alberta – BSc Environmental and Conservation Sciences (up to 60 credits) - Land Reclamation - Conservation Biology • University of Lethbridge • University of Saskatchewan – BSc Ag (Env or Soil Sci specialization) (up to 60 credits)

The Environmental Sciences Diploma majors have a common first year. Applicants may change majors any time during the application process or after their first semester of studies by contacting the Office of the Registrar. If space is limited, entrance will be competitive and will be based on the Grade Point Average of the student’s studies at that point of time.

46

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Environmental Sciences Diploma: Wildlife & Fisheries Conservation Major Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 Studies focus on wildlife and fisheries biology, identification, ecology, management and field sampling techniques. Considerable emphasis is also placed on terrestrial and aquatic habitat conservation and management. Hands-on learning is highlighted throughout the program, and students spend considerable field time in forest, grassland, mountain and aquatic ecosystems. These field exercises are supplemented by laboratory and classroom learning opportunities.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1/English 30* or 65% in ELA 30-2/English 33 • Chemistry 30* (recommended) or 65% in Chemistry 20 • Biology 30* (recommended) or 65% in Biology 20 • Math 30-1 or 60% in Math 30-2 *Transfer to universities may be affected for students entering the diploma without English 30, Chemistry 30, Biology 30 or Pure Math 30.

Admission may be competitive.

All students are expected to demonstrate computer competency.

Students not meeting the above admission requirements should contact the Department Chair at 780 853 8589.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses Credits BI 110 Ecology & Field Biology 3 BI 205 Limnology: Lakes & Rivers 3 BO 120 Field Botany & Plant Taxonomy 3 CO 166 Scientific Writing & Computer Applications 3 MA 202 Statistics & Data Management 3 SC 110 Inorganic Chemistry 3 SC 120 Maps, Air Photos & GPS 3 SC 140 Environmental Sustainability 3 SC 200 Organic Chemistry 3 SC 220 GIS & Remote Sensing 3 SO 210 Introductory Soil Science 3 ZO 120 Wildlife & Fisheries Biology 3 Total 36 Year II Required Courses BI 210 Forest Ecology RE 131 Field Skills I & Wilderness First Aid RE 231 Field Skills II & Small Engine Repair SC 301 Watersheds & Water Resources SC 415 Natural Resource Law ZO 213 Fisheries Biology & Techniques ZO 214 Ornithology ZO 225 Aquatic Organisms ZO 245 Wildlife Habitat Conservation ZO 250 Wildlife Ecology & Management ZO 315 Wildlife Biology & Techniques ZO 410 Fisheries Management Total

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 36

Graduation Requirements Students completing requirements with a minimum GPA of 2.0 will be awarded an Environmental Sciences Diploma: Wildlife and Fisheries Conservation Major.

Applied Skills • Wilderness Survival • Wildlife & Fisheries Identification • Electro-fishing • Wilderness First Aid • ATV & Snowmobile Operation • Radio Telemetry • Bird Identification & Songs • Motor Boat Operation • Water Sampling • GPS Data Collection • Small Engine Repair • ArcGIS Mapping • Aerial Photo Interpretation • Timber Cruising • Plant Identification • Aquatic Invertebrate Identification • Soil Classification • Chainsaw Safety • Orienteering • Map Interpretation Wildlife Technology Certification This major is accredited by the North American Wildlife Technology Association (NAWTA), and graduates receive a Wildlife Technology Certificate.

AWT/CWT Certification Graduates are eligible to apply for Associate Wildlife Technician (AWT) certification with The Wildlife Society, and can apply to upgrade to Certified Wildlife Technician (CWT) status after completing 5 years of relevant work experience.

EP Certification The Wildlife & Fisheries Conservation Major provides excellent preparation for graduates to become an Environmental Professional (EP) through the Canadian Environmental Certification Approvals Board (CECAB) of the Environmental Career Organization of Canada (ECO Canada). Graduates are eligible to apply for Environmental Professional in training (EPt) and the EP designation after they have completed 5 years of relevant Canadian Environmental experience.

Career Opportunities This program prepares students to work as field specialists in wildlife, fisheries, forestry, watershed, and habitat conservation positions. Graduates work for Resource Industries, Consultants, Conservation Organizations and Governments.

Continued Learning Graduates can transfer credits to obtain both a Diploma and a Degree in four years. Many graduates find a competitive advantage in the wildlife and fisheries field by combining the practical skills from this Diploma with courses from a Degree program. In turn, Degree graduates can take Diploma courses to obtain practical skills, and to qualify for an Environmental Sciences Diploma.

Opportunities for Further Study • Lakeland College - Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management • Athabasca University • Royal Roads University • University of Alberta – BSc Environmental and Conservation Sciences (up to 60 credits) - Land Reclamation- Conservation Biology

• University of Lethbridge • University of Saskatchewan – BSc Ag (Env or Soil Sci specialization) (up to 60 credits) • University of Regina – BSc Environmental Biology • University of Prince Edward Island – Bachelor of Wildlife Conservation

The Environmental Sciences Diploma majors have a common first year. Applicants may change majors any time during the application process or after their first semester of studies by contacting the Office of the Registrar. If space is limited, entrance will be competitive and will be based on the Grade Point Average of the student’s studies at that point of time.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

47

Esthetician One-Year Certificate, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429

Curriculum

The Esthetician program prepares students to become a professional in the field. The overall objective is to prepare students for careers in the diversified areas of skin care including the use of cosmetics. Students will be given a thorough understanding of both theory and practice in areas dealing with skin care.

Required Courses HS 160 Introduction to Esthetics HS 161 Pedicure/Manicure/Wax/Tint Lab HS 162 Colour & Makeup Lab HS 163 Skin Anatomy & Physiology HS 164 Consultation & Analysis HS 165 Diseases & Pharmacology HS 166 Epidemiology & Nutrition HS 167 Facials Lab HS 168 Advanced Clinical Skin Care/ Business Practices HS 169 Basic Massage Techniques Lab HS 170 Holistic Practices/Aromatherapy Total

Admission Requirements • Minimum 50% in Grade 11 English • Hepatitis B vaccine Applicants should begin the Hepatitis B Vaccine prior to starting the program. As the vaccine is given in a 3 dose series over a 6 month period and followed up with a blood titre, admitted students should contact their local health centre to begin this preventative vaccine series as soon as possible.

Credits 3 6 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 32

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements listed, with a minimum Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0 will be awarded an Esthetician Certificate.

Clinical Placement When a student attains the standard knowledge and level for each procedure, he/she will have the opportunity to practice in a client service environment. This allows the student to complete the quotas required for each procedure and further develop the skills necessary to be a practicing esthetician.

48

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Event Management One-Year Certificate, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429

Curriculum

This program provides an opportunity for students to acquire the knowledge and skills needed to pursue a career in the tourism industry. The course content teaches the entry skills required in all positions in the industry and then focuses on the job specific areas of skill development for special events coordination and sales management. Students take part in tourism familiarization tours.

Wherever possible, this industry-designed program simulates the real world of special events and includes the opportunity to observe and participate in a real event – giving the student the working knowledge of the skills employers are looking for and valuable entry level experience.

Included in the course content is the opportunity to earn the following industry recognized certificates: First Aid, CPR, Food Safe Level 1, Food Safe Level 2, Serve It Right, and Service Best.

Required Courses Credits CO 102 Effective Business Communications 3 CU 248 Business Computer Applications 3 TR 111 Tourism Fundamentals 3 TR 118 Customer Relations and Professionalism 3 TR 142 Sales and Event Marketing 3 TR 143 Media Relations 3 TR 144 Event Law and Risk Management 3 TR 151 Event Coordination I 3 TR 152 Event Coordination II 3 TR 158 Non-Profit and Volunteerism 3 TR 159 Event Management Practicum 3 Total 33

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Grade 10 Math Out-of-province applicants or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements with a GPA of 2.0 will be awarded an Event Management Certificate.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

49

Fire Fighter (NFPA Standard 1001) Certificate of Achievement, 12 Weeks Lakeland College’s Emergency Training Centre Inquiries: 1 800 661 6490 ext. 8527 Jump-start your career! If you’re seeking a position as a career fire fighter in a municipal setting, this program can give you a competitive edge. The NFPA Standard 1001 - Fire Fighter Professional Qualifications - is widely endorsed by departments as a necessary credential for employment.

Our program’s curriculum exceeds the requirement set out by the NFPA, and includes more hands-on skill building.

The program is offered several times a year at Lakeland College’s Emergency Training Centre in a full-time 12-week block.

The Fire Fighter Training Program qualifies successful candidates to both IFSAC and ProBoard accreditations and forms the prerequisite for entry to other NFPA professional standards training.

Admission Requirements • Minimum age 18 • High school diploma • Class 5 or equivalent driver’s license. Airbrake endorsement is strongly recommended.

• Individuals holding a Graduated Driver’s License (GDL) may apply to the program, but must have obtained their unrestricted Class 5 license by registration day.

• Medical clearance form. A copy of this document is available at www.lakelandcollege.ca. Further instructions will be provided upon receipt of the application and supporting documents. Cost of this exam is the responsibility of the applicant.

50

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Required Courses Credits FF 105 NFPA 1001 Level I 10 FF 111 NFPA 472 Dangerous Goods Awareness 1 FF 113 Basic Pump Operations 2 FF 205 NFPA 1001 Level II 6 FF 208 NFPA 1051 Wildland Fire Fighter Level I 2 FF 211 NFPA 472 Dangerous Goods Operations 2 Total 23 Graduation Requirements Students who complete the requirements will be awarded a Certificate of Achievement - Fire Fighter.

Upon completion, students will also be eligible to receive the following certifications: NFPA 1001 – Level II NFPA 472 Operations Level NFPA 1051 - Level I

2013 Schedule Program ID P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8

Start Date March 11, 2013 March 25, 2013 April 8, 2013 April 29, 2013 May 27, 2013 June 10, 2013 July 8, 2013 July 29, 2013

End Date May 31, 2013 June 14, 2013 June 28, 2013 July 19, 2013 August 16, 2013 August 30, 2013 September 27, 2013 October 18, 2013

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Gas Process Operator Certificate of Training Part-time study, Lloydminster Inquiries: 780 871 5526 To Register: 780 871 5712 Toll Free: 1 800 661 6490 ext 5712

Curriculum

The Gas Process Operator Certificate program covers the basic equipment, function and operation of gas process operations.

Gas process operators are usually responsible for a number of gas wells. The number is dependent on the field’s size, its level of automation, its production systems and the company operating the wells. In most companies, gas process operators are responsible for wellhead equipment, batteries and satellite facilities. However, specific duties vary by company. For example, pumpers are responsible only for checking wellhead equipment.

Battery operators, on the other hand, work entirely at batteries (field stations that have treatment units, water disposal units and storage units).

An operator will drive to a variety of work sites and may be required to lift items up to 25 kilograms or more. It is essential to be aware of potential hazards such as exposure to toxic chemicals such as hydrogen sulphide and know how to handle emergency situations.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Required Courses to Receive a Certificate Credits EN 112 Field and Facility Operations 3 EN 122 Oil and Gas Process Facilities 3 EN 132 Gas Separation, Dehydration & Sweetening 3 EN 142 Facility Power, Control and Environment 3 Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements will receive a Gas Process Operator Certificate of Training.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

51

General Agriculture One-Year Certificate, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579

A minimum of 30 credits from:

The General Agriculture certificate allows students to take one year of study with a focus towards their desired interests in the field of Agriculture. Students will have accessibility to all courses that are offered in normal operating agriculture programs as timetabling and prerequisite structures will allow. This program provides opportunity to pursue training or upgrade skills in a specific sector or area of interest in the field of Agriculture. Students learn both theory and practical skills that are applicable to the agricultural industry. Courses are transferable to the diploma programs allowing for continued studies. Students must meet with the Department Chair to select their courses.

Courses Credits AE 135 Agricultural Issues and Trends 2 AN 105 Genetics of Livestock 3 AN 133 Animal Handling, Welfare and Ethics 3 AN 212 Applied Livestock Nutrition 3 AN 307 Artificial Insemination 1 AN 320 Cow-Calf Management 3 AN 330 Dairy Production 3 AN 335 Sheep Production Management 3 AN 346 Stockman’s Practices 3 AN 350 Swine Production 3 BA 171 Salesmanship and Sales Management 3 CR 160 Plant Science and Field Crops 3 CR 170 General Agronomy 3 CR 235 Range and Forage Crops 3 CR 242 Weed & Herbicide Management 3 CR 245 Insects & Diseases of Crops 4 CU 198 Agricultural Computer Applications 3 EN 170 Post Harvest Processing Facilities 3 MR 112 Tillage and Direct Seeding Systems 3 MR 142 Pesticides Application Technologies 2 PA 211 Applications in Precision Farming 3 SO 102 Soil Science 3 SO 242 Fertility Management 3 VE 102 Introduction to Diseases and Treatments 3 VE 347 Food Safety & Meat Science 3

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • Pure Math 20/Applied Math 20 • One of Biology 20, Chemistry 20, Physics 20 or Science 20 Out-of-province students or students who do not meet the admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of the calendar.

Graduation Requirements Please note that a 40% residency requirement is in effect for this program. Please ask the department chair for details. Students successfully completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Certificate in General Agriculture.

52

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Heavy Oil Power Engineering Diploma, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429

Curriculum

The Heavy Oil Engineering Technology course consists of 4th Class Power Engineering, 3rd Class Power Engineering as well as advanced Heavy Oil training and Industrial Fire training. The Standardization of Power Engineer Examinations Committee (SOPEEC) Power Engineering curriculum will be adhered to according to regulations set by the Alberta Boilers Safety Association. Lakeland College will prepare the student in each course to challenge the provincial exams/papers. Students must refer to provincial legislation to qualify to write their provincial examinations. At the conclusion of the training, all students will have written the four parts of both the 4th and 3rd Class Power Engineering Provincial exams.

Year I Required Courses

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • English ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • Pure Math 30 or 65% in Applied Math 30 • Physics 20 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Credits

CO 109 Technical Communications & Computers 3 EN 110 4th Class Power Engineering Part A-1 6 EN 114 4th Class Power Engineering Part A-2 6 EN 210 4th Class Power Engineering Part B-1 6 EN 214 4th Class Power Engineering Part B-2 6 EN 277 Steam Practicum (4th Class Power Engineering) 3 HL 119 Oil and Exploration 2 HL 129 Drilling and Completions 2 HL 139 Heavy Oil Production 2 HL 149 Heavy Oil Operations and Environment 2 SA 122 Safety Training 2 Total 40 Year II Required Courses

Credits

EN EN EN EN EN

310 3rd Class Power Engineering Part A-1 6 320 3rd Class Power Engineering Part A-2 6 410 3rd Class Power Engineering Part B-1 6 420 3rd Class Power Engineering Part B-2 6 477 Steam Practicum (3rd Class Power Engineering) 6 FF 260 Firefighter Fundamentals 2 HL 239 SAGD Operations 4 HL 249 Heavy Oil Upgrading & Process Optimization 4 Total 40 Graduation Requirements Students completing the first year requirements will be eligible for a Certificate in Heavy Oil Operations Technician. Students completing the requirements for second year will be awarded a Diploma in Heavy Oil Engineering Technology.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

53

Heavy Oil Operations Technician One-Year Certificate, Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 11-month program Graduates are qualified to work as field operators in the oil industry. Other employment possibilities include settings where fourth-class power engineers are required, such as heating plants, industrial power plants, and pulp mills. In addition to classroom and laboratory instruction, students gain hands-on experience during field tours and work placements at a power plant, battery/ well site and heavy oil recovery plant. Graduates are eligible to challenge the Fourth Class Power Engineering provincial examination of the Alberta Boilers Branch provided a final mark of 65% is achieved on a comprehensive final examination on power engineering topics.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • Grade 12 English • Pure Math 30 or 65% in Applied Math 30 • One of Physics 20, Chemistry 20 or 65% in Science 20 * Note: Students who plan to transfer to the diploma program should present Physics 20 and/or meet the GPA requirement for that program.

Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Candidates should possess a mechanical interest and aptitude and be prepared for shift work. Good health is necessary as employment is usually outdoors and physically demanding.

Successful applicants will be required to complete a career investigation report and meet with the program head prior to program commencement.

54

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Curriculum Required Courses Credits CO 109 Technical Communications & Computers 6 EN 110 Power Engineering I 6 EN 210 Power Engineering II 6 HL 119 Oil and Exploration 3 HL 129 Drilling and Completions 3 HL 139 Heavy Oil Production 3 HL 149 Heavy Oil Operations and Environment 3 HL 250 Heavy Oil Lab I 1 HL 251 Heavy Oil Lab II 1 SA 122 Safety Training 3 Total 35 Practicum EN 275 HOOT Practicum 12 Graduation Requirements Students who have successfully completed the requirements listed and have an attendance record of at least 90% will be awarded a Certificate in Heavy Oil Operations Technician.

Opportunities for Further Study • Third Class Power Engineering • Petroleum Industry Supervisor Diploma Certification Students will receive certification upon successful completion of the requirements set by other agencies (e.g. for Defensive Driving, First Aid, CPR Heartsaver, Hydrogen Sulphide Gas and Confined Space Entry, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System).

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Interior Design Technology Two-Year Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 The Interior Design program emphasizes practical skill building relative to the demands of the Interior Design profession. Students are provided with a foundation in design fundamentals, both manual and computer-aided drafting, visual communications, history of interiors, building systems and related codes, as well as furnishings and interior finishes. Insight into professional practice is enhanced through field trips, guest speakers, and a workplace practicum experience. Covering both residential and commercial design, the program provides an excellent balance of creativity and technical skill development.

Admission Requirements A high school diploma with at least: • 65% in ELA 30-1 or 75% in ELA 30-2 • 50% in Pure Math 30/Applied Math 30 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Applicants meeting the academic admission requirements will be sent a creative problem-solving assignment to be completed.

Due to the popularity of the program, it is best to submit your application and completed creative assignment early.

Applicants are accepted on a first come, first qualified basis after review of academic transcripts, statement of intent and the completed creative assignment.

Curriculum Year I Required Courses CU 135 Information Systems ID 110 Design I ID 120 Graphic Presentation I ID 130 History of Architecture and Design I ID 135 Textiles ID 160 Technical Drafting I ID 210 Design II ID 220 Graphic Presentation II ID 230 History of Architecture and Design II ID 235 Materials I ID 260 Technical Drafting II ID 270 Construction Fundamentals Total

Lakeland College 2012-2013

Credits 1 4 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3 3 3 36

1 800 661 6490

Year II Required Courses CO 120 Effective Writing ID 150 Professional Practice ID 305 Digital Graphics ID 310 Design III ID 320 Graphic Presentation III ID 335 Materials II ID 360 Technical Studio I ID 370 Building Systems ID 410 Design IV ID 420 Graphic Presentation IV ID 460 Technical Studio II Total Practicum ID 450

Credits 2 3 3 4 3 3 4 3 4 3 4 36

Interior Design Practicum

8

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements listed with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Diploma in Interior Design Technology.

Endorsement and Accreditation • Lakeland College’s Interior Design program is the first and only college program in Canada endorsed by the National Kitchen and Bath Association (NKBA).

• Upon completion of two years of work experience, graduates may become Affiliate Members of the Alberta Association of Architects (AAA) and be titled Certified Interior Design Technologists. Refer to the AAA for further details and requirements.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

55

Office Administration Please note that the program will move to the Lloydminster Campus commencing the 2013-2014 academic year.

One-Year Certificate, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 Today’s business settings are sophisticated. Even the smallest offices now use word processing and computer technology, and more than ever before, employers are seeking strong organizational and communication skills. Training in Office Administration opens the door to employment in various business settings and geographic locations. Classes are delivered in a realistic office atmosphere so students can immediately put theory to use. Office attire is required two days a week. A three-week practicum in an actual office setting also provides opportunity to refine etiquette and decision-making skills.

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements with a minimum GPA of 2.0 will be awarded a Certificate in Office Administration.

Opportunities for Further Study • Grande Prairie Regional College • Keyano College • Medicine Hat College • Red Deer College Students wishing to transfer to another institution must ensure that they meet the admission requirements of that institution.

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • Math 20-1/Math 20-2 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Curriculum Required Courses AC 129 Office Administration Accounting I AC 229 Office Administration Accounting II CO 125 Business English CO 170 Business Communications CU 143 Introduction to Excel CU 260 Data Processing, Presentations and Integration OA 130 Keyboarding and Document Processing OA 155 Office Procedures I OA 230 Keyboarding Applications OA 255 Office Procedures II Total Practicum OA 290 Office Practicum

Credits 3 3 3 3 3

56

1 800 661 6490

Lakeland College 2012-2013

3 3 3 3 3 30 3

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Paramedic 22-Month Diploma, Combined On-Site/Online Delivery Camrose, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 The Emergency Medical Technologist – Paramedic (EMT-P) or Advanced Care Paramedic program is a competency based program designed to provide students the necessary knowledge and skills to provide pre-hospital care to the sick and injured at an advanced life support level. There are a number of emergency response departments that provide this level of care to the citizens of Alberta through ambulance services. Registered paramedics will find employment with private and public emergency response companies and organizations.

The program combines on-site training with online learning and all required practicums. In addition to the co-requisite course, there are seven online courses covering the theory required of a registered paramedic. Five other on-site technical courses teach psychomotor skills over the two years, and a minimum of eight mandatory site days in the first year solidify psychomotor skills.

Three practicums are also required. The program is considered full time; students should plan to balance work, personal life and school accordingly.

Students are required to accumulate a minimum of 400 hours plus a minimum of 40 calls on an acute care ambulance during the first year of the program, although substantially more experience is highly recommended. Hospital transfers and industrial first aid do not constitute eligible hours. Students complete a hospital practicum, an intermediate ambulance practicum and a final ambulance practicum, all under the supervision of qualified preceptors. While students have up to 36 months to complete all requirements, the duration of the program proper is 22 months.

The Paramedic program includes mandatory physical fitness participation.

The program includes Alberta College of Paramedics examination preparation. Successful graduates qualify to write the Alberta College of Paramedics Paramedic exam.

Admission Requirements • Minimum age 18 • High school diploma • ELA 30-1 and BIO 30 preferred • Registered EMT-A with the Alberta College of Paramedics, or equivalent, actively working in the field for at least a year prior to beginning the program.

• Heart and Stroke Foundation Level C CPR • Attendance at an Information Session • Provide a driver’s abstract showing a current driver’s license, class 4 or equivalent, with no more than five demerits Co-requisite Requirement Students must successfully complete BIO 235 from Athabasca University or BIOL 1593 and BIOL 1693 from Thompson Rivers University before the end of June in the first year of the program.

Year I Required Courses Credits EM 200 EMT-P Cardiology 6 EM 205 EMT-P Paramedical Emergencies 6 EM 210 EMT-P Pulmonary Emergencies 6 EM 220 EMT-P Pharmacology for Paramedics 6 EM 225 EMT-P Technical Skills 1 3 EM 230 EMT-P Technical Skills 2 3 EM 250 EMT-P Ambulance Practicum – Intermediate 6 Total 36 Year II Required Courses EM 300 EMT-P Obstetrics EM 305 EMT-P Paramedic Research EM 310 EMT-P Paramedic Seminars EM 325 EMT-P Technical Skills 3 EM 330 EMT-P Technical Skills 4 EM 335 EMT-P Technical Skills 5 EM 350 EMT-P Hospital Practicum EM 360 EMT-P Ambulance Practicum – Final Total

3 3 3 3 3 3 6 6 30

Selection Process Applicants to the program will be required to attend a mandatory information/interview session.

Applicants will be required to submit a record of immunizations for childhood vaccine for DPT (Diphtheria, Pertussis, Tetanus), TD (Tetanus/Diphtheria) booster in past 10 years, MMR, Hepatitis B vaccine series initiated, TB test within 12 months, history of chicken pox or vaccine.

A criminal record check is required by practicum preceptors and must be submitted with application documentation. The record check should occur within 2 months of starting the program and again prior to starting the 2nd year.

Practicum Requirements • Provide a Criminal Record Check* completed within two months prior to beginning the year. Due during Technical I Week and again during Technical III Week.

• Provide evidence that all immunizations are up-to-date and cleared as “Complete” by program staff. Due during Technical I Week followed by one 60-day timeframe to meet any deficiencies.

• Fit Mask Testing will be completed by program staff on-site during Technical Weeks.

• WHMIS credentials will be updated within the first month of the program regardless of previous certifications. * Students with criminal records should be prepared for practicum sites to request further information. Students with criminal records should be prepared to discuss their situations with program staff.

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements will be awarded a Paramedic Diploma.

Registration This program is registered through the Alberta College of Paramedics with the Alberta Health Disciplines Board.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

57

Power Engineering - Second Class Certificate of Training Lloydminster Inquiries: 780 871 5526

Students applying for a Second Class Power Engineering Certificate must successfully complete the following six courses:

The Second Class Power Engineering program consists of six papers/parts. Lakeland College will prepare the students in each course to challenge the provincial exam/paper.

Students must refer to provincial legislation to qualify to write their provincial examinations.

Curriculum

Admission Requirements • Third Class Power Engineering Certificate • Grade 11 English • Grade 11 Math • Grade 11 Science and Physics

58

Lakeland College 2012-2013

Required Courses EN 303 Part A, Section 1 EN 304 Part A, Section 2 EN 305 Part A, Section 3 EN 306 Part B, Section 1 EN 307 Part B, Section 2 EN 308 Part B, Section 3 Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 18

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements listed will be awarded a Certificate of Training in Second Class Power Engineering.

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Practical Nurse Curriculum

Two-Year Diploma Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 This program educates individuals in the health and wellness field. The Practical Nurse works co-operatively with members of the health care team in the promotion, maintenance and restoration of health. It provides the opportunity for students to acquire knowledge to meet service sector needs for practice as a Licensed Practical Nurse.

This program prepares students to write the National Practical Nurse Examination to obtain a license to practice practical nursing in acute care hospitals, continuing care centres, client homes, clinics or doctors’ offices.

Admission Requirements High School Diploma with a minimum: • 60% in English 30 (70% in English 33) • 50% in Math 20 or 60% in Applied Math 20 • 60% in Biology 30 • Minimum 18 years of age • Clear Criminal Record Check including the Vulnerable Sector Check (submitted no earlier than three months and prior to the actual start date of the program) • TOEFL 560/220 if English is your second language Program Specific Requirements Applicants must provide evidence of the following immunizations and certification requirements: • Diphtheria/Tetanus. Dates of Primary Series and Booster within past 10 years.

• Varicella. History of chicken pox disease. If no history or uncertain of chicken pox history, Titre required. If Titre is negative, vaccine is required.

• Measles/MMR. Persons born after 1970 should have 2 doses of measles/MMR vaccine.

• Rubella. Date of Rubella vaccines or positive Rubella Titre.

• Tuberculin Test. Annual One or Two step skin testing, unless known positive.

• Hepatitis B. *Series of 3 doses must be started before registration (follow up Titre must be done 1-6 mths after third dose).

• Polio - Dates of Primary Series • Flu vaccine • Standard First Aid, CPR “C” • WHMIS certificate

Required Courses Credits Semester 1 PN 130 Anatomy and Physiology I 3 PN 131 Anatomy and Physiology II 3 PN 133 Communications for Nursing 3 PN 134 Nursing Foundations I: Introduction to Nursing 4 ENGL 117 Introduction to English Language and Literature 3 HEED 110 Introduction to Personal Health and Well-Being 3 Semester 2 PN 132 Health Assessment: Physical Assessment of Adults 4 PN 135 Pathophysiology for Health Care Professions 3 PN 136 Nursing Foundations II: Basic Nursing 7 PN 137 Basic Pharmacology 3 PSYCO 111 Psychological Principles for Nursing 3 Semester 3 PN 221 Nursing Foundations III: Medical/Surgical Nursing 9 PN 222 Nursing Foundations IV: Maternity Nursing 3 PN 223 Nursing Foundations V: Pediatric Nursing 3 SOC 105 Introduction to the Study of Society 3 Semester 4 PN 224 Nursing Foundations VI: Community Nursing 3 PN 225 Nursing Foundations VII: Mental Health Nursing 3 PN 226 Nursing Foundations VIII: Transition to Graduate Nursin g 3 Practicums PN 138 Nursing Practice I: Continuing Care Practice (Semester 2) 5 PN 227 Nursing Practice II: Acute Care Practice (Medical/Surgical) (Semester 3) 4 PN 228 Nursing Practice III: Acute Care Practice (Medical/Surgery) (Semester 3) 4 PN 229 Nursing Practice IV: Focused Practice (Semester 4) 3 PN 230 Nursing Practice V: Comprehensive Practice (Semester 4) 4 Total 86 Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements listed will be awarded a Diploma in Practical Nursing from Lakeland College.

Clinical Placement Requirements Annual re-certification in CPR level “C” and evidence of up-to-date WHMIS training will be required. Practicum agencies may also require another Criminal Record Check including the Vulnerable Sector Check.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

59

Pre-employment Automotive Service/Heavy Equipment Technician 16-Week Certificate of Achievement Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 Combine your interest in mechanics with a working knowledge of electronics and computers to be an automotive service technician.

You’ll do preventative maintenance, diagnose faults and repair automotive vehicles and light trucks. As a Heavy Equipment Technician you will do precise work with your hands and problem solve as you maintain, repair and overhaul a wide variety of heavy vehicles and industrial equipment.

Admission Requirements • Minimum education is Math 20-3 and English 20-2, with one of Science 20, Physics 20, Biology 20 or Chemistry 20 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Students should also refer to the the Apprenticeship and Industry Training website www.tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca for information about trade requirements and career opportunities.

Curriculum Required Courses Credits AH 101 Automotive Service Theory 3 AH 102 Automotive Service Lab 3 AH 103 Heavy Equipment Theory 3 AH 104 Heavy Equipment Lab 3 AH 199 Pre-employment Automotive Service /

Heavy Equipment Technician Practicum 3 SA 120 Safety Training Total 15 Twelve weeks of in-class and laboratory instruction and a fourweek practicum.

60

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Automotive Service Technicians find employment: • in an automotive repair shop • in specialty repair shop • in service facilities • in car and truck dealership • in large organizations with a vehicle fleet • in your own repair shop • as service manager or shop foreman Heavy Equipment Technicians find employment: • in specialized repair shops • in organizations that own or lease the heavy equipment used in the construction, mining, forestry, material handling, landscaping, land clearing, agriculture and transportation industries • as supervisor or service manager positions Graduation Requirements Students who have successfully completed the requirements will be awarded a Certificate of Achievement.

Opportunities for Further Study Students with a minimum 65% standing in program requirements and 90% or better attendance record will be eligible to write the Alberta Apprenticeship first year Automotive Service Technician and/or Heavy Equipment Technician examination.

Certification SA 120 Safety Training includes a variety of short modules including such topics as Defensive Driving, First Aid, CPR Heartsaver, Hydrogen Sulphide Gas and Confined Space Entry, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System. Students successfully completing these modules will be awarded the applicable certification.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Pre-employment Carpenter 16-Week Certificate of Achievement Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 If you enjoy creating things with your hands and want to hone your woodcraft abilities, then try carpentry. Carpenters build and repair buildings and other structures. You must work accurately and economically plus follow national and local building codes. As a carpenter you can be a generalist in residential, commercial or maintenance. Some carpenters specialize in one type of work such as framing, bench work or finishing work.

Admission Requirements • Grade 9 education Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Students should also refer to the the Apprenticeship and Industry Training website www.tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca for information about trade requirements and career opportunities.

Curriculum Required Courses Credits CA 102 Carpenter Estimating 2 CA 103 Carpenter Plans 2 CA 161 Carpenter Shop 5 CA 163 Carpenter Theory 3 CA 199 Pre-employment Carpenter Practicum 3 SA 120 Safety Training Total 15 Twelve weeks of in-class and laboratory instruction and a fourweek practicum.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Residential work can include: • cribbing the basement • building the framework, walls and roof • exterior and interior finishing • installing doors, windows, cabinets, stairs, handrails, panelling, moulding and ceiling tiles Commerical or industrial jobs include building: • concrete forms • scaffolding • bridges • trestles • tunnels • shelters • towers Maintenance includes repairing and remodelling structures of all kinds.

Graduation Requirements Students who have successfully completed the requirements will be awarded a Certificate of Achievement.

Opportunities for Further Study Students with a minimum 65% standing in program requirements and 90% or better attendance record will be eligible to write the Alberta Apprenticeship first year Carpentry examination.

Certification SA 120 Safety Training includes a variety of short modules including such topics as Defensive Driving, First Aid, CPR Heartsaver, Hydrogen Sulphide Gas and Confined Space Entry, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System. Students successfully completing these modules will be awarded the applicable certification.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

61

Pre-employment Electrician Curriculum

16-Week Certificate of Achievement Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 Electricians install, alter, repair and maintain electrical systems designed to provide heat, light, power, control, signal or fire alarms for all types of buildings, structures and premises. Some electricians specialize in specific types of installations: • Residential (housing developments) • Commercial (office buildings) • Institutional (hospitals) • Industrial (plants, factories) In general, electricians read and interpret electrical, mechanical and architectural drawings and electrical code specifications to determine wiring layouts; cut, thread, bend, assemble and install conduits and other types of electrical conductor enclosures and fittings; pull wire through conduits and holes in walls and floors; position, maintain and install distribution and control equipment such as switches, relays, circuit breaker panels and fuse enclosures; install, replace, maintain and repair electrical systems and related electrical equipment; install data cabling; splice, join and connect wire to form circuits; test circuits to ensure integrity and safety; and install and maintain fibre optic systems.

Admission Requirements The Alberta Apprenticeship requirements for the Electrician trade are: • Math 23 and 10 credits of high school science Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Students should also refer to the the Apprenticeship and Industry Training website www.tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca for information about trade requirements and career opportunities.

62

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Required Courses Credits EL 100 Electrical Theory 4 EL 101 Canadian Electrical Code 4 EL 102 Electrical Lab Fundamentals 4 EL 110 Pre-employment Electrical Practicum 3 SA 120 Safety Training Total 15 Twelve weeks of in-class and laboratory instruction is followed by a four-week practicum.

Graduation Requirements Students who have successfully completed the requirements will be awarded a Certificate of Achievement.

Opportunities for Further Study Students with a minimum 65% standing in program requirements and 90% or better attendance record will be eligible to write the Alberta Apprenticeship first year Electrician examination.

Certification SA 120 Safety Training includes a variety of short modules including such topics as Defensive Driving, First Aid, CPR Heartsaver, Hydrogen Sulphide Gas and Confined Space Entry, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System. Students successfully completing these modules will be awarded the applicable certification.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Pre-employment Hairstylist 26 Week Certificate of Achievement Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871-5718

Curriculum

Take your creativity, flare for trends and desire to help people look their best by enrolling in Lakeland College’s 26-week Pre-employment Hairstylist certificate program. Hairstylists cut and style hair to suit the client’s face and lifestyle; recommending home care maintenance to ensure each client always looks and feels their best.

Hairstylists: • Shampoo, cut, trim, colour, wave and style hair, wigs and hairpieces • Shave, trim and shape beards and mustaches • Suggest appropriate styling aids or hairstyles • Analyze hair and scalp and suggest treatment.

Admission Requirements • English Language 10-2 (or equivalent) and Math 10-3.

Students are required to have completed the Hepatitis B Vaccine prior to practicum placement.

Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Students should also refer to the the Apprenticeship and Industry Training website www.tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca for information about trade requirements and career opportunities.

Required Courses Credits Safety, Personal & Professional Development 1 ST 101 ST 102 Client Services 1 ST 103 Facility Equipment 1 ST 104 Properties of Hair & Scalp 1 ST 105 Draping, Shampooing & Treatments 3 ST 106 Haircutting 5 ST 107 Hairstyling 3 ST 108 Chemical Texturizing 1 ST 109 Hair Colouring 1 ST 120 Practicum 3 Total 20 Prior to commencing the practicum, students who successfully complete all other courses listed are prepared to challenge the first year hairstylist apprenticeship exam. Following the practicum, successful students can complete the remaining portion of the 1400 hours of trade work experience required by the Alberta Apprenticeship Board.

Graduation Requirements Students must complete the requirements listed with a passing grade of 65% and 90% attendance to be awarded a Certificate of Achievement in Hairstyling.

Pre-employment Hairstylist consists of 22 weeks of in-class and laboratory instruction followed by a four-week practicum.

Opportunities for Further Study Students with a minimum 65% standing in program requirements and 90% or better attendance record will be eligible to write the Alberta Apprenticeship first year Hairstylist examination.

Graduates may complete the second year requirements for the Alberta Apprenticeship Hairstylist trade at: • Marvel • Estel • Eveline Charles

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

63

Pre-employment Instrument Technician 16-Week Certificate of Achievement Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 With industry becoming increasingly automated, instrument technicians are needed virtually anywhere there are control and metering systems. They are employed in the following industries: pulp and paper processing, hydro power generation, mining, petrochemical and natural gas, industrial and commercial manufacturing, industrial construction and industrial instrument servicing.

Instrument technicians install, maintain and repair the measuring and control instruments used in industrial and commercial processing. They work with a wide variety of pneumatic, electronic and microcomputer instruments used to measure and control variables such as pressure, flow, temperature, level, motion, force, and chemical composition.

Graduation Requirements Students who have successfully completed the requirements will be awarded a Certificate of Achievement.

Opportunities for Further Study Students with a minimum 65% standing in program requirements and 90% or better attendance record will be eligible to write the Alberta Apprenticeship first year Instrument Technician examination.

Certification SA 120 Safety Training includes a variety of short modules including such topics as Defensive Driving, First Aid, CPR HeartSaver, Hydrogen Sulphide Gas and Confined Space Entry, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System. Students successfully completing these modules will be awarded the applicable certification.

Admission Requirements • Grade 11 math and 10 credits of high school science; or Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Students should also refer to the the Apprenticeship and Industry Training website www.tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca for information about trade requirements and career opportunities.

Curriculum Required Courses Credits IN 101 Shop Practices 3 IN 102 Electrical 3 IN 103 Pneumatics 3 IN 104 Physics 3 IN 108 Pre-employment Instrumentation Practicum 3 SA 120 Safety Training Total 15 Twelve weeks of in-class and laboratory instruction is followed by a four-week practicum.

64

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Pre-employment Steamfitter-Pipefitter 16-Week Certificate of Achievement Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527 Combine a mechanical aptitude with an ability to both read and understand complex instructions. A steamfitter-pipefitter lays out, assembles, fabricates, maintains and repairs piping systems that carry water, steam, chemicals or fuel used in heating, cooling, lubricating and other processes. You may also remove and replace worn components, do general maintenance work and work on plant shut-downs.

Admission Requirements • Grade 10 education with a pass mark of 65% in Grade 10 Math, Science 10 and English 13; Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Students should also refer to the the Apprenticeship and Industry Training website www.tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca for information about trade requirements and career opportunities.

Graduation Requirements Students who have successfully completed the requirements will be awarded a Certificate of Achievement.

Opportunities for Further Study Students with a minimum 65% standing in program requirements and 90% or better attendance record will be eligible to write the Alberta Apprenticeship first year Steamfitter-Pipefitter examination.

Certification SA 120 Safety Training includes a variety of short modules including such topics as Defensive Driving, First Aid, CPR Heartsaver, Hydrogen Sulphide Gas and Confined Space Entry, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System. Students successfully completing these modules will be awarded the applicable certification.

Curriculum Required Courses Credits SA 120 Safety Training SP 101 Steamfitter-Pipefitter Theory 5 SP 102 Steamfitter-Pipefitter Lab 5 SP 103 Welding Theory and Lab 2 SP 199 Pre-employment

Steamfitter-Pipefitter Practicum 3 Total 15 Twelve weeks of in-class and laboratory instruction is followed by a four-week practicum.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

65

Pre-employment Welder 16-Week Certificate of Achievement Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8527

Curriculum

Welders are employed in a variety of industries including vessel or structural steel assembly, pipeline construction, commercial construction, industrial construction, steel fabrication and heavy equipment repair. Employment prospects for welders change with seasonal and economic climates.

Welders join or sever metals in beams, girders, vessels, piping and other metal components, make metal parts used in construction and manufacturing plants, and weld parts, tools, machines and equipment.

Welders use different welding processes and fillers depending upon the type of metal, its size and shape, and requirements for finished product strength. For a typical welding project, they develop patterns for projects or follow directions given in layouts, blueprints and work orders; clean, check for defects and shape component parts, sometimes using a cutting torch; and weld parts together.

Admission Requirements • English 10-2, Math 10-3 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Student should also refer to the the Apprenticeship and Industry training website www.tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca for information about trade requirements and career opportunities.

66

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Required Courses Credits MA 116 Trades Math 1 SA 120 Safety Training WE 129 OAW Theory, Safety and Tools 2 WE 130 SMAW Theory 3 WE 131 GMAW, FCAW, SAW Theory 2 WE 132 Oxyacetylene Lab 1 WE 133 SMAW Lab 2 WE 134 GMAW and FCAW Lab 1 WE 135 Pre-employment Welder Practicum 3 Total 15 Twelve weeks of in-class and laboratory instruction is followed by a four-week practicum.

Graduation Requirements Students who have successfully completed the requirements will be awarded a Certificate of Achievement.

Opportunities for Further Study Students with a minimum 65% standing in program requirements and 90% or better attendance record will be eligible to write the Alberta Apprenticeship first year Welding examination.

Certification SA 120 Safety Training includes a variety of short modules including such topics as Defensive Driving, First Aid, CPR Heartsaver, Hydrogen Sulphide Gas and Confined Space Entry, Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System. Students successfully completing these modules will be awarded the applicable certification.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Renewable Energy and Conservation Certificate & Diploma, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579 Online Program – Participate full or part-time (Students may take up to 5 years to complete the program) The Renewable Energy and Conservation certificate level covers a broad range of topics including renewable energy alternatives (solar, wind, bio-fuel and geothermal sources), energy use and availability, energy audits, various types of conservation practices including recycling, and the global issue of climate change.

The diploma level courses are geared more to individuals seeking a career in renewable energy focusing on renewable energy systems, system installation and factors like electrical codes, and multiple renewable energy system management and control. The topics of water management and building design to enhance performance are also covered.

Courses are delivered online at designated times. At the diploma level, students who have completed all online courses are required to attend an on-site lab component at the Vermilion, Alberta campus. This lab is offered annually over a 2-3 week period bringing together the theory and practice related to the renewable energy systems.

Program Requirements • Access to a complete and high speed internet • Basic understanding of math, chemistry and physics applications.

• Ability to commit 10 to 15 hours per week per course.

• Be prepared to submit course work and complete examinations within the timelines.

• Students entering the program without a high school diploma may not qualify for transferability of credit to some other postsecondary programs.

• Students should register at least two weeks before the course start date to guarantee delivery of textbooks and resource materials.

The courses will be available online via a distance delivery format.

Certificate Level Courses Credits CO 255 Communications 3 RC 200 Basic Energy Principles 3 RC 201 Energy and the Environment 3 RC 202 Energy Audits and Conservation Practices 3 RC 203 Global Impact of Climate Change 3 RC 204 Introduction to Wind Energy 3 RC 205 Introduction to Solar Energy 3 RC 206 Geo Energy Exchange - Installation 3 RC 207 Introduction to Biofuels 3 RC 208 Waste Reduction, Reuse and Recycling 3 Total 30 Career Opportunities Employment opportunities are developing as the renewable energy industry develops and expands. Strong growth has occurred in the renewable sector recently, particularly in Ontario with the recent policy changes, but has also been growing across Canada and world-wide. Employment opportunities include equipment sales, installation, maintenance and repair, working with government and policy planning for developing of renewable projects and working with homeowners and businesses to determine the potential costs and benefits of installations.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Diploma Level Courses Credits BA 215 Small Business Management 3 RC 210 Water Issues & Conservation Practices 3 RC 320 Small Wind Energy Systems 3 RC 321 Solar Thermal Systems 3 RC 322 Geo Energy Exchange – Residential Design 3 RC 323 Bio-Energy and Biogas 3 RC 324 Sustainable Building Design and Practices 3 RC 325 Solar Photovoltaic Systems 3 RC 326 Electrical Installation and Codes 3 RC 430 Integration of Distributed Energy Systems 3 RC 431 Renewable Energy On-Site Lab 3 Total 33 When you have completed all the diploma courses, you are required to attend an on-site lab on our Vermilion campus. This lab will be offered annually over a 2 to 3 week period and will bring together renewable energy systems theory and practice.

Optional RC 250 Renewable Energy Travelling Seminar 1 These are the diploma courses scheduled to date: • RC 323 Bio Energy and Biogas September 4 to October 26, 2012 • BA 215 Small Business Management October 29 to December 20, 2012 • RC 210 Water Issues and Conservation Practices January 7 to March 1, 2013 • RC 325 Solar Photovoltaic Systems March 4 to April 26, 2013 • RC 322 Geo Energy Exchange, Design Principles April 29 to June 21, 2013 Program Delivery Courses will be offered two at a time for eight weeks each, with the assistance of a facilitator. Participants may enrol full-time and follow the sequence of courses, or enrol part-time and take selected courses of interest as they are offered.

Plans are to offer the certificate courses in the following sequence: RC 200 and RC 201 - September 4 to October 26/12 RC 202 and RC 204 - October 29 to December 20/12 RC 203 and RC 205 - January 7 to March 1/13 RC 206 and RC 207 - March 4 to April 26/13 CO 255 and RC 208 - April 29 to June 21/13 Note: RC 200 is normally considered to be a prerequisite for taking RC 204, RC 205 or RC 206. The prerequisite may be waived by the department chair if the applicant has prior knowledge of the basic skills related to the subject area. RC 204 can be taken as a co-requisite with RC 200. A good basic knowledge of the related principles of electricity, heat, energy movement, energy storage, fluid flow, and the types of calculations commonly used in the related industry are required.

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the required certificate-level requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Certificate in Renewable Energy and Conservation.

Students who successfully complete all required courses for the certificate and diploma level courses and with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 or better will be awarded a Diploma in Renewable Energy and Conservation.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

67

Sign Language Interpretation Diploma Diploma, University of Alberta, Inquiries: 780 492 8409

Curriculum

The Sign Language Interpretation Diploma is a full-time (60 credit) program comprised of classroom learning, supervised fieldwork, and immersion experiences. Entrance and exit criteria will serve to ensure that students possess the requisite skills and knowledge for entry into the profession of sign language interpreting. Course work is sequenced and linked in such a manner that students will need to demonstrate competencies in each course in order to progress through the program.

Year I Required Courses – 30 weeks LS 106 Structure of American Sign Language LS 200 Comparative Linguistics LS 202 Discourse Analysis LS 205 Intercultural Communications LS 208 Professional Practices for Interpreters LS 210 Interpretation I LS 214 Deaf Culture and Community Systems LS 220 Interpreting Intensive LS 225 Advanced ASL LS 250 Observational Practicum Total

Admission Requirements Applicants are required to demonstrate advanced American Sign Language skills, and understanding of the Deaf Community and the field of sign language interpreting. These competencies are best acquired through the American Sign Language and Deaf Culture Studies certificate or equivalent.

A selection process will be used to determine applicant’s eligibility for the program. This may involve personal interviews, transition courses and other screening processes.

Year II Required Courses – 30 weeks LS 301 ASL Directed Lab LS 303 Working in Deaf/Blind Settings LS 308 Interpreting in Specialized Settings LS 310 Interpretation II LS 313 ASL Varieties and Topics LS 315 Interpretation III LS 319 Integration Seminar LS 350 Internship Total

Credits 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 2 31 3 3 4 3 3 4 4 6 30

Graduation Requirements Students completing the requirements listed with a minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 will be awarded a Diploma in Sign Language Interpretation.

68

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Trades - Apprenticeship Vermilion Apprenticeship Offices Provincial Building 4701 - 52 Street, Box 26 Vermilion, Alberta T9X 1J9 780 853 8150 New Park Place 5201 - 44 Street Bonnyville, Alberta T9N 2J4 780 826 6142 Out-of-province students contact a provincial Apprenticeship Office.

Apprenticeship is an education and training system that teaches trade knowledge and skills through on-the-job training and formal instruction. About 80% of the instruction is actual onthe-job training, provided by an employer, where the apprentice is supervised by a journeyman. The remaining 20% of the training involves formal instruction, provided by various post-secondary institutions.

Entrance and Application • You must find suitable employment with an employer who is a journeyman or employs a journeyman in the trade of your choice.

• Once employed, apprenticeship application forms must be signed by you and your employer. These forms are available from the A.I.T. regional offices.

• If you think you have related work experience and/or training which could be credited toward your apprenticeship, discuss it with your employer and request credit on the application form.

• You must meet educational qualifications required for the trade in which you apply or you will be required to write an approved entrance exam.

• Once your application for apprenticeship is approved and your school transcripts or entrance exam marks are recorded, final approval is given and contracts are drawn up.

What is RAP? The Registered Apprenticeship Program is a modified apprenticeship program that permits a high school student to become an apprentice. A RAP apprentice accumulates hours of onthe-job training as credit towards his/her apprenticeship program and credit toward a high school diploma.

How long is an apprenticeship training program?

Apprenticeship programs vary with each trade. The longest programs run for four periods of training (about four years).

A period of training for each trade usually consists of two components – a specific number of hours of on-the-job training and a set amount of formal instruction. The formal instruction ranges from three to 12 weeks per period.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

How much does an apprentice earn?

Apprentices earn a percentage of the journeyman wage in their trade at the company with which they are employed. The wage varies from 40% to 90% of the journeyman’s wage, depending on the trade and on how much training the apprentice has completed, and increases as the apprentice progresses from one level of training to the next. An employer must pay a RAP apprentice at least the basic minimum wage.

To progress from one period of training to the next, an apprentice must: • Successfully complete the formal instruction • Have the required hours of on-the-job training and a satisfactory report from the supervisor • Pass the apprenticeship examination for that period of training (70%) • Have the record book stamped by the nearest Career Development Centre, Alberta Learning – Apprenticeship and Industry Training (A.I.T.).

The employer will: • Update the apprentice’s record book, recording the on-the-job training provided, hours worked, type of work performed and evaluating the apprentice.

• Forward the record book to the nearest Career Development Centre, A.I.T. for stamping.

After completing these steps, an apprentice’s wages should increase to the next level for that trade. The level may differ with each employer, but are based on the journeyman wage rate at that company.

The apprentice is responsible for: • Completing required on-the-job training as assigned by the employer.

• At the end of each period of apprenticeship, reviewing with his/ her supervisor:

- The hours worked

- The on-the-job training completed

- E nsuring that his/her record is updated at the end of each period and forwarded to the nearest Career Development Centre, A.I.T. for completion • Making arrangements to meet personal financial needs while attending formal instruction • Acquiring the textbooks and supplies required for formal instruction • Successfully completing the requirements of the formal instruction • Successfully completing the required examinations • Advising the department:

- I f he/she becomes unemployed or employed by another person so that the contract of apprenticeship can be transferred

- If there is a change in address or employment • Carrying his/her apprenticeship identification card at all times while at work and producing it on request • Registration for classes at the institution of his/her choice

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

69

Trades - Apprenticeship The employer is responsible for: • Providing on-the-job training to the apprentice under the supervision of a journeyman • Paying the apprentice’s wages • Providing time away from work so that the apprentice can complete the required formal instruction • Maintaining the apprentice’s record book An Alberta Journeyman Certificate is granted to an apprentice who: • Completes the required hours of on-the-job training and receives a satisfactory report from the supervisor • Successfully completes the formal instruction • Passes all required examinations • Has forwarded his/her record book to the Career Development Centre, A.I.T. for completion When an apprentice receives an Alberta Journeyman Certificate, he can use the term “certified” with the name of the trade. Journeyman wages should now be paid.

Where can the journeyman work?

The Alberta Journeyman Certificate is valid in Alberta and may be recognized in other provinces. If the journeyman holds a certificate in one of the Interprovincial Standards (Red Seal) trades and is interested in working in another province, he can write an Interprovincial Standards Program (Red Seal) exam. Journeymen who carry an Interprovincial Standards Red Seal on their provincial certificate do not have to write any further examinations to qualify for certification in any other province.

Contracts A contract is signed by both the apprentice and the employer. Once signed, the contract is registered with A.I.T. and an identification card, course outline booklet, and an apprentice record book are issued. At this point, apprenticeship training begins.

Apprenticeship Training Offered at Lakeland College 780 853 8500 780 853 8539 1 800 661 6490 780 853 2955 (fax) E-mail: apprenticeship@lakelandcollege.ca

Mail Lakeland College Vermilion Campus 5707 College Drive Vermilion, AB T9X 1K5

Fees Seats are filled on a first come, first served basis. Fees are due at the time of application and are payable to Lakeland College by cash, cheque, money order, VISA or MasterCard.

70

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

CATEGORY A

• English 30-2

updated entrance

• Math 30-3

August 1, 2012

• English 10-2 • Math 10-3 requirements

watch for announcements on tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca

OR

Alberta Apprenticeship MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS and Industry Training Implementation: August 1, 2012

• Physics 20 OR Chemistry 20 OR Science 20

• A pass mark in all five Canadian General Educational Development (GED) tests

PATH Studies •RECOMMENDED Related Career and Technology courses

• Entrance Exam

Alberta High School Diploma with:

OR

Successful completion of:

CATEGORY CATEGORY A B

English30-2 30-2 ••English

English10-2 20-2 ••English watch for announcements on updated entrance requirements Math10-3 20-3 ••Math Math30-3 30-3 tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca ••Math • Science 10 OR OR mark in all five Canadian General • A pass Physics20 30OR ORChemistry Chemistry20 30OR ORScience Science20 30 ••Physics Development (GED) tests •Educational Entrance Exam

PATH Studies RelatedCareer Careerand andTechnology Technology Studies ••RECOMMENDED Related courses courses Alberta High School Diploma with:

CATEGORY CATEGORY CATEGORY CAB

English English30-2 30-2 •••English 30-2

OR MINIMUM

REQUIREMENTS

• Entrance Exam Successful completion of: ••English 20-2 English 10-2 • English 10-2 ••Math 20-3 Math 10-3 • Math 10-3 ••Science Science 10 OR 10

Math Math30-3 30-3 •••Math 30-3 Physics Science 30 Physics30 20OR ORChemistry Chemistry 20 OR 2020 20 OR Chemistry30 20OR ORScience Science •••Physics ••Related RelatedCareer Careerand andTechnology TechnologyStudies Studies

• Related courses coursesCareer and Technology Studies courses

OR •OR A pass mark in all five Canadian General ••Entrance Exam A Educational pass mark in Development all five Canadian General (GED) tests

Educational Development (GED) tests OR

OR

• Entrance Exam

• Entrance Exam

CATEGORY B CATEGORY C

• English 30-2 • English 10-2 Equivalencies be considered for Entrance Requirements.

• Englishwill 30-2 • English 20-2 • Math 10-3 • Math 20-3 • Math 30-3 • Science 10 • Math 30-3

10 Auto Body Technician OR • A pass mark in all fiveLandscape CanadianGardener General 30 • Physics 30 OR Chemistry 30 OR Science Appliance Service Technician Cabinetmaker Machinist • Entrance Exam Educational Development (GED) tests • Related Career and Technology Studies Automotive Service Carpenter Outdoor Power Equipment OR courses Career and Technology Studies • Related Technician Technician Concrete Finisher courses • Entrance Exam Boilermaker Recreation Vehicle Service Cook Communication Technician Technician Cranewill andbe Hoisting Equivalencies considered for Entrance Requirements.

Electric Motor Systems Equipment Operator • English 30-2 • English 10-2 Technician Floor Covering Installer • Math 10-3 Electrician Glazier • Math 30-3 Baker Agricultural Equipment Auto Body Technician Elevator Constructor• Science 10 Rig Technician Technician Hairstylist Bricklayer Landscape Gardener Gasfitter OR Roofer Appliance Insulator20 OR Chemistry 20 OR Science 20 Service Technician • Physics Cabinetmaker Machinist Heavy Equipment Technician Instrument Technician • A pass mark in all five Canadian General Automotive Service Ironworker Carpenter Outdoor Power Equipment Educational Development (GED) tests Millwright Technician Refrigeration and Air Technician Lather-Interior Systems • Related Career and Technology Studies Concrete Finisher Conditioning Mechanic Motorcycle Mechanic OR Boilermaker Mechanic courses Recreation Vehicle Service Cook Locksmith Natural Gas Compression Communication Technician • Entrance Exam Technician Crane and Hoisting Technician *see tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca Painter andOperator Decorator Electric Motor Systems Equipment Plumber Technician PartsCovering Technician Floor Equivalencies will be Installer considered for Entrance Requirements.

Power System Electrician Electrician Sheet Metal Worker Glazier Powerline Technician Elevator Constructor Rig Technician Structural Steel and Plate Hairstylist Fitter Sprinkler Systems Installer Gasfitter Roofer Baker Agricultural Equipment Auto Body Technician Insulator Tilesetter Steamfitter-Pipefitter Heavy Equipment Technician Technician Instrument Technician Bricklayer Landscape Gardener Ironworker Water Well Driller Transport Refrigeration Millwright Appliance Service Technician Refrigeration and Air Lather-Interior Systems Cabinetmaker Machinist Technician Mechanic Conditioning Mechanic Welder Motorcycle Mechanic Automotive Service Carpenter Outdoor Power Equipment Technician Locksmith Natural Gas Compression Technician Concrete Finisher Technician *see tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca Boilermaker Painter and Decorator Recreation Vehicle Service Cook Plumber Parts Technician Communication Technician Technician Crane and Hoisting Power System Electrician Sheet Metal Worker Electric Motor Systems Equipment Operator Powerline Technician Technician Structural Steel and Plate Floor Covering Installer Fitter Sprinkler Systems Installer Electrician Glazier Tilesetter Steamfitter-Pipefitter Elevator Constructor Rig Technician Hairstylist Water Well Driller Transport GasfitterRefrigeration Roofer Insulator Technician Welder Heavy Equipment Technician Instrument Technician Ironworker Millwright Refrigeration and Air Lather-Interior Systems Conditioning Mechanic Lakeland College 2012-2013 1 800 661 6490 For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca Motorcycle Mechanic Mechanic Locksmith Natural Gas Compression Technician *see tradesecrets.gov.ab.ca Painter and Decorator Plumber CATEGORY D*

CATEGORY C

CATEGORYDC * CATEGORY CATEGORY D*

CATEGORY B

B

CATEGORY B

CATEGORY C

CATEGORY A

CATEGORY A

A

CATEGORY C

•OR Science Agricultural Equipment

Baker

20 OR Chemistry 20 OR Science 20 • Physics Technician Bricklayer

71

Transitional Vocational One-Year Certificate, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8627

Curriculum

The Transitional Vocational program educates individuals with mild developmental disabilities through hands-on exploration experiences to acquire skills that will lead to the student’s personal independence at home and on the job. The program is designed to provide post-secondary experience to special education students in independent living, academic and work skills. The goal is to assist each student to reach his or her individual potential for independence and to become ready for the world of work.

This program prepares individuals for independence in a variety of ways. Students have daily opportunities to apply classroom information to work experience and residence living through the structure of the program. Individual assistance is provided to suit each student’s needs.

Required Courses – 36 weeks BA 111 Consumer Education CO 108 Interpersonal Communications CO 114 Communications CU 109 Exploring Computers HE 124 Personal Sensory Development HE 127 Skills for Wellness MA 114 Vocational Mathematics RE 120 Recreational Skills I RE 220 Recreational Skills II SS 123 Work Experience I SS 124 Work Experience II SS 152 Employment Preparation SS 212 Work Experience III SS 213 Work Experience IV Total

Admission Requirements Students must be at least 18 years of age, have a mild developmental disability, and provide two letters of reference from previous schools or employers. In addition, students must attend a full-day orientation session with the Transitional Vocational staff.

This includes various types of assessments and an interview.

72

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Credits 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 4 5 3 4 6 43

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the required course work with a grade point average of at least 2.00 will be awarded a Certificate in Transitional Vocational.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Our transfer program offers university-level courses at a small, friendly campus. Students may earn transferable credits towards a degree at the University of Alberta (U of A), the University of Saskatchewan (U of S), or any other major university in Alberta or Saskatchewan.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Our supportive environment begins with your first contact with our Enrolment Specialist who can answer your questions, arrange for a campus visit, and get you started on the application process. Once accepted, all students meet one-on-one with the Academic Advisor for course selection and changes.

With an average size of 25 students, our classes provide greater interaction with instructors and individual student support.

Qualified and approachable faculty instruct our courses; teaching remains our focus. At Lakeland College, our instructors utilize their educational accomplishments and real-world experiences to create a positive learning environment for students. For example, science students are able to “live the learning” in labs and field trips, and education students work with school children in local classrooms.

Our smaller campus setting also makes it easy for students to get involved in extra-curricular activities such as recreation, student government, and social events. Our wide variety of Student Services provides resources for financial, personal, academic, and health concerns.

Admission Requirements Students with a solid average and a broad range of academiclevel Grade 12 courses are best prepared to meet the prerequisite requirements for a variety of programs and institutions.

Regular applicants to UT normally present an Alberta or Saskatchewan high school diploma with five 30-level, academic subjects completed with a combined average of 60% or higher (with no subject lower than 50%). However, the requirements for different degrees and institutions vary.

The minimum requirement for admission to the University Transfer (UT) program is Alberta’s English 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s ELA A30/ B30 or equivalent. (English entrance exam testing is available).

Other high school prerequisites depend upon the courses, degree, and university to which students intend to transfer. (See the prerequisites listed for the individual routes on the following program pages.) Students pursuing degrees that require the following courses should be aware of these course-specific prerequisites:

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

UT COURSE BIOL 107 BIOL 108 CHEM 101 CHEM 161

AB HIGH SCHOOL COURSE Biology 30 & Chemistry 30 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Chemistry 30 (CHEM 101 recommended)

(CHEM 101 recommended)

MATH 113

MATH 160

PHYS 124

STAT 151

New: Math 30-1 Old: Pure Math 30 New: Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Old: Pure Math 30 New: Physics 30 and Math 30-1 Old: Physics 30 and Pure Math 30 New: Math 30-1

New: Pre-Calculus 30 Old: Math A30, B30, C30 New: Pre-Calculus 30 or Foundations of Math 30 Old: Math A30, B30 New: Physics 30 and Pre-Calculus 30 Old: Physics 30 and Math A30, B30, C30 New: Pre-Calculus 30

SK HIGH SCHOOL COURSE Biology 30 & Chemistry 30 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Chemistry 30

(plus Math 30-2 recommended) (plus Foundations of or Math 30-2 Math 30 recommended)

Old: Pure Math 30

or Foundations of Math 30 Old: Math A30, B30, C30

Students who are missing high school prerequisites may take a combination of UT and Academic Upgrading courses.

Applicants from other provinces and those with courses not listed here should refer to the Provincial High School Subject Level Equivalencies chart in the Application and Admission section of the Lakeland College Calendar.

Students with Advanced Placement (AP) or International Baccalaureate (IB) courses should consult the Alberta Transfer Guide at www.transferalberta.ca or the Saskatchewan Transfer Guide at www.saskcat.ca. Credit in AP and IB courses will be considered by the degree-granting institution, not the University Transfer department; therefore, it is important to check with the receiving institution.

International Applicants At minimum, international students need to meet the ENGL 30-1 (or equivalent) entrance requirement and provide proof of English language proficiency. Those who plan to pursue a degree in the sciences or related field also need the appropriate high school prerequisites for those routes; normally, these will be verified by an IQAS (International Qualifications Assessment Service) evaluation.

The time to complete an evaluation can take up to 12 weeks, so students need to plan ahead. (See the Application and Admission section of this Calendar for further details). International students also need to contact the receiving institution directly for their specific requirements; some university departments may have restrictions on international applicants.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

73

University Transfer Transferring Course Work Lakeland College’s University Transfer courses normally are modeled on corresponding courses at the University of Alberta (U of A). Official transfer agreements “match” courses at one institution to courses at another institution and are recorded in the provincial transfer guides. The transfer college (Lakeland College) is considered the “sending institution” and is responsible for negotiating agreements with the universities to which students commonly transfer, otherwise known as “receiving institutions.” Ultimately, the “receiving institutions” determine whether or not they will accept the transfer courses from the “sending institution.” When a formal agreement is made, it is generally recorded through the Registrar’s Offices at both institutions and—in Alberta and Saskatchewan—recorded in their official guides.

The Alberta Transfer Guide (available at www.transferalberta.ca) provides a listing of Lakeland College courses that are transferable within the province. A publicly accessible, formal transfer system for the province of Saskatchewan is currently available at www.saskcat.ca but may be phased out in the future. The University of Saskatchewan (U of S) and University of Regina (U of R) also maintain publicly accessible databases of transfer credit on their websites at: http://explore.usask.ca/admission/transfer/equivalents/ and http://www.uregina.ca/ads/transfercredit/.

Canada does not have a nation-wide transfer system, but many students have transferred successfully to universities in other provinces and the USA. Students who enter UT intending to pursue a degree outside of Alberta or Saskatchewan are encouraged to make contact with the receiving institution early in the process. They may request copies of course outlines, sample assignments, and exams, so it can be a time-consuming process. The Academic Advisor will aid in the process as possible. However, the final decision on transferability is at the discretion of the receiving institution and will not be confirmed until the student applies to the receiving institution and submits final, official transcripts from the sending institution.

Generally, course transfers run smoothly. However, there are legitimate reasons that courses may not transfer, including the following: • Receiving institutions may require a minimum grade to transfer. Passing a course with 50% does not guarantee that the course will transfer.

Students should check with the institutions and faculties to which they intend to transfer regarding minimum grade policies.

• Even if a course transfers to a particular institution, it may not fit the course requirements of a specific program.

• Students who change their intended programs or institutions may “lose” credits or may not meet program requirements if they change their intended programs of study during the academic year.

• Most degrees allow a maximum number of junior-level (introductory) courses.

• Some students have previous coursework from other institutions and/or take additional course work in order to improve their marks. Students who exceed the maximum number of transferable courses (residency requirement) will “lose” courses.

• Quotas may exist. Certain universities and programs only admit a limited number of out-of-province or international students.

• Courses may be “too old” because they have a “shelf life,” a time limit on the granting of transfer credit.

If students encounter problems with transferring credits, they are encouraged to bring all documentation and contact names from the receiving institution to the Lakeland College Registrar’s Office or Academic Advisor for review.

Roles and Responsibilities Academic Advisors at Lakeland College provide information and resources that help students make informed decisions about their transfer options and course selection. These resources include the Lakeland College Calendar, information sessions, the provincial transfer guides, as well as the Academic Calendars and contact information for the receiving institutions.

However, students are responsible for ensuring their UT course registration is complete and appropriate for their desired university and program.

Admission to Lakeland College and completion of UT courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at other institutions. Students must also meet the entrance requirements of the university and program. This may include specific high school pre-requisites for direct-entry programs, as well as minimum and/or competitive GPAs. Students must also follow the admission procedures of the receiving institution, including submission of transcripts which may include high school, post-secondary, and Advanced Placement marks; adherence to deadlines; and payment of fees. When applying to a post-secondary institution, students need to carefully read and follow all information supplied by the university. All students are strongly advised to refer to the Academic Calendar of the receiving institution and should contact appropriate university departments regarding specific requirements. Normally, each university program has an Academic Advisor who specializes in the requirements for that particular degree.

Course Load A normal course load is five courses per semester which equals 15 credits per semester or 30 credits per year. Each course is valued at three credits, except ENGL 112 which is six credits. Students may attend either part time or full time but should be aware that some institutions and programs require a minimum number of credits to transfer.

74

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer Subject Areas The Lakeland College University Studies Department is approved to offer courses in the following subject areas: Discipline Education Fine Arts

Humanities

Mathematical and Statistical Sciences Natural Sciences

Physical Education

Social Sciences

Subject Education Art History Drama Music Classics English History Mathematics Statistics Biology Biochemistry Chemistry Earth Sciences Nutrition Physics Health Education Physical Education Economics Native Studies Political Science Psychology Sociology

Courses EDFX 200, EDIT 202, EDPY 200 ART H 101, ART H 102 DRAMA 101, DRAMA 149 MUSIC 100, MUSIC 101 CLASS 110, CLASS 280 ENGL 112, ENGL 373, ENGL 374, ENGL 388, ENGL 389 HIST 111, HIST 112, HIST 250, HIST 251, HIST 260, HIST 261, HIST 294 MATH 113, MATH 115, MATH 160 STAT 151 BIOL 107, BIOL 108, BIOL 207, BIOL 208, BOT 205 BIOCH 200 CHEM 101, CHEM 102, CHEM 161, CHEM 263 EAS 100, EAS 105 NUTR 110 PHYS 124, PHYS 126 HEED 110 PEDS 293, PEDS 294 EC 111, EC 211 NS 110, NS 111 POLS 221 PSYCO 104, PSYCO 105, PSYCO 223, PSYCO 233, PSYCO 241, PSYCO 339, PSYCO 341 SOC 100, SOC 102, SOC 224, SOC 225, SOC 271

Note: Not every course is offered each year, and not every combination of courses is possible. Timetabling limitations may occur. For current course offerings, please consult the UT timetable on the College website.

Popular Transfer Routes The programs of study on the following pages are a sample of the most common transfer routes available to UT students. Because the Lloydminster Campus is located between Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, and Edmonton, Alberta, many students will transfer to the University of Saskatchewan (U of S) or University of Alberta (U of A); therefore, in many cases, the popular routes focus on those two universities. However, transfer agreements are also in place for other post-secondary institutions in Alberta and Saskatchewan, and many transfer options exist for other routes.

The department recognizes that many students are interested in starting at Lakeland College and pursuing degrees in specialized areas such as Engineering, Kinesiology, or Nursing, but–because of the specific nature of coursework in those types of programs–a full year (30 credits) of transferable credit may not be possible. Students are able to take a first year of general sciences and then apply to Engineering; however, admission is competitive and students will not receive transfer credit for a full year of study. The total amount of time to finish the degree would be five years (not four). The requirements for a Kinesiology (or Phys Ed) degree vary greatly between programs and institutions. In general, UT offers some of the core requirements of a Kinesiology degree but does not offer many Physical Education courses, so due to the sequencing of courses students may require five years (not four) to complete the degree if they begin their studies here. Students are able to spend a pre-professional year of study at Lakeland College and then apply to transfer to the U of S’s new Nursing program. However, students planning to apply to other Nursing degrees would not receive a full year of transferable coursework and would need five years (not four) to complete their degree. Students interested in these degrees should discuss their options with the university.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

75

University Transfer - Bachelor of Arts (AU) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 A Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree is designed to provide students with a liberal arts education. Many career opportunities are available to graduates of an Arts degree – from psychologists to police officers to politicians. Students develop diverse skills in research, communication, writing, organization, critical thinking, and analysis that are applicable to many careers. A B.A. may also provide preparation for further study such as Law, Masters, or After-Degree programs.

Athabasca University offers online courses and flexible start times.

A degree from AU can be a great option for those who are working and studying part time or for those who are not in a position to relocate to a larger center to complete a degree. A liberal arts education from Athabasca University (AU) aims to broaden your perspective on local and global affairs, encourage community and social involvement, and prepare you for lifelong learning and occupational diversity. The four-year Bachelor of Arts degree at Athabasca University is designed to strengthen your critical and creative thinking by offering a broad range of social, political, and cultural programs of study. The degree provides students with a broad, flexible education that allows them to develop, understand, and disseminate knowledge, to think critically, and to build on these abilities.

Admission Requirements Students with Alberta’s ELA 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s ELA 30/ B30 may begin their studies in General Arts at Lakeland College.

However, admission requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree vary, depending upon the area of interest and the institution.

Additional high school courses may be required. For example, an Arts degree normally requires six credits of science, so students either need the appropriate high school prerequisite or may be required to take EAS (Earth and Atmospheric Sciences). Students planning to major in Psychology are required to take STAT 151.

Therefore, those students require Pure Math 30, Math 30-1, or Math 30-2 from Alberta; Saskatchewan students require Math A30/B30/ C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 or Foundations of Math 30 as prerequisites.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

76

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses A variety of majors are available; consult the AU calendar or website for a complete listing. The number of courses available through Lakeland College depends upon the major, but most students could complete 60+ credits. The remaining courses (minimum 30 credits) would be completed through online learning directly through Athabasca University.

The core program requirements that may be completed at Lakeland College include: Classics/History/Political Science ENGL 112 plus senior-level English courses 6 credits Science PSYCO 104/105 plus senior-level psychology courses SOC 100 plus senior-level psychology courses Additional electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing UT courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about Athabasca University’s B.A.: Call toll free: 1 800 788 9041 Or visit their website at: www.athabascau.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Arts (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 A Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree is designed to provide students with a liberal arts education. Many career opportunities are available to graduates of an Arts degree – from psychologists to police officers to politicians. Students develop diverse skills in research, communication, writing, organization, critical thinking, and analysis that are applicable to many careers. A B.A. may also provide preparation for further study such as Law, Masters, or After-Degree programs.

The Bachelor of Arts degree at the University of Alberta (U of A) is designed to provide students with a diversified education and specialization in at least one subject. Students must complete either a major and a minor, or a double major. Consult the U of A calendar or website for a complete listing of majors and minors.

Admission Requirements Specific admission requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree vary, depending upon the area of interest and the institution; students must also meet the university’s high school requirements in directentry programs such as Arts.

Students with Alberta’s ELA 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s ELA A30/ B30 may begin their studies in General Arts at Lakeland College.

However, additional high school courses may be required. For example, students planning to pursue a Bachelor of Arts in certain majors at the U of A (including Psychology and Economics) require Alberta’s Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 as a prerequisite for one of the program requirements. Also, the U of A Arts degree requires six credits of science, so students either need the appropriate high school prerequisite or would need to take EAS (Earth and Atmospheric Sciences) to meet that core requirement.

Therefore, students with five 30-level high school courses in the appropriate areas required by the degree-granting institution are best prepared to pursue a variety of options.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses A wide variety of majors and minors are available at the U of A. Depending upon the choice of major and minor, students may be able to complete up to 60 credits of coursework at Lakeland College. Popular options may include English, History, Psychology or Sociology; students should speak to the Academic Advisor about their options for a second year at Lakeland College.

The core program requirements that may be completed at Lakeland College include: 6 credits Classics/History ENGL 112 6 credits Fine Arts: Art History, Drama, Music 6 credits Science: Biology, Chemistry, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Physics, Math/Stats 6 credits Social Sciences: Economics/Political Science/PSYCO 105/Sociology Additional electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing UT courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about options in B.A. contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4295 or toll free within Canada at 1 888 533 5735 E-mail: arts.undergrad@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.foa.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

77

University Transfer - Bachelor of Arts (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 A Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree is designed to provide students with a liberal arts education. Many career opportunities are available to graduates of an Arts degree – from psychologists to police officers to politicians. Students develop diverse skills in research, communication, writing, organization, critical thinking, and analysis that are applicable to many careers. A B.A. may also provide preparation for further study such as Law, Masters, or After-Degree programs.

The Bachelor of Arts program at the University of Saskatchewan (U of S) is part of the College of Arts and Science which offers a variety of undergraduate programs, designed to give students the opportunity to learn, analyze, reason and communicate effectively through the study of literature, language, society, nature and the arts. Students may choose from a variety of majors and minors.

See the U of S website for details.

Admission Requirements Specific admission requirements for a Bachelor of Arts degree vary, depending upon the area of interest and the institution; students must also meet the university’s high school requirements in directentry programs such as Arts. Students with Alberta’s ELA 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s ELA A30/B30 may begin their studies in General Arts at Lakeland College. However, additional high school courses may be required. For example, the U of S Arts degree requires 6 credits of science, so students either need the appropriate high school prerequisite or would need to take EAS (Earth and Atmospheric Sciences) to meet that core requirement.

Students with five 30-level high school courses in the appropriate areas required by the degree-granting institution are best prepared to pursue a variety of options.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

78

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Depending upon the choice of major and minor, students may be able to complete up to 60 credits of coursework at Lakeland College. Popular options may include English, History, Psychology or Sociology; students should speak to the Academic Advisor about their options for a second year at Lakeland College.

Course selection will vary depending upon the major, but first-year students at Lakeland College would normally choose from the following courses: 6 credits Classics/History ENGL 112 6 credits Science: Biology, Chemistry, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Physics, Math/Stats 6 credits Social Science: Economics/Political Science/ Psychology/Sociology Additional 6 credits from Fine Arts/Humanities/Social Science Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing UT courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the Arts degree, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 4231 E-mail: student-advice@artsandscience.usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://artsandscience.usask.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Commerce (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 A business degree opens many doors. Graduates may pursue opportunities in government and large enterprises or become partners or owners of small firms. The types of positions graduates hold in these organizations range from systems analysts to financial analysts, from sales managers to accountants. The Commerce degree may also provide preparation for further study towards professional designations such as CA, CMA, and CGA or professional programs in Law or MBA (Masters in Business Administration).

The Bachelor of Commerce degree at the University of Alberta (U of A) seeks to provide the student with a broad background in the different areas of business as well as in related fields in the humanities and social sciences. At the U of A, this is a non-direct entry program, so students are not able to go straight from high school in to the B.Comm. program. One year of pre-professional study in a general program such as Arts and Sciences is followed by three years in the Commerce program.

The minimum requirement for admission to the B.Comm. is the successful completion of 24 university transferable credits, including the following or their equivalents: 6 credits English; 6 credits economics; MATH 113; STAT 151. Applicants must present a minimum admission GPA of 2.3; however, the competitive GPA has been between 3.0 and 3.3 in recent admission years.

Admission Requirements High school prerequisites vary, depending upon course selection and the institution. However, all students require the following: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 required Math 30-2 recommended for STAT 151 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus Math 30 required Foundations of Math 30 recommended for STAT 151 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options.

Students interested in spending all four years at Lakeland College to complete a business degree may begin their studies in one of the two-year Business Administration diplomas. Students then spend an additional two years on Lloydminster Campus, taking courses to complete the Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Management degree through Athabasca University. Visit the College website for events and details.

Courses A wide variety of majors and minors are available – from Accounting to International Business to Marketing. Visit the U of A website for more information about options within the degree.

The first-year pre-professional requirements are as follows: EC 111/EC 211 ENGL 112 MATH 113 STAT 151 6 - 12 credits electives Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Students who apply to transfer after one year of study are eligible for the U of A’s “cohort” program which matches groups of students together for their core courses. The first of its kind at the U of A, the cohort program places second year students into groups for their first year in the B.Comm. Students complete six introductory Business courses in their respective cohort pattern.

Each cohort pattern permits students opportunities to explore courses offered by other U of A faculties. The program enhances a student’s understanding of the core functional areas of business and his/her ability to see business as a complete area of study.

Students develop their leadership and communication skills through special projects, group work and competitions. Cohort groups compete against each other during the academic year in the fiercely contested Cohort Cup. Students who choose to stay at Lakeland College for a second year of study would transfer as “non-cohort” students and, therefore, follow their own program of study. Students who would like to discuss the benefits of being a cohort or non-cohort student are encouraged to contact the U of A. For specialized majors and minors, students should transfer to the U of A after Year One. Those who choose to spend a second year at Lakeland College normally would take the following combination of UT and Business courses: AC 130/AC 230 BA 440/BA 540 BA 640 LA 180 MK 170 Electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the Commerce degree, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 5773 or 1 866 492 7676 E-mail: bcominfo@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.business.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

79

University Transfer - Bachelor of Commerce (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 A business degree opens many doors. Graduates may pursue opportunities in government and large enterprises or become partners or owners of small firms. The types of positions graduates hold in these organizations range from systems analysts to financial analysts, from sales managers to accountants. The Commerce degree may also provide preparation for further study towards professional designations such as CA, CMA, and CGA or professional programs in Law or MBA (Masters in Business Administration).

The Edwards School of Business at the University of Saskatchewan (U of S) strives to ensure that graduates are well prepared to succeed in the business world. The curriculum offers both knowledge through major specializations and the opportunity for elective choices from outside the School of Business. Students are provided with a base of business knowledge and skills in their introductory years and learn how to integrate and apply this acquired knowledge throughout their upper year courses within their major and management strategy courses. See the U of S Calendar or website for details.

Admission Requirements High school prerequisites vary, depending upon course selection and the institution. However, all students require the following: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 required Math 30-2 recommended for STAT 151 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus Math 30 required Foundations of Math 30 recommended for STAT 151 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend an information session to learn more about the UT program and its options.

Students interested in spending all four years at Lakeland College to complete a business degree may begin their studies in one of the two-year Business Administration diplomas. Students then spend an additional two years on Lloydminster Campus, taking courses to complete the Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Management degree through Athabasca University. Visit the College website for events and details.

80

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses First-year students at LC normally would choose 30 transferable credits from the following combination of UT and Business courses: AC 130/AC 230 BA 120 EC 111/EC 211 MATH 113 MK 170 STAT 151 Non-Commerce electives Students are advised to transfer to the U of S B.Comm. degree for Year Two. Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about options in the degree, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 4785 E-mail: undergrad@edwards.usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://www.edwards.usask.ca/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Commerce/Management (AU) Lloydminster, Collaborative Degree Completion Inquiries: 780 871 5769 A business degree opens many doors. Graduates may pursue opportunities in government and large enterprises or become partners or owners of small firms. The types of positions graduates hold in these organizations range from systems analysts to financial analysts, from sales managers to accountants. These business degrees may also provide preparation for further study towards professional designations such as CA, CMA, and CGA, professional programs such as law or graduate programs such as an MBA (Masters in Business Administration).

A wide variety of majors are available including: General, Accounting, e-Commerce, Financial Services, Human Resources and Marketing. Lakeland College offers courses needed to complete the B.Comm. or B.Mgmt.-general major in the classroom; however if a student is interested in majoring in one of the other areas he/she will be required to take some distance learning courses through distance methods.

Diploma holders or students in the last semester of their diploma should apply for admission to the program at least three-four months prior to their starting term (September or January), as the evaluation process can take 8-10 weeks.

In order to apply a student must follow the necessary steps: a. Set up an advising session with Erin Staden Academic Advisor. b. Fill out the “Undergraduate General Application Form” and pay a one-time application fee of $100. c. S ubmit official transcripts. If you are a Lakeland College student or graduate please fill out the “Lakeland College Transcript Request Form”, so that transcripts can be sent to Athabasca for evaluation.

For more details about this degree completion option, contact the Business Academic Advisor: Phone: 780 871 5769 E-mail: erin.staden@lakelandcollege.ca

Admission Requirements Graduates of an approved diploma in business (or equivalent) with a grade point average of 2.0 or above may apply to Athabasca University’s Post-Diploma Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Management Degree delivered at the Lloydminster Campus of Lakeland College.

Students interested in spending all four years at Lakeland College may begin their studies in one of the College’s two-year business diploma programs. Students then spend an additional two years on the Lloydminster Campus taking courses to complete the Bachelor of Commerce or Bachelor of Management (3 or 4 yr) degree through Athabasca University (AU).

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

81

University Transfer - Bachelor of Education - Elementary (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Education is one of the most popular transfer routes in University Transfer. Most Lakeland College students interested in becoming teachers will transfer to the University of Alberta (U of A) or University of Saskatchewan (U of S), but other options are available.

The Faculty of Education at the U of A offers a four year (1+3) B.Ed. program, five year combined degrees, and an after-degree in Education. They also offer Collaborative Degree programs in small group settings on rural campuses in Alberta, as well as an Aboriginal Teacher Education Program (ATEP) which rotates to various sites in the province. Students pursue Elementary Education (Kindergarten to Grade 6) or Secondary Education (junior and senior high) and may choose from over 30 different majors and 20 different minors.

Admission Requirements High school prerequisites vary, depending upon course selection and the institution. However, at minimum, all Elementary Education students require the following: Alberta High School Prerequisites: English 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30 or Pre-Calculus Math 30 or Foundations of Math 30 An Elementary Education degree normally requires 3 credits of science, so students either need the appropriate high school prerequisite or would be required to take EAS (Earth and Atmospheric Sciences). Students who plan to minor in Math/ Science will require the necessary Grade 12 math and science prerequisites.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Courses Lakeland College students may take up to 60 credits in UT towards a four-year (120 credit) B.Ed. Elementary Route at the U of A. Transfer students may apply to the U of A once they have earned 24 transferable credits.

All Elementary Education students at the U of A are considered “generalist” majors but do choose a minor. The number of courses that a student may take at Lakeland College depends upon the minor. Popular choices for students who would like to spend a full two years (60 credits) in UT and then transfer to the U of A are as follows: - Early Childhood Education - Native Education - Educational Psychology - Social Studies - Language and Literacy - Special Education - Mathematics/Science

82

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

After two years, Elementary Education students may also apply to transfer to ATEP or one of the collaborative programs offered in the province. Check the U of A website regularly for updates on where programs are being offered, as well as admission requirements and competitive entrance grades.

Other minors are available for students planning to spend only one year at Lakeland College.

The U of A’s list of possible majors and minors, as well as course requirements, is available in the “Forms and Program Sheets” section of the U of A website at: www.uss.ualberta.ca.

Students beginning their studies at the College choose from the following courses: EDFX 200 EDIT 202 EDPY 200 ENGL 112 3 credits Fine Arts: Art History; Drama; Music HEED 110 MATH 160 PEDS 293 3 credits Science: Biology; Chemistry; Earth and Atmospheric Sciences; Physics 3 credits Social Studies: Economics; History; Political Science; Sociology Minor (3-15 credits, depending upon the minor) Options Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the different routes, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 3659 E-mail: educ.info@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.education.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Education – Elementary/Middle Years (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Education is one of the most popular transfer routes in University Transfer. Most Lakeland College students interested in Education will transfer to the University of Alberta (U of A) or University of Saskatchewan (U of S). However, other options are available as well.

The U of S College of Education offers a “Sequential Program” with routes in both Elementary/Middle Years and Secondary Education.

In the “Sequential Program,” students must complete 60 credits of appropriate course work in Arts and Sciences before applying for admission to the College of Education. Alternatively, students may pursue a five-year Combined Degree in Education. Other options include a “Concurrent Program” in the Practical and Applied Arts (Industrial Arts or Home Economics) and a variety of Aboriginal, First Nations, and Northern Teacher Education programs. Visit the U of S website for more details on these routes. Courses available to students in UT will depend upon the desired route.

Admission Requirements High school prerequisites vary, depending upon course selection and the institution. However, at minimum, all Elementary Education students require the following: Alberta High School Prerequisites: English 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30 or Pre-Calculus Math 30 or Foundations of Math 30 An Elementary Education degree normally requires three credits of science, so students either need the appropriate high school prerequisite or would be required to take EAS (Earth and Atmospheric Sciences). Students who want to pursue a teaching area in math or sciences will require the necessary high school science prerequisites.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Most students in UT who intend to transfer to the U of S pursue the “Sequential Program.” Before applying to the College of Education at the U of S for the four-year (126 credit) Bachelor of Education Degree, Elementary and Middle Years Route, students must complete 60 specific credits of course work. At the U of S, students must cover the general elements (including English, mathematics, science, physical education, and fine arts) but also choose two teaching areas. The teaching areas and application process were recently updated, so be sure to check the U of S website for the most accurate information.

Students wanting to spend two years at Lakeland College can choose two of the following teaching areas: - Arts Education (Art, Drama, Music) - English Language Arts - S cience: General (Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Physics) - S ocial Sciences/Social Studies (Native Studies, History, Economics, Sociology, Psychology) Students choosing other teaching areas are advised to transfer to the U of S Faculty of Arts and Sciences after one year of study.

Students beginning their studies at the College would choose from the following courses: ENGL 112 3 credits Fine Arts: Art History; Drama; Music MATH 160 NS 110 or 111 PEDS 293 3 credits Science: Biology; Chemistry; Earth and Atmospheric Sciences; Physics 3 credits Social Studies: Economics; History; Native Studies: Political Science; Sociology Teaching Area One (18 credits) Teaching Area Two (12 credits) Electives For more information about the program, teaching areas, and the admission process, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 7654 E-mail: recruiting.education@usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://www.usask.ca/education/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

83

University Transfer - Bachelor of Education - Secondary (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Education is one of the most popular transfer routes in University Transfer. Most Lakeland College students interested in Education will transfer to the University of Alberta (U of A) or University of Saskatchewan (U of S). Other options may be available, depending upon the major and the minor.

The Faculty of Education at the U of A offers a four year (1+3) B.Ed. program, five year combined degrees, and an after-degree in Education. They also offer Collaborative Degree programs in small group settings on smaller campuses in Alberta, as well as the Aboriginal Teacher Education Program (ATEP). Students pursue Elementary Education (Kindergarten to Grade 6) or Secondary Education (junior and senior high) and may choose from over 30 different majors and 20 different minors.

Admission Requirements High school prerequisites vary, depending upon the major and minor teaching areas, course selection, and the institution.

However, all students require, at minimum, the following: Alberta High School Prerequisite: ELA 30-1 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Students who plan to major or minor in Mathematics or Science areas may require Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 (from Alberta) or Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 or Foundations of Math 30 (from Saskatchewan); Biology 30; Chemistry 30; and/ or Physics 30. (See the prerequisite chart in the UT introductory section).

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Courses Lakeland College students may take up to 60 credits in UT towards a four-year (120 credit) B.Ed. Secondary Route at the U of A. Transfer students may apply to the U of A once they have earned 24 transferable credits.

The number of courses that a student may take at Lakeland College depends upon the major and minor teaching areas. There are a variety of combinations in English, Sciences, Math, and Social Studies for which students may take 60 credits at Lakeland College. Students interested in other majors and minors would likely only spend one year at Lakeland College.

The U of A’s list of possible majors and minors, as well as course requirements, is available in the “Forms and Program Sheets” section of the U of A website at: www.uss.ualberta.ca.

Students starting in UT would choose from the following courses: EDFX 200 EDIT 202 EDPY 200 ENGL 112 Major (3-27 credits) Minor (3-12 credits) Electives For more details about the possible routes in Education, visit the U of A website at www.education.ualberta.ca or contact the U of A advisors directly: Phone: 780 492 3659 E-mail: educ.info@ualberta.ca

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing UT courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

84

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Education - Secondary (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Education is one of the most popular transfer routes in UT. Most Lakeland College students interested in Education will transfer to the University of Alberta (U of A) or University of Saskatchewan (U of S). Other options may be available, depending upon the major and the minor.

The U of S College of Education offers a “Sequential Program” with routes in both Elementary/Middle Years and Secondary Education.

In the “Sequential Program,” students must complete 60 credits of appropriate course work in Arts and Sciences before applying for admission to the College of Education. Students may pursue a five-year Combined Degree in Education. Other options include a “Concurrent Program” in the Practical and Applied Arts (Industrial Arts or Home Economics) and a variety of Aboriginal, First Nations, and Northern Teacher Education programs. Visit the U of S website for more details on these routes. Courses available to students in UT will depend upon the desired program.

Admission Requirements High school prerequisites vary, depending upon the major and minor teaching areas, course selection, and the institution.

However, all students require, at minimum, the following: Alberta High School Prerequisite: ELA 30-1 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Students who plan to major or minor in Mathematics or Science areas may require Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 (from Alberta) or Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 or Foundations of Math 30 (from Saskatchewan); Biology 30; Chemistry 30; and/ or Physics 30. (See the prerequisite chart in the UT introductory section).

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Courses Most students in UT who intend to transfer to the U of S pursue the “Sequential Program.” The teaching areas and application process were recently updated, so be sure to check the U of S website for the most accurate information. Because of the specific requirements of this Secondary Education degree, students normally spend only one year at Lakeland College. They transfer to Arts and Sciences at the U of S for their second year, and then apply to the College of Education for year three.

For first-year students, popular choices include coursework in English, Sciences, and Social Sciences/History. Students wanting to complete 60 credits for this program at Lakeland College can choose Social Sciences/Social Studies as their Teaching Area One (TA1) and one of the following as their Teaching Area Two (TA2): - English Language Arts - Science: Biology - Science: Chemistry Students beginning in UT would choose from the following courses: ENGL 112 NS 110 or 111 Teaching Area One (24 credits) Teaching Area Two (15 credits) Electives (12 credits) – these courses may be used to strengthen the other teaching areas or create a third teaching area For more details about teaching areas, possible routes, and the admissions process, visit their website at: http://www.usask.ca/education/ Or contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 7654 E-mail: recruiting.education@usask.ca

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing UT courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

85

University Transfer - Bachelor of General Studies – Arts and Sciences (AU) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Athabasca University offers online courses and flexible start times. A degree from AU can be a great option for those who are working and studying part time or for those who are not in a position to relocate to a larger centre to complete a degree. The Bachelor of General Studies (BGS) degree is a popular, three-year program at Athabasca University (AU). It provides a framework of individualized study with an Arts and Science designation that offers students the freedom to choose courses to meet career or educational goals. Students enrolled in UT are able to take three years of course work at the Lloydminster Campus and apply to transfer their credits to AU. Unlike most other degrees, the BGS does not have a residency requirement which means that students are not required to take courses through AU, (but they have the option to do so). The BGS degree requires completion of specific areas of study with a maximum of 45 credits at the junior level and a minimum of 45 credits at the senior level.

Admission Requirements Students with Alberta’s ELA 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s ELA A30/ B30 may begin their studies at Lakeland College and complete Athabasca University’s three-year Bachelor of General Studies (BGS) degree while living in Lloydminster or their home community.

The degree requires six credits of science, so students either need the appropriate high school prerequisite or would need to take EAS (Earth and Atmospheric Sciences) to meet that core requirement.

Students planning to pursue an after-degree in Elementary Education will require the appropriate Grade 12 math in order to meet the prerequisite for MATH 160: Alberta’s Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 or Saskatchewan’s Math A30/B30 or Pre-Calculus Math 30 or Foundations of Math 30.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive.

There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution. Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

86

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Students at Lakeland College would normally choose from the following courses: ENGL 112 PSYCO 104/PSYCO 105 6 credits Science SOC 100 Additional electives Senior-level Requirements: Biology, Chemistry, English, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology, and selected Business courses Students who have completed course work or credentials at other institutions in Alberta should consult the Alberta Transfer Guide website at www.transferalberta.ca for transferability of those courses directly to AU. Students who have completed course work or credentials at institutions outside of Alberta will need to apply to AU to have their courses assessed officially. This evaluation process will then determine the remaining requirements that could be completed at Lakeland College.

Students planning to use the BGS as their first degree towards an after-degree in Elementary Education need to research the admission requirements for the university and Education program they plan to pursue. Certain after-degree programs have specific requirements such as a minimum number of credits in designated subject areas. Lakeland College may not offer all of these courses, so students may have to build in coursework from other institutions. Some students may include some of the following junior-level courses in their program of study, depending upon the degree requirements of the university: EDIT 202/EDFX 200/EDPY 200 HEED 110 MATH 160 NS 110/111 PEDS 293 Students may choose to take distance learning courses directly through AU to count toward their degrees. Visit the AU website at www.athabascau.ca or call 1 800 788 9041 for more information on applying to the program and/or course options.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Agriculture (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree, including Agriculture.

The U of A’s Faculty of Agricultural, Life & Environmental Sciences (ALES) was founded in 1915 and is one of the oldest faculties and earliest departments at the U of A. Today, it is a unique sciencebased faculty that draws from the natural sciences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities to seek comprehensive solutions to local, national, and global challenges. Teaching, research and community engagement within the Faculty are focused on healthy human environments; the sustainability of land, forests and water; the biological, economic, social and technological underpinnings of the bio-products industry; and global food systems.

ALES students in the Bachelor of Science in Agriculture strive to understand the biology of plants and/or animals and the role of biotechnology in society. They explore environmentally sustainable approaches to manage land used for the production of food, clothing, fuel and other consumer products and develop hands-on skills through an extensive network of plant and animal research facilities. Students apply knowledge and skills while completing real-world projects and case studies that examine issues faced by industry, government and environmental organizations.

Students are able to choose from the following majors: Agricultural and Resource Economics; Animal Science; Crop Science; Range and Pasture Management; and Sustainable Agricultural Systems.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Lakeland College students choose 30 credits from the following required courses: EC 111/211 ENGL 112 MATH 113 STAT 151 Depending upon the major, students would choose from: BIOL 107/207; BIOL 108/208; CHEM 101/102; EAS 100/105; PHYS 124/126; electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.�

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the degree, possible majors, and career opportunities, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4933 or 1 800 804 6417 E-mail: new2ales@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.ales.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

87

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Agricultural/Food Business Management (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree, including Agricultural/Food Business Management.

The U of A’s Faculty of Agricultural, Life & Environmental Sciences (ALES) was founded in 1915 and is one of the oldest faculties and earliest departments at the U of A. Today, it is a unique sciencebased faculty that draws from the natural sciences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities to seek comprehensive solutions to local, national, and global challenges. Teaching, research and community engagement within the Faculty are focused on healthy human environments; the sustainability of land, forests and water; the biological, economic, social and technological underpinnings of the bio-products industry; and global food systems.

This degree combines the study of life sciences and business for a competitive edge in the agri-food sector. Students explore how interactions between science, society, and the economy influence development of this important local and global sector.

Students apply knowledge and skills while completing real-world projects and case studies that examine industry management and government policy issues.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

88

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Lakeland College students choose 30 credits from the following UT and Business courses: AC 130/230 BA 120 EC 111/211 ENGL 112 MATH 113 MK 170 STAT 151 Depending upon the major, students may choose from: BIOL 107/108; CHEM 101/161; electives.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.�

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the degree, possible majors, and career opportunities, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4933 or 1 800 804 6417 E-mail: new2ales@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.ales.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Animal Health (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree, including Animal Health.

The U of A’s Faculty of Agricultural, Life & Environmental Sciences (ALES) was founded in 1915 and is one of the oldest faculties and earliest departments at the U of A. Today, it is a unique sciencebased faculty that draws from the natural sciences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities to seek comprehensive solutions to local, national, and global challenges. Teaching, research and community engagement within the Faculty are focused on healthy human environments; the sustainability of land, forests and water; the biological, economic, social and technological underpinnings of the bio-products industry; and global food systems.

In this program, students will learn about the biology and behaviour of companion animals, the human-animal bond, as well as the connection between animal health and safety and the quality of the food supply. Students apply knowledge and skills while completing real-world projects and case studies that examine issues faced by the animal health sector, the food production industry, and government. Students choose from three majors: Companion and Performance Animals, Food Animals, and Food Safety and Quality.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Lakeland College students choose 30 credits from the following required courses: BIOL 107/108/207/208 CHEM 101/102/161 EC 111/211 ENGL 112 STAT 151 An additional three credits of math is also required; UT students could take MATH 113 or wait and take MATH 120 at the U of A. PSYCO 104 is required in the Companion and Performance Animals Major.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the degree, possible majors, and career opportunities, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4933 or 1 800 804 6417 E-mail: new2ales@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.ales.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

89

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Environmental and Conservation Sciences (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree, including Environmental and Conservation Sciences.

The U of A’s Faculty of Agricultural, Life & Environmental Sciences (ALES) was founded in 1915 and is one of the oldest faculties and earliest departments at the U of A. Today, it is a unique sciencebased faculty that draws from the natural sciences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities to seek comprehensive solutions to local, national, and global challenges. Teaching, research and community engagement within the Faculty are focused on healthy human environments; the sustainability of land, forests and water; the biological, economic, social and technological underpinnings of the bio-products industry; and global food systems.

Students in this program will develop solutions for environmental issues such as climate change, land and water use as well as biodiversity. They will explore how interactions between science, society and the economy influence environmental management decisions. Students may participate in local and international environmental field school opportunities to develop hands-on skills and apply knowledge and skills while completing a fourth-year project-based capstone course that examines issues faced by industry, government and environmental organizations.

Students choose from the following majors: Conservation Biology; Environmental Economics and Policy; Human Dimensions of Environmental Management; Land Reclamation; or Wildlife and Rangeland Resources Management.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30

90

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Courses Lakeland College students choose 30 credits from the following required courses: BIOL 108/208 CHEM 101/161 EC 111/211 ENGL 112 MATH 113 STAT 151 Electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.�

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the degree, possible majors, and career opportunities, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4933 or 1 800 804 6417 E-mail: new2ales@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.ales.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: General (AU) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine, or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree. Graduates may pursue careers in consulting or research and areas of interest such as pharmaceuticals, petrochemicals or environment.

Athabasca University offers online courses and flexible start times.

A degree from AU can be a great option for those who are working and studying part time or for those who are not in a position to relocate to a larger center to complete a degree. The Bachelor of Science degree offered by Athabasca University’s Centre for Science provides students with a general science education. Given the ever-increasing importance of science and technology, this degree will prepare students to cope with the science-based world of today and the increasing technological demands of the future. It will also prepare students for the challenges that science presents to the modern world by including courses in scientific reasoning; the history of science; and ethics, science, technology, and the environment.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Students planning to start in UT can complete 60+ credits at Lakeland College. The remainder of coursework would be completed through online learning directly through Athabasca University.

The core program requirements that may be completed at Lakeland College include: BIOL 107/108/207/208 CHEM 101/102/161/263 ENGL 112 plus senior-level English courses MATH 113 STAT 151 Choose from: BIOCH 200; BOT 205; EAS 100/105; PHYS 124/126 Junior and senior level arts electives (including Psychology, Sociology, History, Political Science, Economics, Fine Arts, etc.)

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing UT courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about AU’s Bachelor of Science degree: Call toll free: 1 800 788 9041 Or visit their website at: www.athabascau.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

91

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: General (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfil the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine, or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree. Graduates may pursue careers in consulting or research and areas of interest such as pharmaceuticals, petrochemicals or environment.

The Bachelor of Science – General at the University of Alberta (U of A) provides students with a diverse education in more than one branch of study and includes a major and minor subject (area of concentration).

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For a general science degree, students starting at Lakeland College may require all of the following high school courses, depending upon the course requirements in the major and minor: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

92

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Lakeland College students would choose 30 credits from the following required courses: ENGL 112 Two of: BIOL 107/108; EAS 100/105; PSYCO 104 Two of: CHEM 101/102/161; PHYS 124/PHYS 126 Two of: MATH 113/115; STAT 151 Two Arts/Science electives The U of A offers a variety of “specializations” in the sciences, as well as an honours program. Students interested in one of these options may follow a different set of requirements.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

The combination of CHEM 161 and 263 meets the Organic Chemistry requirement at the U of A. For more details about options within the degree and career opportunities in Science, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4758 or toll-free at 1 800 358 8314 E-mail: advisor.science@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.science.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: General (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree. Graduates may pursue careers in consulting or research and areas of interest such as pharmaceuticals, petrochemicals or environment.

The Bachelor of Science program at the University of Saskatchewan (U of S) is part of the College of Arts and Science and is comprised of six departments that represent the core of natural science and the foundation for much of the applied sciences at the university: Biology, Chemistry, Computer Science, Geological Sciences, Mathematics and Statistics, and Physics and Engineering Physics.

See the U of S website for details.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For a general science degree, students starting at Lakeland College may require all of the following high school courses, depending upon the course requirements in the major and minor: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses First-year students at Lakeland College may choose 30 credits from the following required courses: ENGL 112 or 6 credits History Up to 15 credits from the following: BIOL 107/108; CHEM 101/102/161; EAS 100/105; PHYS 124/126 (depending upon the major and minor) MATH 113 6 credits Social Science electives 6 credits Fine Arts/Humanities/Social Sciences Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 4231 E-mail: student-advice@artsandscience.usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://artsandscience.usask.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

93

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Human Ecology (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree, including Human Ecology.

The U of A’s Faculty of Agricultural, Life & Environmental Sciences (ALES) was founded in 1915 and is one of the oldest faculties and earliest departments at the U of A. Today, it is a unique sciencebased faculty that draws from the natural sciences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities to seek comprehensive solutions to local, national, and global challenges. Teaching, research and community engagement within the Faculty are focused on healthy human environments; the sustainability of land, forests and water; the biological, economic, social and technological underpinnings of the bio-products industry; and global food systems.

The University of Alberta’s (U of A) B.Sc. in Human Ecology seeks to understand the social, political, economic, and cultural context of family and community life in order to help individuals, families, and communities reach their full potential. Students will also discover how the historical, cultural, and personal interpretations of clothing enhance people’s lives. Students choose one of two majors: Family Ecology or Clothing, Textiles and Material Cultures; the major determines specific requirements and electives.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

94

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Lakeland College students would take the following required 18 credits: BA 120 ENGL 112 EC 111/211 STAT 151 Depending upon the major/minor, students would choose 12 credits from the following list: BIOL 107/08/207/208 CHEM 101/102 EAS 100/105 NUTR 110 MK 170 PHYS 124/126 PSYCO 104/105 SOC 100 Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the degree, possible majors, and career opportunities, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4933 or 1 800 804 6417 E-mail: new2ales@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.ales.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Medical Laboratory Science (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 The Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry at the University of Alberta (U of A) offers an undergraduate degree program in Medical Laboratory Science to meet the demand for more highly qualified research laboratory personnel; for senior and supervisory technologists in large hospitals, government, and private laboratories; and for teaching positions in various schools of medical laboratory technology. Those wishing to enroll in the program must complete a full-time, pre-professional year of study, followed by three years in the Division of Medical Laboratory Science of the Faculty of Medicine and Dentistry at the U of A. Students spend one year in practical hospital training, rotating through public and private laboratories. Graduates become important members of a health care team, performing a variety of laboratory tests and procedures which assist in diagnosing, treating, and preventing diseases.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses In their pre-professional year, students at Lakeland College would complete the following courses: BIOL 107 plus 3 additional credits in Biology CHEM 101/102 CHEM 161/263 ENGL 112 STAT 151 3 credits Arts/Science electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.�

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

The combination of CHEM 161 and 263 meets the Organic Chemistry requirement at the U of A. For more details, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 6601 E-mail: medlabsc@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.lmp.med.ualberta.ca/education/mls/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

95

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science in Nutrition and Food Science (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Many students will begin their studies in a general science program in order to fulfill the requirements for another area of study (such as Pharmacy, Medicine or Dentistry). However, there are many areas of study and career options with a Bachelor of Science degree, including Nutrition and Food Science.

The U of A’s Faculty of Agricultural, Life & Environmental Sciences (ALES) was founded in 1915 and is one of the oldest faculties and earliest departments at the U of A. Today, it is a unique sciencebased faculty that draws from the natural sciences, the social sciences, and the arts and humanities to seek comprehensive solutions to local, national, and global challenges. Teaching, research and community engagement within the Faculty are focused on healthy human environments; the sustainability of land, forests and water; the biological, economic, social and technological underpinnings of the bio-products industry; and global food systems.

Students in the B.Sc. in Nutrition and Food Science at the University of Alberta (U of A) choose from three majors: Nutrition; Nutrition and Food; or Food Science and Technology. The Nutrition major is a high demand program with a competitive gpa; students require at least 24 transferable credits to be considered for admission. Admission to the other two majors is less competitive.

See the U of A website for details.

Students learn to apply scientific principles to food and nutrition, and to develop new food products that are safe, tasty, and nutritious. Career opportunities range from dietician to food safety inspector to market researcher.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

96

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Regardless of the major, Lakeland College students would normally take the following required courses: BIOL 107 CHEM 101/102/161 EC 111/211 ENGL 112 NUTR 110 STAT 151 Electives depend upon the major. Students in the Food Science and Technology major may choose to take MATH 113 in lieu of another first-year course.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details about the degree, possible majors, and career opportunities, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 4933 or 1 800 804 6417 E-mail: new2ales@ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.ales.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Dental Hygiene Diploma (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 The University of Alberta’s (U of A’s) Dental Hygiene diploma program consists of one year of pre-professional study followed by years two and three in the Dental Hygiene diploma program.

Students also have the option of enrolling in a fourth year and completing a Bachelor of Science (Dental Hygiene Specialization).

The dental hygienist is an integral member of the health care team and strives to improve oral health by providing preventive services and educational information to the public. Clinical dental hygiene services may include assessing patients’ health status, inspecting hard and soft tissues of the oral cavity, removing deposits and stains from teeth, exposing and developing dental radiographs, applying topical fluorides, administering anaesthetic, taking impressions for study models, and polishing amalgam restorations.

Educational information may include nutritional and oral hygiene counseling and community dental health program planning, implementation, and evaluation.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. However, for this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Students may complete a pre-professional year at Lakeland College before applying for admission to the Faculty. Students must complete 30 transferable credits, 24 credits of which must be taken during one fall/winter. Note that this program is very competitive and the application deadline is normally in the early fall of the year prior to admission.

Lakeland College students would complete the following courses: BIOL 107 CHEM 101/161 ENGL 112 SOC 100 STAT 151 PSYCO 104 6 credits Arts/Science electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

The combination of CHEM 161 and 263 meets the Organic Chemistry requirement at the U of A. For more details, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 1319 E-mail: admissions@dentistry.ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.dent.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

97

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Dentistry (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 According to the Canadian Dental Association, dentistry is an artistic as well as scientific profession. Dentists must have an artist’s aesthetic sense, an eye for detail and the manual dexterity to perform precise procedures in a small area. Dentists must also be good communicators who can interact well with a diverse group of people. Visit the Canadian Dental Association website at www.cda-adc.ca to learn more about the profession and the required Dental Aptitude Test (DAT).

In order to pursue a career in dentistry, students must complete a minimum of two pre-professional years of study – including specific required courses – in a science program.

At the U of A, the minimum requirement for admission to the Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS) program is the completion of 60 credits of university coursework, of which 30 credits must be taken during one fall/winter period. The minimum GPA to apply is 3.0; however, the actual admission GPA will be higher. Because the U of A Dentistry program is competitive with only 31 seats, students are urged to pursue a science program that not only provides the necessary prerequisites but would also be a rewarding career as a back-up plan. Course requirements may be met in various patterns in different faculties. Visit the university website for additional admission requirements and deadlines.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

98

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses First-year students at Lakeland College would choose 30 credits from the following required courses: 6 credits BIOL 107/108/207/208 BIOCH 200 CHEM 101/102 CHEM 161/263 ENGL 112 PHYS 124/126 STAT 151 Arts/Science electives Students are able to complete 60 credits of the required preprofessional courses and electives for the U of A’s Dentistry program over two years at Lakeland College. If students are not admitted to Dentistry after two years, they will need to apply to another science program in order to take an additional year of courses and, possibly, complete a science degree before admission to Dentistry. Depending upon the degree chosen as a “back-up plan,” not all 60 credits of Lakeland College courses may fit in to that particular degree.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

The combination of CHEM 161 and 263 meets the Organic Chemistry requirement at the U of A. For more details, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 1319 E-mail: admissions@dentistry.ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.dent.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Dentistry (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 According to the Canadian Dental Association, dentistry is an artistic as well as scientific profession. Dentists must have an artist’s aesthetic sense, an eye for detail and the manual dexterity to perform precise procedures in a small area. Dentists must also be good communicators who can interact well with a diverse group of people. Visit the Canadian Dental Association website at www.cda-adc.ca to learn more about the profession and the required Dental Aptitude Test (DAT).

In order to pursue a career in dentistry, students must complete a minimum of two pre-professional years of study – including specific required courses – in a science program.

At the U of S, the minimum requirement for admission to the Doctor of Dental Medicine (DMD) program is the completion of 60 credits of specific university coursework and electives. Students must complete 30 credits during the academic year (September to April). The minimum academic standing is an overall average of 70% for required pre-dentistry courses and 75% weighted average for the two best 30-credit unit years of study. However, with only 28 seats in the program, the actual admission GPA will be higher. International students and those from other provinces should be aware that there are a limited number of seats for non-Saskatchewan residents. (See the U of S website for details re: providing proof of Saskatchewan residency).

In addition to completing the specified required pre-dentistry courses, students should choose a program and courses that will lead to an alternate career if dentistry is no longer a viable option.

Course requirements may be met in various patterns in different faculties, but the natural sciences are recommended. Visit the university website for additional admission requirements and deadlines.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 or Foundations of Math 30 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

According to the U of S Admissions website, Dentistry applicants may present either of the new math courses for admissions purposes. However, students should be aware that if they are pursuing another pre-professional program or science degree as a “back-up plan,” Math 30-1 or Pre-Calculus 30 may be required as a prerequisite.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

Courses Admission to the College of Dentistry at the University of Saskatchewan (U of S) requires at least 60 credits of university level coursework within two standard academic terms (September to April). Of the courses required for admission, students at Lakeland College may choose 30 credits from the following: BIOL 107/108 BIOCH 200 CHEM 101/161 PHYS 124/126 6 credits Humanities/Social Science electives Arts/Sciences electives An additional three credits of Biochemistry are also required, and six credits in human physiology are recommended. Students would complete these requirements in their second year at the U of S. For more details about the program and admission requirements, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 5117 or toll-free within Canada at 1 877 363 7275 E-mail: dentistry.admissions@usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://www.usask.ca/dentistry

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

99

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Medicine (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 According to the Association of American Medical Colleges’ website, medical students learn both the science and the art of medicine; they study subjects such as biochemistry, anatomy, and genetics, while also acquiring problem solving, teamwork, and communication skills.

In order to pursue a career in Medicine, students must complete at least two pre-professional years of study (60 credits) – including specific required courses – in a science program. Applicants must also complete the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT). Visit www.aamc.org/students/applying/mcat for details. The MCAT test will be changing in 2015, so be sure to visit their website for the most current information. Consult the university website and calendar for other admission requirements and details.

The minimum requirement for admission to the U of A’s MD program is the successful completion of at least two full years (60 credits) of transferable post-secondary work of which 30 credits must be taken during one academic year (September to April). Students should be aware that the minimum cumulative GPA for applicants with two or three years of coursework is 3.7.

Therefore, many students will complete a degree before applying for admission to medical school. At the U of A, the minimum cumulative GPA requirement for applicants with four or more years of post-secondary transferable course work is 3.3 for Alberta residents and 3.5 for non-Alberta residents on the University of Alberta 4.0 scale.

The U of A Faculty of Medicine & Dentistry welcomes applications from qualified individuals who are permanent residents of Canada (either as Canadian citizens or permanent residents) but regrets that they are unable to admit international students. Admission to the MD program is limited, and applications are selected on a competition basis. Eighty-five per cent of the places in the program are normally reserved for Alberta residents, and 15 per cent are usually available for non-Alberta residents.

Applicants should be aware that the total length of time required to obtain a medical degree and – following this – a license to practice is a minimum of two years of pre-medical study (normally four years pre-medical), followed by four years of medical study (at which time the MD degree is awarded), plus a minimum of two years of internship before licensure in Alberta.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 100

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Courses First-year students at Lakeland College would choose 30 credits from the following required courses, depending upon which degree they are planning to pursue: Two of: BIOL 107/207; BIOL 108/208 BIOCH 200 CHEM 101/102 CHEM 161/263 ENGL 112 PHYS 124/126 STAT 151 Arts/Science electives Students are able to complete 60 credits of the required preprofessional courses and electives for the U of A’s Medicine program over two years at Lakeland College. If students are not admitted to Medicine after two years, they will need to apply to another science program in order to take an additional year of courses and, possibly, complete a science degree before admission to Medicine. Depending upon the degree chosen as a “back-up plan,” not all 60 credits of Lakeland College courses may fit in to that particular degree.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.”

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

The combination of CHEM 161 and 263 meets the Organic Chemistry requirement at the U of A. For more details, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 9524 or 780 492 6769 E-mail: admission@med.ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.med.ualberta.ca/Home/Education/Admissions/ For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Nursing (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 The University of Saskatchewan’s new four-year College of Nursing undergraduate program was introduced in 2011 with a first year of pre-professional studies in arts and sciences followed by three years of nursing education. This unique program will appeal to those with a strong academic standing, an attitude of curiosity and inquiry, and a genuine interest in caring for diverse people of all ages. Graduates will earn a Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) and will play a vital role in health care in Saskatchewan and beyond.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest. Some science programs require only two, not three, Grade 12 science courses. However, students with Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30 are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. Students planning to start in UT and pursue the U of S Nursing degree specifically require the following prerequisite courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 or Foundations of Math 30 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website at for events and details.

Note: Completion of UT courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution.

This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

Courses Students may complete the first year at Lakeland College and then apply to transfer to the U of S. The pre-professional year will be foundational to the nursing program and will include courses in the humanities, as well as the natural, social and health sciences. Students will be given the opportunity to engage in interdisciplinary scholarly learning experiences typical of a general first year of arts and sciences.

First-year students at Lakeland College may choose 30 credits from the following required courses: BIOL 107 CHEM 101 ENGL 112 (See Note 1) NS 110 or NS 111 NUTR 110 PSYCO 104 STAT 151 (See Note 2) 3 credits chosen from EC 111/211; NS 110/111; POLS 221; PSYCO 105; SOC 100; 3 credits open electives (excluding HEED 110) Students must achieve a minimum weighted average of 60% in the required courses.

Note 1: ENGL 112 is a six-credit course, so it meets the three-credit English requirement at the U of S and fills a three-credit elective.

Note 2: The U of S requires only Math A30 and B30 (with Math C30 as recommended) for Saskatchewan students with the old mathematics curriculum. However, students beginning their studies at Lakeland College require Math C30 as a prerequisite for STAT 151. Under the new high school curriculum, Math 30-2 or Foundations of Math 30 is recommended for STAT 151.

For more details about the new program, contact the U of S College of Nursing directly: Phone: (306) 966 6221 E-mail: college.nursing@usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://www.usask.ca/nursing/students/4yearbsn/

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

101

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Nutrition (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 According to the U of S website, dieticians and nutritionists advise and educate people about food, diet, and nutrition. This may focus on the nutritional needs of certain members of the population such as children, senior citizens, or low-income families. They may work under provincial regulatory bodies to ensure that clients receive safe and ethical advice. To become a Registered Dietician, students need to complete the degree, a professional internship (which is included within the degree at the U of S), and the Canadian Dietetic Registration Examination.

Students at the University of Saskatchewan (U of S) take one year of pre-nutrition and then apply to the four-year program. Admission is based upon the post-secondary academic record, critical skills essay, and personal profile. Quotas are in effect. For admission to the College of Pharmacy and Nutrition, applicants residing in Lloydminster, Alberta will be considered on the same basis as Saskatchewan residents.

Visit the U of S College of Pharmacy and Nutrition website for additional admission, program, and career details.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 or Math 30-2 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 or Foundations of Math 30 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 According to the U of S Admissions website, Nutrition applicants may present either of the new math courses for admissions purposes. However, students should be aware that if they are pursuing another pre-professional program or science degree as a “back-up plan,� Math 30-1 or Pre-Calculus 30 may be required as a prerequisite.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

102

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses Lakeland College students would choose from the following courses: BIOL 107/108 CHEM 101/161 ENGL 112 PSYCO 104/105 or SOC 100/102 6 credits electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 6377 E-mail: pharmacy-nutrition@usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://www.usask.ca/pharmacy-nutrition/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Pharmacy (U of A) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Qualifications for registration as a licensed pharmacist for most provinces in Canada include a B.Sc. in Pharmacy from an accredited program, certification with the Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada, and completion of structured practical training.

See the appropriate university calendar or website for details.

Pharmacy is currently one of the most competitive programs available. Due to the competitive nature of the program, students are encouraged to apply for an alternative program as well, such as a Bachelor of Science.

Students may not be admitted directly to Pharmacy at the University of Alberta (U of A). They must spend at least one year in a pre-professional program before applying. The minimum requirement for admission to the Pharmacy Program is the satisfactory completion of 30 credits of transferable coursework, including 6 credits in each of General Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, English, and 3 credits in each of Biology (cell biology), Biochemistry, Mathematics (Calculus), and Statistics. See the U of A website for more details regarding admission.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses For students attending Lakeland College and wanting to apply to the U of A Pharmacy program after one year, the appropriate courses are listed below: BIOCH 200 BIOL 107 CHEM 101/102 CHEM 161/263 ENGL 112 MATH 113 STAT 151 Because of the difficulty of the required courses in the preprofessional year and the competitive admission requirements, students may opt to take other courses and spread the required course requirements over two years of study. It is possible to take 60 credits of course work over two years and meet the course admission requirements for both the U of A and U of S Pharmacy programs.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit. Section 14.2.3 of the U of A Calendar specifies that “transfer credit will be granted for each course transferable to the U of A if the grade achieved is at least a C- (or its equivalent) and the course is applicable to the specific program to which the student has applied.�

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

The combination of CHEM 161 and 263 meets the Organic Chemistry requirement at the U of A. For more details about the program and admissions process, contact the U of A directly: Phone: 780 492 3362 E-mail: studentservices@pharmacy.ualberta.ca Or visit their website at: www.pharm.ualberta.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

103

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Pharmacy (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Qualifications for registration as a licensed pharmacist for most provinces in Canada include a B.Sc. in Pharmacy from an accredited program, certification with the Pharmacy Examining Board of Canada, and completion of structured practical training.

See the appropriate university calendar or website for details.

Pharmacy is currently one of the most competitive programs available. Due to the competitive nature of the program, students are encouraged to apply for an alternative program as well, such as a Bachelor of Science.

Applicants wishing to enter the four-year Pharmacy program at the University of Saskatchewan (U of S) are required to complete one year (30 credits) of pre-pharmacy studies. Admission is based upon the post-secondary academic record, critical skills essay, and personal profile. Quotas are in effect. For admission to the College of Pharmacy and Nutrition, applicants residing in Lloydminster, Alberta will be considered on the same basis as Saskatchewan residents.

Visit the U of S College of Pharmacy and Nutrition website for additional admission, program, and career details.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

104

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses For students attending Lakeland College and wanting to apply to the U of S Pharmacy program after one year, the appropriate courses are listed below: BIOL 107/108 CHEM 101/161 ENGL 112 PSYCO 104/105 or NS 110/111 or SOC 100/102 6 credits Fine Arts/Humanities/Social Science electives Because of the competitive admission requirements for Pharmacy, students may opt to take other courses and spread the required course requirements over two years of study. It is possible to take 60 credits of course work over two years and meet the course admission requirements for both the U of A and U of S Pharmacy programs.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 6377 E-mail: pharmacy-nutrition@usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://www.usask.ca/pharmacy-nutrition/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Veterinary Medicine (U of C) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Members of the profession of Veterinary Medicine are primarily responsible for the health of farm livestock and poultry, as well as pets. Veterinarians diagnose animal illnesses, treat diseased and injured animals, perform surgery, provide preventive medical services, and provide advice regarding the care and breeding of animals. However, other opportunities exist in government service and public health, such as inspection of production and storage and distribution of animal food products. Research opportunities are also available.

Prospective veterinarians must complete at least two years of pre-professional study followed by a four-year Doctor of Veterinary Medicine (DVM) program. Because of the competitive nature of the program, most applicants for DVM programs will have to complete more than two years of university work in a related faculty such as science or agriculture before being admitted to the degree program. Students are, therefore, encouraged to explore other options in science as a “back-up” plan.

Applicants must be Alberta residents and must have completed at least two academic years (September to April) of full-time study with a minimum of four courses per semester of university coursework. The U of C Vet Med application manual states that the admission policy is reviewed annually and is subject to change, so students are advised to check their website on a regular basis.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics is not required for Alberta students applying only to the U of C but is required for those who also plan to apply to the Veterinary Medicine programs at the U of S. Physics 30 may also be required for other degree options in science.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Courses Lakeland College students choose from the following courses: BIOCH 200 BIOL 107/207; BIOL 108/208 CHEM 101/102; CHEM 161 (CHEM 263 also recommended) ENGL 112 STAT 151 Electives Students interested in staying at Lakeland College to complete their requirements in Year Two are encouraged to meet with the Academic Advisor because options depend upon the student’s “back-up plan.”

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

Consult the U of C website for more details regarding the program, residency and admission requirements: Phone: 403 220 8699 E-mail: vet.admissions@ucalgary.ca Or visit their website at: http://vet.ucalgary.ca/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

105

University Transfer - Bachelor of Science: Pre-Veterinary Medicine (U of S) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 Members of the profession of Veterinary Medicine are primarily responsible for the health of farm livestock and poultry, as well as pets. Veterinarians diagnose animal illnesses, treat diseased and injured animals, perform surgery, provide preventive medical services, and provide advice regarding the care and breeding of animals. However, other opportunities exist in government service and public health, such as inspection of production and storage and distribution of animal food products. Research opportunities are also available.

Prospective veterinarians must complete at least two years (60 credits) of pre-professional study followed by a four-year Doctor of Veterinary Medicine (DVM) program. Because of the competitive nature of the program, most applicants for DVM programs will have to complete more than two years of university work in a related faculty such as science or agriculture before being admitted to the degree program. Students are, therefore, encouraged to explore other options in science as a “back-up” plan and choose their courses and electives accordingly.

As a regional veterinary college, the U of S’s Western College of Veterinary Medicine (WCVM) admits students from the four western provinces and the northern territories. See the U of S website for details about the program, residency, and admission requirements.

Admission Requirements Admission requirements for a Bachelor of Science degree vary, depending upon the area of interest, university admission requirements, and courses required in the degree. Some science programs require Biology 30, Chemistry 30, and Physics 30, so students with all three Grade 12 science courses are best prepared to pursue a variety of options in the sciences. For this particular degree, students starting at Lakeland College require the following high school courses: Alberta High School Prerequisites: ELA 30-1 Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1 (Math 30-2 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Saskatchewan High School Prerequisites: ELA A30/B30 Math A30/B30/C30 or Pre-Calculus 30 (Foundations of Math 30 also recommended for STAT 151) Biology 30 Chemistry 30 Physics 30 Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

106

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses First-year students at Lakeland College choose 30 credits from the following required courses, depending upon the degree program: BIOCH 200 BIOL 107/108/207 CHEM 101/102/161 ENGL 112 MATH 113/115 or STAT 151 PHYS 124 Arts/Science electives Three credits of Microbiology are also required. The remaining 30 credits and required courses may be completed in Year Two in the College of Arts and Sciences at the U of S. Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details, contact the U of S directly: Phone: (306) 966 7459 E-mail: wcvm.admissions@usask.ca Or visit their website at: http://www.usask.ca/wcvm/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

University Transfer - Bachelor of Social Work - Virtual Learning Circle (U of C) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 The Learning Circles program is an accredited Bachelor of Social Work degree (BSW) which is designed for students in rural, remote, and/or Aboriginal communities. The program offers a curriculum with cultural and geographic relevance that is sensitive to First Nations and Métis peoples. The curriculum incorporates traditional philosophies and knowledge systems.

The BSW Virtual Learning Circle provides access to an innovative, high quality and challenging online social work education. The program is delivered through a blended learning approach that integrates the best of distance education technology with face-toface professor/student and student/student learning opportunities.

This program allows students to complete the degree in their own communities while maintaining full-time employment.

Admission Requirements Students with Alberta’s ELA 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s ELA A30/ B30 may begin University Transfer. Note that the admission requirements to the universities may differ from the admission requirements to Lakeland College. Students are encouraged to contact the University of Calgary for details.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses UNIVERSITY TRANSFER – YEARS ONE AND TWO Students beginning their studies at Lakeland College spend the first two years in the UT program and normally choose from the following courses: ENGL 112 NS 110/111 PSYCO 104/105/223/233/241/339/341 SOC 100/102/224/225/271 Electives Students are required to take 19 UT courses plus SOWK 201 through the U of C as a summer course.

Students who have already completed a diploma plus university level coursework or a degree may be eligible to apply directly to the University of Calgary (U of C).

U OF C – YEARS THREE AND FOUR Students apply to the U of C for the third and fourth years of study and complete their coursework online.

Virtual Learning Circles students are expected to: • have regular Internet access and a valid e-mail address • participate in synchronous or real-time (e.g. online chats, audioconferences) and asynchronous (e.g. posting to discussion boards, exercises) learning activities • travel to a central location for face to face instruction at least once each fall and winter session • commit approximately 15 hours per week to learning activities related to their coursework during fall and winter sessions For further information about the Social Work program, visit their website at http://fsw.ucalgary.ca.

Phone: 1 877 282 0667 (toll free) E-mail: bswinfo@ucalgary.ca

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

107

University Transfer - Bachelor of Social Work (U of R) Lloydminster, Inquiries: 780 871 5429 The BSW undergraduate program at the University of Regina (U of R) is generalist in approach and oriented particularly to the Saskatchewan situation with an emphasis on preparation for work in rural and remote areas with minority and disadvantaged groups.

The U of R Faculty of Social Work Mission Statement reads: “The social work program of education, research and community service is designed to prepare students for critical generalist social work practice with diverse peoples. Informed by the principles of social justice, the social work program encourages students to identify the needs of the disadvantaged, marginalized and oppressed; to develop the commitment, knowledge, values, attitudes, and skills required to confront structural inequalities; to address personal issues; and to empower individuals, families, and communities to realize their full potential.”

Students may spend one qualifying year in University Transfer and then apply to transfer to the university for completion of the program.

Admission Requirements Students with Alberta’s ELA 30-1 or Saskatchewan’s ELA A30/ B30 may begin University Transfer. Note that the admission requirements to the universities may differ from the admission requirements to Lakeland College. Students are encouraged to contact the University of Regina for details.

Prospective students are encouraged to make early contact with the College, participate in enrolment events such as Open House or Student-for-a-Day, and attend information sessions to learn more about the UT program and its options. Visit the College website for events and details.

108

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Courses The qualifying year consists of 30 credits chosen from the following required and recommended courses: ENGL 112 NS 110/111 PSYCO 104/105 SOC 100/102/224/225/271 Other electives Note: Completion of University Transfer courses does not guarantee admission to degree programs at universities. A student must also meet all the admission requirements of the degree-granting institution. This may mean having the appropriate high school courses and average. Admission after completing University Transfer courses is competitive. There may be limitations (quotas) on the number of students admitted to the degree program at the receiving institution.

Some receiving institutions specify a minimum grade for transfer credit.

Students who change programs or receiving institutions should be aware that there may not be room in the new program for all previously completed courses.

For more details, contact the U of R directly: Phone: (306) 585 4554 in Regina or (306) 664 7370 in Saskatoon Or visit their website at: www.uregina.ca/socialwork/

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Veterinary Medical Assistant One-Year Certificate, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579

Curriculum

This certificate program is offered full time over eight months on the Vermilion campus. Graduates of this program will have the skills required to work as a Veterinary Medical Assistant in a veterinary hospital or clinic. The Veterinary Medical Assistant is an integral part of the veterinary health care team. Extensive hands-on experience allows students to develop skills in: basic discharge instructions; animal restraint; instrument care; surgery pack preparation; x-ray developing, labelling and filing; basic receptionist duties; hospital disinfection; nursing care assistance; feeding, exercise, and cleaning for kennelled animals.

The program culminates in a three-week practicum placement at an approved facility anywhere in Canada. The student’s practicum may allow further exposure to more specialized areas of veterinary practice.

Career opportunities for the Veterinary Medical Assistant include support to the Animal Health Technologist, Veterinary Technologist or Veterinarian in a Veterinary Clinical practice.

Required Courses Credits CO 180 Medical Terminology & Communications 3 CO 280 Business & Veterinary Communications 2 CU 195 Introduction to Veterinary Software 2 VE 121 Introduction to Radiography & Surgery 2 VE 127 VMA Clinics Practice I 3 VE 129 Applied Nutrition 3 VE 137 Introduction to Laboratory Procedures 3 VE 138 Animal Diseases and Treatments 3 VE 139 Veterinary Nursing Care 3 VE 160 Animal Production and Genetics 3 Sub Total 27

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • Biology 20 • Math 20-1/Math 20-2 Out-of-province students or those not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

Acceptance is based on meeting the academic requirements. It is highly recommended that applicants gain work or volunteer experience in a veterinary facility to recognize the requirements of the career choice.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

VE 177 Veterinary Medical Assistant Practicum Total

3 30

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Veterinary Medical Assistant Certificate.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

109

Western Ranch and Cow Horse One-Year Certificate, Vermilion, Inquiries: 780 853 8579

Curriculum

The Western Ranch and Cow Horse Certificate is a unique program combining cattle handling skills, the recognition and treatment of cattle diseases, and horsemanship skills. Many feedlots utilize personnel on horseback for checking pens and moving livestock.

Cattle that are showing signs of illness need to be removed and treated. Students learn how to work with their horse, to properly separate and move livestock, and how to process cattle. Career opportunities are also available with community pastures and ranches.

Required Courses CR 170 General Agronomy CR 235 Range and Forage Crops MA 120 Agricultural Mathematics RF 101 Colt Training RF 103 Intermediate Training RF 105 Introductory Cattle Handling RF 107 Advanced Cattle Handling RF 111 Cattle Diseases and Treatment RF 112 Stable Management I RF 113 Feeds and Feeding RF 115 Equine Husbandry RF 122 Stable Management II RF 123 Equine Marketing RF 140 Beef Production Total

Admission Requirements High school diploma with a minimum 50% in: • ELA 30-1 or 65% in ELA 30-2 • Math 20-1/Math 20-2 • Grade 11 Science Applicants meeting the above admission requirements will be asked to provide a video demonstrating their riding skills. This will be used to match the student with a horse suitable to riding level.

Students are required to supply their own tack and horse, preferably a three or four year-old stock horse gelding.

Out-of-province students or students not meeting these admission requirements should refer to the Application and Admissions section of this calendar.

At the discretion of the Chair of the School of Agricultural Sciences, high school credits from the Green Certificate program may be used to meet certain deficiencies in admission requirements. Please arrange for an appointment to determine if you are eligible.

110

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Credits 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 37

Graduation Requirements Students successfully completing the requirements with a minimum grade point average of 2.0 will be awarded a Certificate in Western Ranch and Cow Horse.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions AB 010 Communications I – 5 credits. This introductory course develops communication skills required for success at higher levels. The learners develop, through extensive practice, skills in literal comprehension and vocabulary development. They are introduced to effective strategies for finding information in books and other print materials, interpreting this information, and responding to it in speech and in writing.

AB 011 Communications II – 5 credits. This communications course develops basic reading and writing skills required for success at higher levels. Learners develop, through extensive practice, skills in sentence writing, paragraph planning, effective expression in speaking and writing, vocabulary development, and reading for meaning.

Prerequisite: AB 010.

AB 020 Introduction to Math – 5 credits. This course introduces and aids in developing the basic skills of arithmetic. Topics include whole numbers, fractions, decimals, and associated word problem solving using proportions. Co-requisite: The learner should have or be developing adequate reading and reading comprehension skills.

AB 022 Introduction to Algebra – 5 credits. This course is an introduction to the fundamental principles, language and applications of algebra. Topics covered include signed numbers, expressions and formulas, inequalities, and polynomials.

Prerequisite: AB 020.

AB 030 Social Studies – 5 credits. This course helps students acquire the skills to gather, process, and analyze information. Through selected short assignments, students develop written commentaries, collect articles, conduct a reference search, and prepare short reports on local government and geography, personal and ethnic background, and current events.

AB 040 Basic Science – 5 credits. This is an introductory course intended as background for further studies in science or as an all-encompassing general science for those who require basic knowledge but are not pursuing a science program.

AB 070 Computing Basics – 5 credits. This course is designed for students with little or no computer knowledge or experience. Topics to be covered include parts of a computer, keyboarding, and word processing.

AC 122 Small Business Accounting – 2 credits. Learn about accounting for a service business and the importance of developing budgets. This course includes an introduction to financial statements, the opening balance sheet, ledgers, journals, the trial balance, petty cash and budgets.

AC 129 Office Administration Accounting I – 3 credits. This is an introductory course in accounting with emphasis on basic bookkeeping for both service and merchandising types of businesses. The complete accounting cycle is studied including originating entries, posting, financial statement preparation, adjusting entries, and closing entries. Payroll bookkeeping is also introduced.

AC 130 Accounting I – 3 credits. AC 130 and AC 230 introduce the concepts and applications of financial accounting. Topics in AC 130 Accounting I include accounting concepts and principles, the recording process, preparing financial statements, internal control, cash and receivables. Prerequisite: Grade 12 Math or equivalent.

AC 201 Payroll Administration – 3 credits. This is an introductory course in payroll. Topics include employment standards, designation of individuals as employees or contractors, record keeping requirements, payroll calculations, taxable and non-taxable benefits, payroll journal entries, reporting requirements, and employee termination. Co-requisite: AC 130.

AC 229 Office Administration Accounting II – 3 credits. This is a second level course for students not specializing in accounting theories, processes and procedures. It expands on basic principles and delves into more specialized techniques in accounting for profit and control. A computerized accounting system is introduced and utilized exclusively for data entry and financial statement preparation. Prerequisite: AC 129.

AC 230 Accounting II – 3 credits. AC 230 is a continuation of AC 130. Topics included are: inventories; capital assets; current liabilities; owner’s equity in partnerships and corporations; analyzing financial statements; the statement of cash flows, and accounting information systems. Emphasis is placed on problem solving and application of financial accounting to real life situations. It also provides students with experience in maintaining a manual accounting system. Prerequisite: AC 130.

AC 235 Computerized Accounting I – 3 credits. This is an introductory course in computerized accounting. The student gains experience using Simply Accounting and through it a basic knowledge of a fully integrated micro-computer based accounting system. The modules of the software to be explored include the General Ledger, Accounts Receivable, Accounts Payable, Payroll, Inventory and Services, and Project.

Prerequisite: AC 230.

AC 260 Introduction to Taxation – 3 credits. This course is a study of current tax legislation as it relates to individuals. Students gain the knowledge needed to prepare personal income tax returns. Topics include the determination of various income sources, tax deductions, and tax credits used in calculating the tax liability of individuals.

Co-requisite: AC 230.

AC 270 Small Business Accounting & Taxation – 4 credits. This course combines the study of accounting and taxation relevant to small business owners. Topics include cost concepts, introductory manufacturing accounting, cost allocation methods, performance evaluation, Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

cost-volume-profit analysis, master budget planning, relevant costing, payroll, the goods and services tax, employment taxation, the capital cost allowance system, and business taxation. Prerequisite: AC 230.

AC 356 Strategic & Competitive Analysis – 3 credits. Strategic & Competitive Analysis stresses the need for strategic thinking in management. This course provides insight to the analysis of competitors, potential competitors, and opportunities that are presented in the competitive environment. This course explores the specific areas of strategic cost management with its emphasis on cost drivers, the value chain, and strategic use of activity-based management. Prerequisite: AC 544.

AC 441 Intermediate Accounting I – 3 credits. Theoretical aspects of accounting are studied in depth. Topics emphasize external financial reporting standards and the underlying accounting assumptions, concepts and principles pertaining to the accounting model. The course content includes accounting for operational assets, deferred and intangible assets, and long term intercorporate investments. Prerequisite: AC 230.

AC 444 Management Accounting – 3 credits. The course looks at accounting data through the eyes of those who must use it in planning, in controlling operations and in making the many decisions involved in the management of an enterprise. Topics include cost, cost behaviours, cost relevance, budgeting, flexible budgeting, and capital budgeting.

Prerequisite: AC 230.

AC 447 Taxation I – 3 credits. A history of the income tax system in Canada is reviewed together with law, administration and enforcement of the Income Tax Act. The determination of income for tax purposes, taxable income and the tax liability of individual residents in Canada are examined in detail. Prerequisite: AC 230.

AC 541 Intermediate Accounting II – 3 credits. This course is an in-depth study of accounting and reporting of long-term liabilities and corporation equities. It also deals with the implications of taxation, leases, pensions, and financial statement analysis.

Prerequisite: AC 441.

AC 544 Cost Accounting – 3 credits. Cost accounting concentrates on the process of cost determination, recording, analysis and reporting. Cost accounting presents information on the costs of products, services and company departments. Cost accounting is a part of and supports both financial and managerial reporting activities. Topics include job-order and process costing; standard costs: material, labour and overhead; direct costing, and activity-based costing system. Prerequisite: AC 444.

AE 101 Student Managed Farm I – 1 credit. This course introduces the student to the Lakeland College Student Managed Farm. It shows the student how other course material is applied to an actual operating farm business. Students explore current issues and trends affecting the production of society’s food, fibre and fuel needs. Topics include the environment, economic, political and sociological forces that direct current agricultural practices and affect agriculture in the future. Topics are covered by guest speakers and interactive debate.

AE 202 Business Records and Reporting – 3 credits. Students learn double entry accounting. A computerized accounting system is introduced and utilized for data entry and financial statement preparation. Cash and accrual methods are studied. Features of income taxation for the farm business are examined.

AE 210 Farm Taxation and Estate Planning – 2 credits. The main features of income taxation for farm businesses. Also covers business organization and estate planning including tax implications. Prerequisite: AE 206.

AE 230 Farm Financial Management – 3 credits. Students learn to use concepts and tools of economics and financial management as they apply to farming. A large part of the course consists of assignments dealing with time principles, economic analysis, financial analysis, budgeting and other management tools. Some assignments use computer programs. Prerequisite: AE 202.

AE 300 Grain, Oilseeds and Pulse Crop Marketing – 3 credits. This course provides an in-depth analysis of both the pricing and delivery options available to the farm manager.

Students learn how to analyze the grain, oilseed, and pulse crop markets. Prerequisites: AE 100 or EC 111 and EC 211.

AE 345 Capital Investments – 2 credits. This course is a study of economical management of agricultural equipment including optimal size of tillage and harvesting systems, alternatives of rent, lease, purchase or custom hire. Prerequisites: MR 110 and MR 112.

AE 450 Student Managed Farm II – 3 credits. Students integrate and apply the techniques of management in an actual operating crop farm. Students learn to manage in a whole business environment by participating in the management of the Lakeland College Student Managed Farm. This includes all aspects of operating the business including production, finances, marketing, and human resource management.

AE 451 Student Managed Farm III – 3 credits. This is the final phase of the student managed farm activities. Students complete the financial records from the previous crop year, finalize the cropping plans for the upcoming year, finish marketing the previous year’s crop and begin to source seed, fertilizer and other crop inputs for spring seeding.

The students complete an in-depth analysis of the student managed farm and complete an oral presentation.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

111

Course Descriptions AH 101 Automotive Service Theory – 3 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Automotive Service Technician Curriculum. Topics covered include materials, safety and tools; welding, drive lines; suspension and steering; brake systems; electrical; scan tools; passenger restraint systems and new technology.

Co-requisites: AH 102, AH 103, and AH 104.

AH 102 Automotive Service Lab – 3 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Automotive Service Technician Curriculum. Students will develop hands-on skills based upon theory lectures in a shop setting. Co-requisites: AH 101, AH 103, and AH 104.

AH 103 Heavy Equipment Theory – 3 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Automotive Service Technician Curriculum. Topics covered include safety, materials, and tools; suspensions, wheels and systems; hydraulic brake systems; electrical; hydraulics; and air brakes. Co-requisites: AH 101, AH 102, and AH 104.

AH 104 Heavy Equipment Lab – 3 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Automotive Service Technician Curriculum. Topics covered include safety, materials, and tools; suspensions, wheels and systems; hydraulic brake systems; electrical; hydraulics; and air brakes. Co-requisites: AH 101, AH 102, and AH 103.

AH 199 Pre-employment Automotive Service/Heavy Equipment Technician Practicum – 3 credits. This course is a 4 week block of work experience. At the completion of initial classroom studies, the student is assigned to a training position in an automotive or heavy equipment setting. The primary objective is to obtain the basic skills necessary to function safely in the workplace and complete assigned tasks. This practicum provides the students an opportunity to observe and contribute to the day-to-day operations of a shop under normal operating conditions. P/F. Prerequisites: AH 101, AH 102, AH 103, AH 104, and SA 120.

AN 105 Genetics of Livestock – 3 credits. This is a basic genetics course that provides a background for animal breeding. The physical basis of heredity variations in economic traits of animals, principles of selection, breeding systems and the general effects of various breeding systems are studied.

AN 124 Animal Anatomy and Physiology – 3 credits. This course covers both gross and functional anatomy and physiology of farmed livestock species, using a systems approach, to assist students to understand how animals work, move, heal and live.

AN 133 Animal Handling, Welfare and Ethics – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to safe handling and restraint of various kinds of large animals in clinical and field settings.

Included with handler safety, the assessment of humane treatment and housing of the animal is very important and is discussed in lab as well as lecture. Students are assigned animals and are required to work with herds and flocks. Welfare and ethics discussions address production, recreation, research, draft and companion animal industries.

Prerequisite: A grade of C is required in this course to progress to VE 222 Clinics Practice II. AN 140 Animal Form and Function I – 3 credits. This course covers the gross, microscopic and functional anatomy and physiology of domestic animals.

AN 212 Applied Livestock Nutrition – 3 credits. Students learn the principles and practices of nutrition as they apply to large animals. Each nutrient class is studied in relation to its function, deficiency and requirement in the body. Nutrient requirements for maintenance, growth, and production are applied through the formulation of diets for beef, dairy, swine, and horses. Students work through practical feeding programs based on economics and available feeds.

AN 239 Reproductive Physiology – 3 credits. This course covers the anatomy and physiology of the male and female reproductive systems with an emphasis on farm animal species. Topics include hormones and control of male and female reproduction, puberty, estrous cycles, ovulation, fertilization, pregnancy, parturition, and management of physiological factors affecting reproductive efficiency.

AN 240 Form and Function II – 3 credits. This course covers the gross, microscopic and functional anatomy and physiology of domestic animals. Prerequisites: A minimum grade of C is required in this course to progress to VE 342 Clinics Practice IV. A grade of C in the lecture and a C in the lab portion is required in this course to progress to VE 333 Small Animal Health and Applied Nutrition, VE 344 Veterinary Anesthesiology and Surgical Procedures I, and VE 349 Large Animal Health. Students who fail to achieve either the C minimum score in the lecture components or the C minimum score in the laboratory components will receive a grade of D in this course.

AN 241 Applied Animal Obstetrics – 3 credits. This course is a practical approach to obstetrics in cattle and sheep. Students gain both classroom and hands on knowledge of normal parturition and dystocia in livestock species, as well as general neonatal care.

AN 260 Livestock Marketing and Sales – 3 credits. This course encompasses all aspects of market trends, issues, and financial matters related to the marketing of livestock. This includes breakevens analysis, supply chain management, and value added marketing.

Commercial replacement heifer, retained ownership, and purebred sales and marketing are discussed.

AN 320 Cow-Calf Management – 3 credits. This course is a detailed study of a Canadian ranch operation including the day to day duties, planning and strategic management.

112

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Lecture sessions are used to investigate good management practices along with new ideas within the industry. Skills in teamwork are developed as students assist in calving the college cow herd. Students are encouraged to use their own practical experience in lecture and lab as they investigate, develop and discuss working plans that can be implemented into a current operation.

AN 325 Feedlot Production – 3 credits. This course will cover common practices and guidelines of production in Western Canadian feedlots. Topics include history, induction, cattle types, feeds and feeding, economics, marketing, day-to-day management, efficiency, and future of the industry. Emphasis is placed on knowledge for employment and selfmanagement decision-making.

AN 330 Dairy Production – 3 credits. This course is a detailed study of dairy cattle: anatomy of udder, physiology of milk production, equipment, nutrition, record keeping, dairy herd improvement, sanitation and economics.

AN 331 Dairy Systems Management – 3 credits. The content of this course focuses on dairy management and includes topics on quota management, operating herd breeding, and management of nutrition. Field trips are mandatory and include attending the Western Canadian Dairy Seminar. Co-requisite: AN 330.

AN 332 Dairy Housing and Hoof Care – 3 credits.

AN 335 Sheep Production Management – 3 credits. This course is a practical study of sheep management, including breeding stock selection, marketing, feeding, housing, and predator control. Students gain experience by working with farm flock. Field trips to sheep producers in the area may be taken if time permits.

AN 346 Stockman’s Practices – 3 credits. This is a practical hands-on course that utilizes the College farm animals with respect to common livestock health procedures. Emphasis is placed on the routine veterinary medical aspects in the management of livestock enterprises. Included are the concepts of observation for disease, preventative herd health medicine, routine surgical procedures and the treatment and aftercare of farm animals.

AN 350 Swine Production – 3 credits. This course is a practical study of swine production that involves student management of the College swine unit over the length of the course.

Additional study of the pork industry involves review of selected literature.

AN 355 Swine Systems Management – 3 credits. The training objectives of this course will include the management of pig operations, ration and feeds, breeding and breeding stock, health and waste. As well, students will learn marketing strategies, the maintenance of buildings and equipment, and the paperwork involved with the Canadian Quality Assurance program. Other topics will include staffing and general supervisory skills. Prerequisite: AN 350.

AN 365 Student Managed Farm - Livestock I – 3 credits. Students integrate and apply the techniques of management in an actual operating livestock farm. Students learn to manage in a whole business environment by participating in the management of the Lakeland College Student Managed Livestock Units. This applies to all aspects of operating the business including production, finances, and marketing.

AN 366 Student Managed Farm - Livestock II – 3 credits. Students continue to apply the techniques of production and management of a livestock enterprise by completing the activities introduced in AN 365 Student Managed Farm - Livestock I. Students participate in the management of the Lakeland College Student Managed Livestock Units. This applies to all aspects of operating the business including production, finances, and marketing.

AN 371 Equine Production and Management – 3 credits. This course is a practical overview of the horse production business in Western Canada. With an emphasis on using economics and science to guide business decisions, students examine many topics related to the business of raising horses for a variety of different purposes. Students also discuss the latest issues in the horse industry such as the horse slaughter debate and mandatory I.D. AP 300 Conflict Resolution, Job Skills and Negotiations – 3 credits. The content of this course is delivered through a combination of lectures and seminars that deal with topics of current concern in the business world. Students gain experience in recognizing conflict and dealing with situations that commonly arise in their personal and professional lives.

Students also explore the principles underlying negotiations and practice techniques commonly used. Throughout the course, students will be analyzing, crafting and polishing their presentation skills through a program of giving and receiving feedback from their peers and the instructor.

AP 310 Farmland Evaluation – 3 credits. This course provides theory and practice in farmland assessment according to Alberta Municipal Affairs Assessment Standards Guideline. It includes the evaluation of farmland in relation to soils, climate, and productivity factors. The course provides training in soil evaluation to a level that students can successfully use the Alberta Municipal Affairs farmland assessment manual. The preparation of assessment reports and interpretation of aerial photographs, soil surveys, and county maps will be considered.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions AP 320 Assessment Principles – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of the property assessment and taxation system in Alberta. Advanced topics that govern assessment/taxation in both urban and rural jurisdictions are presented. Students are introduced to various aspects of provincial and local governmental responsibilities.

Prerequisites: AP 310 and AP 344. Co-requisite: AP 444.

AP 330 Foundations of Real Estate Appraisal – 3 credits. This course offers a comprehensive coverage of all concepts and principles of real property appraising, together with the technical skills required of the applications of basic principles in practice. The course focuses on residential appraisal and cost estimating techniques used in the appraisal field and an introduction to income property appraisal. The student completes a residential property appraisal on a single family dwelling. Co-requisite: CT 402.

AP 331 Real Estate Investment Appraisal and Advanced Income Appraisal – 3 credits.

Valuation techniques for real estate are examined, including the income method of appraisal, tax consequences of real property ownership, and portfolio analysis methodology. Prerequisite: AC 230 or consent of instructor in cases where AC 230 is being taken concurrently.

AP 344 Statistical and Computer Applications in Valuation – 3 credits. This course teaches the fundamentals of exploratory data analysis and real property valuation.

Practical uses of statistical and computer applications in determining and analyzing real estate value are explored. This is done by examining case studies and doing hands on computer work on student owned laptops, using the statistical package, SPSS. Prerequisite: MA 201.

AP 443 Real Property Assessment Administration – 3 credits. This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of the real property assessment system for taxation and its administration. Topics include property tax, assessment law, organizational structure, records and data systems, quality insurance and the application of mapping and GIS (Geographic Information Systems). Co-requisite: AP 330.

AP 444 Computer Assisted Mass Appraisal – 3 credits. This is an advanced hands- on course in which students continue to use their laptops and the SPSS statistical package to develop cost and direct sales computer assisted mass appraisal (CAMA) models. Topics include more complex modeling and valuation techniques such as nonlinear programming and neural network. The integration of GIS (Geographic Information Systems) and CAMA (Computer Assisted Mass Appraisal) is also studied.

Prerequisites: AP 344 and MA 201.

ART H 101 Introduction to the History of Art I – 3 credits. Introduction to Western Art and Design to the end of the 14th century by analysis of selected works and movements.

Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

ART H 102 Introduction to the History of Art II – 3 credits. Introduction to Western Art and Design from the 15th century to the present by analysis of selected works and movements.

Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

ASL 101 American Sign Language Level I Part A – 3 credits. Students are introduced to American Sign Language (ASL), its culture, and to the community of Deaf persons who use this language. Students learn how to have basic conversations as well as use appropriate behaviours with the Deaf culture.

ASL 102 American Sign Language Level I Part B – 3 credits. This course is a continuation of ASL 101. Prerequisite: ASL 101.

ASL 201 American Sign Language Level II Part A – 3 credits. In this course, students are encouraged to talk about people in a more abstract way than ASL 101 and 102 and talk about the environment removed from the classroom. This course focuses on the development of receptive and expressive skills. Prerequisite: ASL 102.

ASL 202 American Sign Language Level II Part B – 3 credits. In this course, students are encouraged to talk about people in a more abstract way than ASL 101 and 102 and talk about the environment removed from the classroom. This course focuses on the development of ASL receptive and expressive skills. Prerequisite: ASL 102.

ASL 300 American Sign Language Level III – 6 credits. In this course, students learn about how Deaf people use ASL in different types of discourses. The material presented focuses on building narrative skills, moving from an informal to a more formal presentation, developing language skills needed to explain ideas, concepts, illustrate how things work and why things are the way they are. This course concludes by translating written texts into ASL. Prerequisite: ASL 202.

BA 111 Consumer Education – 3 credits. This course deals with developing skills to assist students to become independent and functioning in the marketplace. Topics explored are banking, budgeting, shopping, and living independently.

BA 120 Organizational Behaviour – 3 credits. This course looks at the behaviour of individuals and groups in organizational settings in terms of various theories and models, and examines how such behaviour can be modified to improve organizational efficiency and effectiveness. Case studies, exercises, and role-plays drawn from real life are used to illustrate the principles involved.

BA 170 Salesmanship – 3 credits. This course deals with the concepts, qualities and skills required of a salesperson. Development of sales presentations and role-playing are used Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

to practice sales techniques. The importance of the sales function to an organization’s success is emphasized, as well as the rewards and duties of the professional salesperson.

BA 171 Salesmanship and Sales Management – 3 credits. This course is an examination of the personal qualities and skills required of the salesperson and the sales manager. This course includes exploration of the motivations underlying the buying decision, the techniques and theory utilized in the preparation of the sales presentation, and a review of the elements of a sales plan as it relates to the supervision of the sales department. Role-playing and computer-based models are used to demonstrate sales and leadership techniques.

BA 215 Small Business Management – 3 credits. This course covers basic principles and practices related to establishment and operation of a small business. Basic marketing, financial control systems, accounting requirements and personnel obligations are reviewed.

BA 222 Agribusiness Management – 2 credits. This course provides an in-depth study of farm and/or ranch financial planning. Students complete a business plan for an actual or proposed farm or ranching business. Prerequisite: AE 230.

BA 250 E-Commerce – 3 credits. This course looks at e-commerce from a managerial perspective. Topics include: intranet and extranet technologies, retailing (B2C), B2B, payment systems, corporate strategy, public policy, and global and ethical issues.

BA 333 Agribusiness Simulation – 3 credits. This course bridges the gap between learned theory and applied practices. Students are able to utilize a software program and make decisions as agricultural business managers in a team environment. Leadership, management practices, human resources, and marketing are all covered.

BA 440 Financial Management I – 3 credits. The objective of financial management is to provide the student with a basic understanding of the process of raising funds and their most profitable allocation within a business enterprise. Topics include financial markets, taxation, financial statement analysis, sources and valuation of debt and equity, fundamental capital budgeting, leverage and risk management. Prerequisites: AC 130 and MA 101.

BA 470 Business Case Studies – 3 credits. The goal of this course is to prepare students to be managers. A number of currently emphasized management topics are presented and integrated within the traditional framework of functions and systems. Lectures and case discussions are employed to explore topics in planning, organizing, influencing, controlling and managing in the future. Prerequisite: AC 130.

BA 530 Special Projects I – 3 credits. The objective of this course is to give advanced students the opportunity to explore the limits of their abilities, and to experience the risks, the accomplishments, and the rewards of doing something of major importance by oneself.

The student, with guidance from the instructor, develops a business project. The project can range from an actual industrial situation to an academic study.

BA 540 Financial Management II – 3 credits. The objective of this second course in financial management is a continued emphasis of prerequisite concepts with further study in the areas of advanced capital budgeting, financing mix, dividend policy, working capital management, mergers, and international financial management. Prerequisite: BA 440.

BA 546 Small Business Management – 3 credits. This course covers the fundamentals of successfully managing and operating a small business. Emphasis is on planning and strategy in the areas of operation, finance and marketing. Instruction involves a combination of lectures, discussions and projects. Prerequisite: None, however, some background in accounting is recommended.

BA 548 Small Business II – 3 credits. This course is based on a simulation game that applies theoretical concepts to a reality-based scenario. Emphasis is on gaining hands-on experience in operating and managing a small service business. Students gain practical skills in a controlled environment. Prerequisite: BA 546.

BA 572 Business Affairs Seminar – 3 credits. This course deals with topics of current concern in the business world. Topics may vary depending on the specialized interests of the class. Projects are assigned for presentation and discussion. A portion of the course is dedicated to developing and/or improving students’ networking and business etiquette skills. Opportunities to build a job search program supplement the course.

BA 640 Management Information Systems – 3 credits. In this course, students examine current practice in the areas of planning and control of data processing, selection of processing facilities, and dissemination of information within a business enterprise. Topics include systems analysis, data warehouses, artificial intelligence, networks, emerging technologies and computer based applications, cost/benefit analysis and case studies.

Concurrently the students are taught PowerPoint and/or advanced spreadsheets and do exercises on the Internet. Prerequisite: CU 248.

BA 646 Operations Management – 3 credits. A study of manufacturing and service processes - characteristics, implications for management, and the dynamics of change within a global business environment. Issues of technology, productivity and utilization of resources are explored. Topics include production, facilities, processes, technology and capacity, transportation, service, quality, planning, human resources and project management. The impact of Japanese management techniques is emphasized.

Prerequisite: MA 201.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

113

Course Descriptions BA 650 Investments – 3 credits. This is a comprehensive course covering all aspects of investment in Canada with special emphasis on bonds, equities, and derivatives. Analytical tools for evaluation of investment alternatives are also covered. This is a Canadian Institute of Financial Planning course with a national exam. It is one of the academic requirements for obtaining the CFP designation.

BA 656 Leadership and Supervision – 3 credits. This first-line management course covers a wide spectrum of topics dealing with how management sees the supervisor, how supervisors see themselves, and how supervisors lead. This course covers planning, control, communications, motivation, training, appraisal, discipline, selection, safety and other relevant topics. By course completion, participants should have a well-rounded understanding of theory and practical application of leadership and supervision.

Prerequisite: BA 120.

BA 661 Human Resource Management – 3 credits. A comprehensive examination is made of the elements of the management of an organization’s human resource and personnel function. Areas of focus include human resource planning, recruitment and selection, orientation and training, compensation and benefits, and labour relations and safety.

Prerequisite: BA 120.

BA 670 Financial Markets and Institutions – 3 credits. This course examines the important roles that money, banking, financial markets and financial institutions play in the Canadian economy. Students gain an in-depth understanding of the key economic and financial concepts associated with financial markets, monetary policy and financial institutions. In particular, students acquire an appreciation of the mandate of the Bank of Canada and the operations of the banking and non-banking institutions as well as their economic and legislative environment. Students also become familiar with the major international markets and institutions. Prerequisite: EC 211 BES 301-1 Public Safety Awareness – 1 credit. Course under development.

BES 301-3 OH&S Programs Development and Organization – 1 credit. This module is intended to provide students with a broad overview of current practices and terminology in the field of Occupational Health and Safety. It begins with a class discussion of the factors that promote a safety culture in emergency services, and how to use driving forces as leverage to implement a better safety program in the workplace. Students share their opinions on the importance of occupational health and safety training, the process of identifying and assessing hazards, hazard control, and potential improvement in working conditions. In the second objective, students investigate legislation regarding OH&S training, information on safety audits, and components of a Safety Management System.

They then develop a matrix for recurrent training in their area of emergency services.

Following that, students share their thoughts on an effective Safety Management System, including the relationship between management and Safety Management Systems, safety culture, and the impact of worker buy-in and the collaborative process on Safety Management Systems. Finally, students develop a PowerPoint presentation of a suggested Safety Management System. The proposed system consists of improved processes and newly developed components for identifying and controlling risk in the workplace. Students synthesize the information and ideas from related readings and discussions in the module.

The PowerPoint presentation aims to convince fellow workers at all levels to accept the proposed Safety Management System.

BES 311-1 Microeconomics – 1 credit. Microeconomics provides the learner with the analytical techniques needed to analyze and understand consumer behaviour, the production decisions of a firm, market structures, and the market price mechanism.

BES 311-2 Macroeconomics – 1 credit. This module examines the broad topic of Macroeconomics from both theoretical and practical perspectives. The examination begins with an overview of the economic role of the government in the economy with an emphasis on the banking system, including a discussion on how the Federal Bank controls the supply of money. The inter-relationships between government and financial interest groups, in both qualitative and quantitative terms, is reviewed with a special focus being given to the forecasting of future economic trends. The causes and effects of unemployment and inflation are investigated along with their relationships to the economy. Finally, the controversies surrounding the differing economic perspectives, as they relate to business activities, is researched with an analysis of the consequences such controversies may have on decisions being made at the local level in Emergency Services organizations.

Following this exploration and discussion, students are required to submit a document as their final project that describes the actions necessary to protect local agencies in times of unexpected fluctuations in the national economy. Throughout the module, emphasis is placed on national policy making and its impact on provincial/state and local economies.

Additional topics include national income accounting, inflation models, employment theory, and business cycles. Prerequisite: BES 311-1.

BES 320-1 Fire Inspections & Legal Aspects – 1 credit. This course focuses on the organization of local government, the law making process at the local, provincial, and federal level; the functions of other bureaus, agencies and organizations; and their roles and responsibilities that relate to the fire service. Students learn to prepare recommendations for changes to an existing policy or procedure; to determine the point of origin and preliminary cause of a fire; and to describe the procedures for conducting fire inspections.

114

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

BES 325-1 Ethics for Emergency Services Managers – 1 credit. This module examines the concept of ethics from both theoretical and practical perspectives. It begins with basic ethics concepts, including students’ personal view of ethics and the ethical dilemmas that are of interest to them. In groups, students discuss their interpretation of the four ethical principles covered in the text and other ethical principles in relation to their work and personal life. Based on individual and group work, each student develops a position paper that spans the student’s definition of ethics, the definition of principles of ethics and ethical standards related to their area of emergency services. Students apply ethics principles and develop standards for improving ethical practice in their areas of emergency services. Finally, students discuss in group and in class, how they are to apply ethics in their area of emergency services. Prerequisites: BES 344-1, BES 355-1, BES 370-2 and BES 370-3.

BES 330-1 Statistics for Administrators – 1 credit. This module covers basic statistical concepts, methods used for tabular or graphic presentation of data, and numerical data interpretation for decision-making. Students discuss the techniques and issues associated with the graphic and tabular presentation of data in relation to their specific areas of emergency services. Using raw data, they create desired tables and graphs. Finally, students learn introductory approaches/techniques in probability.

BES 340-1 Accounting Principles – 1 credit. This module introduces some basic concepts in accounting, and applies concepts and principles required to prepare financial statements. Topics in this module include the goals and uses of accounting, general accounting principles, the function of the accounting equation, and the preparation of financial statements.

BES 340-2 Financial Statement Analysis – 1 credit. This module completes the accounting cycle, introduces financial statement analysis and then applies analytical tools to examine financial statements and related data for making informed business decisions.

Topics in this module include the preparation of financial statements, completion of the closing process, use of internal control, examination of tools of financial statement analysis. Prerequisite: BES 340-1.

BES 340-3 Capital Budgeting – 2 credits. This module introduces students to some basic concepts and methods related to the format and calculation of cash flow statements within the context of the expenditure allocation, authorization, and monitoring process. Students discuss capital budgeting, and, in particular, methods of analyzing alternative long-term investments. Students also solve capital budgeting problems by applying relevant methods and techniques. Prerequisites: BES 340-1 and BES 340-2.

BES 341-1 Interpersonal Communications – 1 credit. This module begins with a review of the principles, theories, models and terminology of the communication process. Students learn how to discern the communication styles of others and the factors that influence this perception. Finally, students are guided through the causes of workplace conflict and given strategies and techniques to employ for improved communication conflict resolution.

BES 341-2 Crisis Communications – 2 credits. This module focuses on a specific type of workplace communication - crisis communications. In the event of a workplace crisis, specific sets of principles need to be in place to ensure all stakeholders have accurate information, and the public trust is maintained. This module identifies those principles, and provides information to be used in development of a crisis communications plan (CCP). Prerequisites: BES 341-1, BES 370-1 and BES 370-3.

BES 341-3 Public Relations/Media Skills for Managers - 1 credit. This module begins with a theoretical examination of public relations and media issues. Students discuss how to represent their organization effectively in the community, basing the discussion on the readings and work experience. Following that, students discuss how to promote their organizations in the community. Students learn why they need to promote their organizations, what resources are necessary, how to motivate the public to act on public safety issues, and what leadership role they may play in public relations. Students develop a PowerPoint presentation on developing promotional materials and write a position paper on involving the community through relevant strategies and tactics. Students develop their position paper incorporating ideas shared in class discussions in this module as well as the theories and learning activities covered in BES 341-2 and in other earlier modules.

Finally, students discuss their thoughts on how to involve the community for public relations purposes.

BES 341-4 Critical Incident Stress Management – 1 credit. This module provides learners with a broad overview of the subject of critical incident stress in emergency services workers. Learners examine the practical application of the concepts, principles, models, including the CISM model, and issues related to crisis interventions and programs for the management of critical incident stress.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions BES 344-1 Human Resource Management for Emergency Services – 1 credit. This module provides an overview of the relationship between human resources and the strategic management of an organization, beginning with the goals and responsibilities of human resources management. Students expand on this topic by examining other related aspects of human resources management (HRM), including fundamental HRM techniques, management development approaches, and performance strategies. These topics may be viewed as conceptual levers through which organizational change may be facilitated. Students participate in a number of individual and group projects that provide opportunities to develop sensitivity to organizational life, as well as develop effective personnel decision-making skills at the managerial level.

BES 344-2 Legal Issues in Emergency Services – 1 credit. This module looks at subject matters important to emergency service members who may serve in a management capacity that deals with law. The following subjects are addressed: History of the Law, Types of Law, How is Law Developed and the Canadian Court System, the Law of Tort.

BES 344-3 Labour Relations/Contract Law – 1 credit. This elective module helps the candidate understand union relations in an emergency service organization. The course is broken into five areas for discussion and information - history of Canadian labour movement and goal of unions, structures of union, labour-management relations, the bargaining process and administering the collective agreement.

BES 346-1 Operations Management Quantitative Analysis – 1 credit.

BES 346-2 Operations Management Qualitative Analysis – 1 credit.

BES 355-1 Emergence Services Management – 1 credit. This module looks at management competencies and skills required in organizational settings, in terms of various theories and models, and examines how such skills can be applied to improve management effectiveness. Case studies and exercises drawn from real life are used to illustrate the principles involved. Students examine the functions of management within organizations by reflecting on management competencies, the use of reward systems in the motivation of staff behaviour and change management. Students also further examine management competencies by ranking them in relation to the relevance and applicability to the workplace management of specific sectors. Finally, students analyze the environment within which organizations operate and explore the implementation of change, and conduct a case study drawn from real life.

BES 355-2 Emergency Services Administration Planning & Policy – 1 credit. This module focuses on the processes required to efficiently and effectively develop an action plan to deal with issues in emergency services administration planning and policy. Students are required to network through the Internet to plan, discuss, review, and complete their final project in small groups. They are to develop a preamble for their action plan individually.

They are then assigned to work in groups to develop a final preamble and policy/issue document on the basis of their individual preambles. During the development of this document each student is to share her/his experience in networking and collaborative working experience online with the class. Each group is to review the policy/issue document developed by another group, and subsequently share their personal experience. Students will continue to work in groups and complete their final version of the policy/issue document following the review by another group. Then they will summarize their personal experience in working collaboratively through the Internet. Prerequisites: BES 344-1, BES 355-1, BES 370-2 and BES 370-3.

BES 355-3 Strategic Management I – 1 credit. This module examines the broad topic of Strategic Management from both theoretical and practical perspectives. The examination begins with an overview of the definition, role, and functions of strategic management in an emergency services environment, with an initial emphasis on the processes of determining the various elements that have significant effects on productivity. Secondly, the processes of determining which of these elements different organizations might choose to collect and analyze (given the multi-dimensional nature of strategic management) is assessed. Consideration is given to establishing, from both the management and staff perspective, whether altering, implementing new, or maintaining the integrity of existing operational plans and/or procedures results in the most significant improvements in productivity. Following this exploration and discussion, students are required to submit a strategic management position paper that details strategic, tactical, and operational plans which are designed to improve the level of productivity at a chosen emergency services organization. An emphasis is placed on developing methods for uncovering and resolving the primary issues that are responsible for the failure of well made plans: individuals who have been charged with carrying out the tasks detailed in strategic plans who are unwilling and/or unable to implement, execute, and/or maintain the required operations.

Prerequisites: BES 356-1, BES 356-2 and BES 370-1.

BES 355-4 Strategic Management II – 1 credit. This module examines (as did BES 355-3 Strategic Management I) the broad topic of Strategic Management from both theoretical and practical perspectives. The examination picks up where BES 355-3 left off, with a more detailed look at the implementation and management phases of the strategic plan.

Where Strategic Management I looks at the various elements which have significant effects on productivity, then attempts a determination of which of the elements different organizations might choose to collect and analyze, Strategic Management II focuses on Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

monitoring, reviewing, and assessing the operation, via these chosen elements, of an existing strategic plan. Following the initial exploration and discussion of the above, students are confronted with the requirement (in both discussion and paper format) of both “quantitative” and “case analysis” adjustments of a strategic plan that has experienced unexpected alteration, which, if unchallenged, will result in serious reduction in productivity. The Case Analysis paper impels students to imagine the various scenarios that might be responsible for the causes and effects of the “unexpected alteration” of the strategic plan, and then to suggest alterations to the existing plan that will put the organization back on track.

BES 356-1 Strategic Business Planning – 2 credits. This module provides an overview of the planning function, beginning with the objectives in a (strategic) business plan.

Students expand on this topic by analyzing their organization’s strengths and limitations in providing services. Students then analyze the trends their organizations may face and identify corresponding strategies. As a final product, students develop a strategic business plan. Students have the options of working collaboratively or independently to develop the strategic business plan. Prerequisites: BES 340-1, BES 340-2 and BES 340-3.

BES 356-2 Resource Management – 1 credit. This module provides an overview of resource management. It begins with a look at physical resource management, with an emphasis on inventories management. Students discuss the mechanism, process, techniques and issues in inventories management in relation to their specific areas of emergency services. They identify the benefits and drawbacks of keeping inventories, and study the management systems for acquiring and allocating inventories. Students examine the management of inventories practiced at their respective workplaces. Finally, students conduct a case study of a natural disaster. They explore possible avenues in which proper resource management could have mitigated the effects of the disaster, and apply concepts of resource management to dealing with a similar natural disaster in their workplace.

BES 356-3 Risk Management – 1 credit. This module examines the broad based concepts of risk management. The module is designed to impart the essential knowledge and understanding for the practical application of risk management in emergency services.

It will raise awareness of risk management principles, systems, processes and tools that are fundamental elements supporting a solid risk management plan. A high level understanding of the emergence of integrated risk management programs for emergency services will be developed. The module will demonstrate the importance of key elements of an integrated risk management program such as: a modern flexible risk-based approach for an all-hazards department, the value of a holistic method to risk identification and management and the alignment of risk management with the organization’s vision, mission, values and strategies.

BES 362 Emergency Preparedness and Response – 3 credits. This course introduces the learner to the systems approach to EMS/Fire Incident Management. Topics covered include developing an incident control plan including how to assess the incident, takig control and making operational decisions, managing resource requirements in accordance with control requirements and implementing the control plan. P/F. Prerequisites: Introduction to Incident Command Systems 100 (ID#1-ICSEP), Incident Command Systems 200 (ID#2-ICSEP), Basic Emergency Management (BEM).

BES 370-1 Personal Performance Management – 1 credit. This module examines the broad concept of performance management and coaching from both theoretical and practical perspectives. It begins with a theoretical examination of overseeing work priorities of others. Based on the readings and work experience, students identify a personal performance issue that needs to be addressed. Students are to review the process of developing and maintaining personal performance, including work priorities, physical, and emotional health. Students explore different approaches to addressing personal performance issues. They learn how to manage staff through coaching, including the rationale for doing so, the relation between coaching and leadership, and the possibility of modelling high standards of personal performance. Following the exploration and discussion, students submit a document as their final project that describes the sources and methods for performance review in an area of emergency services. Through these sources and methods, the document illustrates how the identified personal performance issue may be addressed. Prerequisites: BES 344-1, BES 355-1, BES 370-2 and BES 370-3.

BES 370-2 Organizational Behaviour – 1 credit. This module begins with the theory of individual behaviour, values, and personality, with a view to understanding how elements of personality may influence personal responses to the organizational environment.

Students examine the key elements of organizational behaviour and their relation to organizational effectiveness. Students also look at organizational structure and its relationship with organizational success. Finally, students explore the constructive use of conflict, politics, and power for an organization’s success.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

115

Course Descriptions BES 370-3 Team Leadership & Development – 1 credit. This module examines the broad concept of leadership from both theoretical and practical perspectives. It spans from an examination of the common traits and styles of leadership, to the application of these competencies, and to leading effective teams and organizations. The module begins with an introduction to leadership competencies, and different leadership styles. Students distinguish leadership from management, and learn how to use their leadership knowledge and skills effectively. Then, they examine teams, groups, and communities of practice, and look at team development issues. At the end of this module, students have a conceptual sense of leadership, important insights into themselves as leaders, an enhanced ability to understand and map the context in which leadership is to be exerted, and practical ideas about leading change.

BES 375-1 Future of Leadership – 1 credit. This module looks at key leadership traits, competencies and skills required in Emergency Services organizational settings, in terms of various theories and models, and examines how such skills can be applied to improve organizational effectiveness. Case studies and exercises drawn from real life are used to illustrate the principles involved. Learners examine the various leadership theories from past and current ones to new leadership concepts for the 21st century.

BES 380-1 Critical Thinking – 1 credit. The intent of this course is to improve students’ ability to think. This course provides an overview of the skills and dispositions crucial to the development and application of critical thinking. Students determine the importance of critical thinking on a personal, professional, and global scale. Alternative categories of thinking that contribute to sound reasoning and comprehensive thinking skills are examined.

BES 380-2 Reflective Thinking – 1 credit. This module builds on the concepts and principles introduced in BES 380-1 Critical Thinking. Students continue to use all the critical thinking skills but focus on the skill of self-regulation and its attendant skill, metacognition. This is the final module of the BAppBus: ES program and is intended to provide students the opportunity to reflect on their program and cohort learning experience.

Prerequisites: BES 380-1, BES 400 and all BAppBus ES Core Modules.

BES 400 B.App.Bus: ES Practicum I – 15 credits. Credits are earned by working fulltime as an employee of an Emergency Services employer for 16 weeks, being paid while performing professional emergency services tasks and satisfying specific competencies and other requirements as identified in the sections below; specifically Evaluation Procedures per the course/unit calendar, as well as those conditions specified in a Practicum Agreement and the job description of that Practicum. Prerequisites: 19 B.App. Bus.: Emergency Services Core Modules.

BES 410 B.App.Bus: ES Practicum II – 15 credits. Credits are earned by working fulltime as an employee of an Emergency Services employer for 16 weeks, being paid while performing professional emergency services tasks and satisfying specific competencies and other requirements as identified in the sections below, specifically Evaluation Procedures per the Course/Unit Calendar, as well as those conditions specified in a Practicum Agreement and the job description of that Practicum. Prerequisites: BES 400 and 19 core B.App.Bus: E.S. modules.

BI 020 Biology 20 – 5 credits. This is an introductory course designed to acquaint the student with current theories in biology. Students study equilibrium in the biosphere energy and ecosystems, adaptation and change, as well as energy and matter in cells. Organs and organ systems in humans introduced. Prerequisite: SC 010.

BI 030 Biology 30 – 5 credits. This is a continuation of Biology 11. Areas of study include the endocrine, nervous, sensory, and reproductive systems in humans; asexual and sexual cell reproduction; genes and heredity; chromosomal theory; DNA and protein synthesis. Population genetics and change in populations and communities are studied.

Prerequisite: BI 020.

BI 099 College Biology Preparation for Environmental Sciences – 3 credits. This course will prepare students who have not had high school biology for study in the biology related courses of Environmental Sciences at Lakeland College.

BI 110 Ecology and Field Biology – 3 credits. This course introduces fundamental ecological principles and concepts, emphasizing organisms and their environments as well as the techniques for the analysis of the structure and function of these systems. Lectures cover topics through the various ecological levels from the individual, population and communities through to a larger environmental scope of ecosystems and global ecology.

Time is spent in the field studying plant and animal relationships in local community types using standard field equipment. Prerequisite: Biology 30.

BI 165 Introduction to Natural History – 3 credits. BI 165 deals with select aspects of Natural History and presents basic concepts of Physical Geography to develop a foundation for an understanding of the physical environment. Students are introduced to Natural History as a broad field of study and tool for field work. The foundations of the course address a systems concept that is applied to investigation of the physical and biological components of the Earth system. Course content is applied to select environments with specific relevance to the ATOR industry. Extended field experiences are incorporated early in the course to solidify foundational knowledge and begin skill development in observation, inquiry and field records. In addition, students complete lab investigations (field and 116

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

research) of plants, rocks, and wildlife for identification purposes. Students are exposed to a wide range of concepts and perspectives associated with natural history in order to better develop and deliver high quality ATOR experiences.

BI 205 Limnology: Lakes & Rivers – 3 credits. This course covers various physical, chemical, and biological properties of both standing and running freshwater systems.

Students are introduced to various techniques used in the collection and analysis of limnological data, and how to use these data to assess the health of freshwater ecosystems. Prerequisites: BI 110 and BO 120.

BI 210 Forestry Ecology – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to forest ecology and ecological forest management. Emphasis is placed on forest ecosystem function and the impacts of industry and other land-use on forests at a landscape scale. Topics include dendrology, ecological disturbance, forest biodiversity, forest management techniques, approaches to forest restoration, and reclamation criteria for forested areas. Field trips and labs are used to develop field skills in tree and shrub identification, timber cruising, stand assessment, and ecosystem classification. Prerequisites: BI 110 and BO 120.

BI 255 Veterinary Microbiology – 3 credits. This is a lecture and lab course with two components. The first section studies the biology of microorganisms. The second section studies the biology of viruses and mycology. Isolation and identification, as well as relationship to disease are discussed. Prerequisites: A grade of C in the lecture and a grade of C in the lab portion is required in this course to progress to VE 333 Small Animal Health and Applied Nutrition and VE 365 QLA/Applied Microbiology.

BI 265 Natural History – 3 credits. BI 265 continues to develop the students’ knowledge gained in BI 165 of environmental sciences and physical geography expanding on the range of disciplines and topics of study. The primary focus of the course is the interrelationships between the biotic and abiotic communities investigated through an ecology “lens”. The content includes key ecological concepts and applications to select Biomes, Ecozones and Ecoregions - ranging from global to regional perspectives. In addition to ongoing course work, students complete a field lab during the ATOR expedition, a major reading assignment, a research investigation, and are challenged to develop a personal “ecological position”. The knowledge and skills developed in this course enhances students’ ability to package and deliver ATOR services. Prerequisite: BI 165.

BI 270 Managing Rangeland Ecosystems – 3 credits. A study of rangeland ecology, this course focuses on soil-plant-animal-water interactions in rangeland ecosystems.

Basic factors determining survival and competitive strategy of range plants are studied in detail. Sound range management strategies designed to ensure ecosystem stability and sustainability are emphasized. Considerable time is spent in lab learning to key and identify native plants. Prerequisite: BO 120.

BI 290 Revegetation Management – 3 credits. This course provides an intensive practical study of the determinants of revegetation success. Emphasis is placed on study of the factors affecting germination, emergence, establishment and longevity of plant stands.

The course includes a review of practical and specialized revegetation methods and strategies. Prerequisites: BO 120 and SO 210.

BI 317 Riparian and Wetland Management – 3 credits. This course is a study of riparian and wetland ecosystems. The various wetland types are described, emphasizing the processes and functions involved in the overall health and stability of the ecosystems.

Topics include wetland plants, vegetation and community identification, riparian health and inventory for wetlands and rivers, and a discussion of conservation, water, and biodiversity issues. Impacts from disturbances such as industry, grazing, and recreation are discussed, emphasizing management strategies that promote the health of riparian and wetland ecosystems. Considerable time in the field and lab is spent studying vegetation and organisms associated with wetlands. Prerequisites: BI 270 and BO 120.

BI 338 Vegetation Sampling Techniques – 3 credits. This course focuses on sampling techniques, including rare plant surveys, for a variety of habitats including grasslands, forested lands, wetlands, and disturbed lands. Vegetation measurements such as productivity, utilization, cover, density, and frequency are compared. Methodology, sample size, techniques, and procedural issues for required outcomes in various habitats are investigated. Considerable time is spent in the field and on field trips applying principles and techniques of sampling discussed in lecture. Prerequisite: BO 120.

BI 405 Bioassays and Biomonitoring – 3 credits. This course is designed to introduce the student to various concepts and techniques associated with environmental biomonitoring, the analysis of samples collected during biomonitoring work, and the analysis of environmental samples using bioassay tests. Current methods used by environmental monitoring agencies and laboratories for the detection of pollutants are emphasized.

Prerequisite: BI 205.

BIOCH 200 Introductory Biochemistry – 3 credits. An introduction to the fundamental principles of biochemistry. Protein structure and function; lipids and the structure of biological membranes; nucleotide and the structure of nucleic acids; bioenergetics and the metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, and nitrogen; the integration and regulation of cellular metabolism. Prerequisites: CHEM 101 and 161.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions BIOL 107 Introduction to Cell Biology – 3 credits. An introduction to cell structure and function. Major topics include the molecules and structures that comprise prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells, the mechanisms by which energy is harvested and used by cells, how cells reproduce, and how information is stored and used within a cell via the processes of DNA replication, transcription, and translation. Prerequisites: Biology 30 and Chemistry 30 or equivalent. (Note: BIOL 107 is not a prerequisite for BIOL 108.)

BIOL 108 Introduction to Biological Diversity – 3 credits. Examines the major lineages of life on Earth. Overview of evolutionary principles and classification, the history of life, and the key adaptations of prokaryotes, protists, fungi, plants, and animals. Laboratories survey the diversity of biological form and function, and introduce students to data collection and scientific writing. Prerequisite: Biology 30 or equivalent. (Note: BIOL 107 is not a prerequisite for BIOL 108).

BIOL 207 Molecular Genetics and Heredity – 3 credits. The chromosomal and molecular basis for the transmission and function of genes. The construction of genetic and physical maps of genes and genomes. Strategies for the isolation of specific genes. Examples of regulatory mechanisms for the expression of the genetic material in both prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Prerequisite: BIOL 107.

BIOL 208 Principles of Ecology – 3 credits. Ecology is the scientific study of interactions between organisms and their environment in a hierarchy of levels of organization: individuals, populations, communities, and ecosystems. Provides a comprehensive survey of general concepts that can stand alone or serve as preparation for advanced courses in ecology. Labs emphasize the collection, analysis, and interpretation of data from ecological experiments and field studies to illustrate and complement the lecture material. Examples are drawn from a broad range of organisms and systems. Prerequisite: BIOL 108.

BO 120 Field Botany and Plant Taxonomy – 3 credits. This course focuses on the study of native plants within the Central Parkland and Boreal Forest. Emphasis of study is on collection, identification, morphology, and classification of the flora within local communities. Students are introduced to fundamental concepts of botany such as morphology, anatomy, and taxonomy. Fundamental ecological principles directly related to the plant communities studied are also introduced. Students obtain practical field experience in plant community relationships while collecting and preserving plants for further study. Students also spend considerable time in lab learning to use plant keys for classification and identifying plant species and families.

BOT 205 Fundamentals of Plant Biology – 3 credits. An overview of the diversity and biology of organisms traditionally included in the Plant Kingdom (algae, fungi, lichens, mosses, ferns, gymnosperms and flowering plants). Emphasis throughout the course is on the relationship between structural and functional innovations in plants and how these have influenced their reproduction and evolution in various ecosystems. Symbiosis and co-evolutionary relationships between or among different kinds of plants, and with other groups of organisms, are also considered. Prerequisite: BIOL 108.

CA 102 Carpenter Estimating – 2 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Carpenter Curriculum. The student learns math concepts that pertain directly to the carpentry trade in both metric and imperial systems. Topics covered include calculating perimeter, area, and volume. Students also develop estimating skills as related to foundation forms, concrete and floor systems.

Co-requisites: CA 103, CA 161, and CA 163.

CA 103 Carpenter Plans – 2 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Carpenter Curriculum. This course is a basic drafting course emphasizing orthographic projection and isometric drawings, sketching, plane geometry and blueprint reading. Co-requisites: CA 102, CA 161 and CA 163.

CA 161 Carpenter Shop – 5 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Carpenter Curriculum. This is an introductory course in carpentry tools including types of tools used in light and heavy construction industries, their application, advantages, disadvantages and safety requirements. This course is designed to acquaint the student with the hand and power tools necessary to carry on the trade of carpentry. The student learns the safe operation and use of hand and power tools, through lecture and practical experience, and building several shop projects.

CA 163 Carpenter Theory – 3 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Carpenter Curriculum. This course is designed to provide the student with an understanding of residential construction from basic building materials, site preparation and layout, equipment, and safety required to allow the student to safely and accurately work as a carpenter. Topics include a study of build-up place forms, low and high wall forms, pre-fabricated panel systems, the types of posts used to hold up building forms, bearing partitions, beams and girders and the floor joist system. Co-requisites: CA 102, CA 103, and CA 161.

CA 199 Pre-employment Carpenter Practicum – 3 credits. This course is a four-week block of work experience. At the completion of initial classroom studies, the student is assigned to a training position as a carpenter. The primary objective is to obtain the basic skills necessary to function safely in the workplace and complete assigned tasks. This practicum provides the student an opportunity to observe and contribute to the day-to-day Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

operations of a job site under normal operating conditions. P/F. Co-requisites: CA 102, CA 103, CA 161, CA 163, and SA 120.

CHEM 101 Introductory University Chemistry I – 3 credits. Atoms and molecules, states of matter, chemistry of the elements. Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 or equivalent.

CHEM 102 Introductory University Chemistry II – 3 credits. Rates of reactions, thermodynamics and equilibrium, electro-chemistry, modern applications of chemistry.

Prerequisite: CHEM 101.

CHEM 161 Organic Chemistry I – 3 credits. The study of basic molecular structure and reactivity of organic compounds based on their functional groups. Introduction to nomenclature, three dimensional structure, physical properties, and reactivity of compounds of carbon. Functional groups covered will emphasize alkanes, alkenes, alkynes, alkyl halides, alcohols, and some aromatics. Examples will include hydrocarbons (petroleum products), halogenated organic compounds (e.g. pesticides), and polymers of industrial importance which may be found in everyday life. Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 or equivalent.

CHEM 263 Organic Chemistry II – 3 credits. Continuation of the structural and chemical properties of the basic functional groups of organic compounds including alkynes, aromatic compounds, aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and their derivatives and amines. Illustration of these functional groups in natural products such as carbohydrates, amino acids and proteins, nucleic acids and lipids. Discussion of the application of spectroscopic methods for the structure determination in simple organic molecules.

Prerequisite: CHEM 161.

CLASS 110 The Ancient World – 3 credits. This course pays particular attention to the history of ancient Greece and Rome (both the Republic and the Empire). The course emphasizes the origin, nature and course of these civilizations and their relevance to modern times. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

CLASS 280 Introduction to Ancient Greek History – 3 credits. A historical survey of the civilization that shaped western culture, covering the history of the Greek world from its beginning in the Bronze Age through the Classical Period until the death of Alexander the Great. Greek history is examined in English translation, primarily through the eyes of the ancient historians Herodotus and Thucydides. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

CO 015 Communications 15 – 5 credits. This course helps students improve their writing, particularly of paragraphs; reading, particularly comprehension of factual material; speaking, both impromptu and prepared. Prerequisite: AB 010.

CO 025 Communications 25 – 5 credits. This course helps students improve their writing, especially of essays; reading, including comprehension, and an introduction to critical reading and literature; speaking, emphasizing prepared speeches for particular audiences.

Prerequisite: CO 015.

CO 030 English 30 – 5 credits. This course helps students improve their literacy analytical skills and their writing, speaking, and reading skills. It prepares students for courses in literature at a post-secondary level. Note: Students may choose to write the Alberta Diploma examination. Prerequisite: CO 025.

CO 033 Communications 30 – 5 credits. This course helps students improve their writing, especially of essays; reading, providing a choice for the student to develop skills in critical reading or literary analysis; and speaking, emphasizing prepared speeches for particular audiences. Prerequisite: CO 025.

CO 080 Grammar and Paragraph Review – 5 credits. This course helps students with previous English courses to improve their writing by focusing on grammar and paragraph writing. Prerequisite: CO 015.

CO 081 Reading Comprehension and Essay Review – 5 credits. This course helps students with previous English courses to improve their writing by focusing on reading comprehension and essay writing. Prerequisites: CO 025 or equivalent and CO 080.

CO 082 Research Essay Writing – 1 credit. This course helps students with previous English courses to improve their research skills and write essays using an acceptable documentation system. Prerequisites: CO 025 or equivalent and CO 081.

CO 102 Effective Business Communications – 3 credits. This course focuses on writing clear, concise reports as required by industry, as well as business correspondence in the form of emails, letters, memorandums and reports. The basic skills of grammar, punctuation, spelling, and sentence structure are emphasized.

CO 108 Interpersonal Communications – 3 credits. This course enhances the students’ understanding of the self and how to relate to others. Students examine basic components of personal awareness and interpersonal communication skills. Students work toward improved self-awareness, self-esteem and self-management in the transition to independence.

CO 109 Technical Communications and Computers – 6 credits. This course provides the students with the tools to communicate with co-workers, superiors and customers in the oil and gas industry. It includes an introduction to computer technology and Microsoft Office Suite 2007 software. Students are introduced to the basic features of Windows XP, Outlook, Word, Excel and PowerPoint. Writing clear, concise reports and business correspondence with correct grammar, punctuation, spelling and sentence structure are emphasized.

Oral presentation skills are also developed with particular attention paid to resume development and successful interview skills.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

117

Course Descriptions CO 114 Communications – 3 credits. This course enhances and strengthens the reading abilities of students, enabling them to deal with written material encountered daily in the community and the workplace.

CO 118 Communication Skills – 3 credits. This is a course in written communications focusing on the development of effective writing and critical reading skills. Course content includes essay, story or letter writing, as well as analytical reading.

CO 120 Effective Writing – 2 credits. This is a course in written communication focusing on effective writing skills. Course content includes paragraphs, essays, documented summaries, business letters, and letter/resume, with emphasis on the practical application of writing.

CO 125 Business English – 5 credits. This course is concerned specifically with understanding and applying the basic principles of grammar, applying the mechanics of style, and developing the ability to edit written material.

CO 131 Communications I – 3 credits. This is a course in written communications focusing on writing skills. The course content includes an introduction to paragraphs, essays, research papers, and business correspondence with an emphasis on the practical application for writing.

CO 138 Agricultural Communications – 3 credits. This is a course in oral and written communication as it relates to the agricultural community. Oral assignments focus on program specific topics, employment issues, and interview skills. Written assignments are all program specific and focus on literature searches, resumes, business letters, and report writing.

CO 140 Outdoor Photography – 3 credits. This course develops a base of knowledge focused on essential components of photography, including: exposure, metering, composition, and specific considerations for outdoor photography. Using digital cameras, students apply this knowledge through a series of progressive labs and the development of a photography portfolio. In completing course work, students prepare various presentation media and work with digital processing software. In addition, the course strives to develop an understanding of the applications of photography to the ATOR industry and the impact of image in communication. Prerequisite: CO 145.

CO 145 Tourism Communications – 3 credits. This course focuses on strengthening the student’s ability to communicate with guests, co-workers and employers in the tourism industry. Oral and written assignments are program specific and include research papers, resumé building, interviewing, creating and giving power-point presentations and creating employment portfolios.

CO 166 Scientific Writing & Computer Applications – 3 credits. This course explores fundamental approaches to scientific writing. Considerable time is spent discussing what constitutes critical content and how that content is effectively organized for a variety of documents used in the scientific industry. Strategies for efficient technical writing are emphasized for discipline-specific applications. Students become familiar with common computer software such as Microsoft Word, Excel, and PowerPoint. Prerequisite: Students are expected to already utilize proper grammar, punctuation and spelling, and have proficiency typing and using MS Word.

CO 170 Business Communications – 3 credits. The Effective Speaking portion of this course is designed to introduce speech making as an art and technology and to enhance the student’s ability to interact with employers, co-workers, clients and the public. This portion includes impromptu speeches, prepared presentations, and other program-specific assignments. Prerequisites: CO 125 and OA 130. In the writing portion of this course, students organize and compose acceptance business correspondence in accordance with current business writing practices. Emphasis is placed on sentence structure, spelling, punctuation, grammar and the editing of written material.

CO 180 Medical Terminology & Communications – 3 credits. Communication in the veterinary field is integral to client relations, to medical understanding, and the ability to perform within a hospital setting. The importance of both verbal and written communication is stressed. This course covers veterinary terminology, types of communications, effective communication, interpersonal skills, employability skills, and technical paper writing. Prerequisites: A minimum grade of C is required in this course to progress to CO 280 Business and Veterinary Communications.

CO 185 Business and Veterinary Communications I – 3 credits. Communication in the veterinary field is integral to client relations, to medical understanding, and the ability to perform within a hospital setting. The importance of both verbal and written communication is stressed. This course covers veterinary terminology, types of communications, effective communication, interpersonal skills, employability skills, and technical paper writing. This lab portion of this course reviews basic computer skills and internet use, including literature searches. The focus of the course is on the use of veterinary software programs. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C is required in this course to progress to CO 280 Business and Veterinary Communications. Students who fail to achieve either the C minimum score in the lecture components or the C minimum score in the laboratory components will receive a grade of D in the course.

118

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

CO 231 Communications II – 3 credits. Emphasis in this course is on writing and formatting a variety of business documents - letters, memos, proposals, instructions/ procedures, reports (informal, semiformal, formal) - and on developing a practical approach to solving business communications problems. Lectures, discussions, presentations, and individual and group assignments are used. Prerequisite: CO 131.

CO 250 Interpretation Principles – 3 credits. This course introduces students to the concept of heritage interpretation as a form of effective communication and a critical skill for success in the ATOR industry. In addition to connecting students to Tilden’s principles of interpretation, the course addresses the roots, purpose, value and functions of interpretation. The scope of this course includes the design and development of strategies, including creating a message that is focused on: a theme, organization, a relevant message and engaging methods of delivery. Students are introduced to a range of communication strategies, techniques, and media necessary to present both formal and informal interpretive opportunities. This course works to develop a base of knowledge and communication skills that work to enhance the leadership, instructional and learning opportunities associated with employment in the ATOR industry. Prerequisite: CO 145.

CO 255 Communications – 3 credits (45-0). Communicating effectively is an essential skill for working in any industry. CO 255 addresses the practice of communication skills within the business environment, including work with scientific literature, proposals and bids, estimates, scientific report writing, business administration details, and customer/ employee service.

CO 280 Business and Veterinary Communications – 2 credits. A continuation of CO 180, this course focuses on soft skills, such as interview skills and grief management, technical writing skills, as well as introduction to small business management. A portion of the course is a continuation of the usage of veterinary practice management computer software introduced in CO 180. Prerequisites: CO 180 and CU 195.

CO 350 Applied Interpretation Techniques – 3 credits. CO 350 is a direct extension of CO 250. This course focuses on the practical techniques used by educators, guides, and formal interpreters in planning and delivery of both personal and non-personal interpretive opportunities. In general, the course serves to further the student’s understanding of heritage interpretation through opportunities to apply the concept, principles, and keys to effective interpretation through a series of presentations and projects. Content extensions include interpretive delivery techniques and style, planning and evaluation interpretive opportunities, non-personal interpretation, and media design and development.

Prerequisite: CO 250.

CR 160 Plant Science and Field Crops – 3 credits. This course introduces the student to basic plant botany and the production of grain and oilseed crops in western Canada. The student will study plant physiology, the major plant parts and their role in plant growth and development. The students will discover what the major growth factors are for crops on the prairies and how they can affect these crops. They will combine this with specific best practices for the major grain and oilseed crops of western Canada.

CR 170 General Agronomy – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of plant science and soil science. Students study the parts of plants, their functions, and the management of common forage and field crop species. Students are introduced to soil science in the areas of soil formation, properties, classification, and conservation. The integration of soil properties and their management with forage and field crop management prepares the student for further study in agricultural production.

CR 216 Diversified Crop Production – 4 credits. This course focuses on the major agronomic practices in the management of various specialty crops. The practices include plant growth requirement, field operations, varietal considerations, and soil conservation measures.

CR 235 Range and Forage Crops – 3 credits. This course investigates the major agronomic practices in the management of forage crops including varieties, plant growth requirements, quality, processing and storage. The range management component of the course investigates the major plant and animal interactions, the effects of various grazing systems, and management practices available. The effects of management practices on plants, soil, water and economics are studied.

CR 242 Weed and Herbicide Management – 3 credits. This is a course in weed biology, ecology and identification. Cultural, biological and chemical management practices are discussed. Chemical make-up, mode of action and safe handling of herbicides is included.

CR 245 Insects and Diseases of Crops – 3 credits. This course is the study of crop pests, their identification, life cycles, effects on crops, and cultural, biological and chemical methods of management.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions CR 260 Integrated Crop Management – 3 credits. This course provides an overall view of Integrated Crop Management (ICM). ICM is a systematic approach to crop management in which all aspects of crop production are integrated to accomplish efficient crop production, while maintaining long term soil health and minimizing harmful impacts on the environment. Students build upon knowledge acquired previously in the traditional disciplines of soil and plant science and move towards the goal of improving their agronomic management skills. The course reviews the principle factors contributing to initial crop health: successful crop establishment, beneficial tillage practices, and appropriate crop rotations. The next area studied is building yield through the application of crop genetics and soil fertility management. A study of yield protection follows to provide an overview of the control methods available for weed, insect, and disease pests. Finally, students will study the application of up to date precision farming skills to complete their understanding of an ICM system. The course emphasizes the principles underlying ICM to provide the basis for understanding how ICM systems function, and how current and emerging technology can be used to develop and improve such systems. Prerequisite: Students are expected to be in the second year or third year of an Agricultural Sciences Program.

CT 402 Residential and Commercial Property Analysis – 3 credits. This is a first-level course designed for Appraisal and Assessment students who require a basic course in construction materials and theory. The course covers both interior and exterior materials with emphasis on residential, commercial and industrial construction, building codes and print reading. Also covered is an introduction to residential cost estimating and then a more in-depth study of commercial cost estimating techniques.

CU 010 Computers 10 – 5 credits. This course is designed for students who have had little or no previous experience with computers. Topics covered include hardware, software, operating systems, keyboarding, and word processing.

CU 020 Computers 20 – 5 credits. This course is designed for students who have completed Computers 10. Topics covered include current software (Excel, Simply Accounting, PowerPoint, Publisher) relevant to the student’s individual needs as well as keyboarding, word processing and use of the Internet. Prerequisite: CU 010.

CU 030 Computer Literacy 30 – 5 credits. Topics covered in this course include hardware, software, advanced operating systems, keyboarding, and word processing.

Prerequisite: CU 020.

CU 109 Exploring Computers – 1 credit. This course is designed for students to broaden their experience with computers. Basic computer literacy is covered, with time allotted for word processing, spreadsheet usage, presentation software, the Internet, and e-mail. P/F. CU 127 Introduction to Microcomputer Software – 3 credits. This course covers a combination of the following applications: file management (Windows), word processing (Word), spreadsheets (Excel) and presentations (PowerPoint). Where possible, Health and Human Services examples are used.

CU 135 Information Systems – 1 credit. This course is an introduction to computers and printers, common terminology and skills needed for reading commercial software documentation. Students are introduced to the basic features of word processing, presentation, and spreadsheet programs as well as to searching for and saving information from the Internet.

CU 143 Introduction to Excel – 3 credits. This course prepares the Office Administration student to use electronic spreadsheets in today’s offices.

CU 175 Computer Applications and Publishing – 2 credits. This course provides an introduction to basic computer terminology, hardware and business software applications.

Students will be introduced to the basic features of leading commercial software packages including word processing, spreadsheet, database and presentation programs. The Windows operating system, e-mail and the Internet will also be explored.

CU 195 Introduction to Veterinary Software – 2 credits. This course reviews basic computer skills and Internet use, including literature searches. The focus of the course is on the use of veterinary software programs. Prerequisites: A minimum grade of C is required in this course to progress to CO 280 Business and Veterinary Communications.

CU 198 Agricultural Computer Applications – 3 credits. This course provides an introduction to working with computers, and allows students to develop skills in word processing, spreadsheet and Internet applications. Students become familiar with proper file management techniques.

CU 248 Business Computer Applications – 3 credits. This course will cover a combination of the following computer applications: file management (Windows), word processing (Word), spreadsheets (Excel), and presentations (PowerPoint). More depth and application of topics will follow overviews of each individual application. Business topics will be stressed in examples used.

CU 260 Data Processing, Presentations and Integration – 2 credits. This course allows students to integrate computer applications. Students are introduced to the hands-on skills needed to create and use database management software in the business environment, using Microsoft Access. Students will also create presentations using Microsoft PowerPoint, incorporating fonts, graphics, and colours to create slides, overheads, printed documents, Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

and on-screen slide shows. Students then have the opportunity to fully integrate an office suite by working through a comprehensive case project, requiring knowledge of Access, PowerPoint, Excel, and Word. Prerequisites: CU 143, CU 158 and OA 130. Co-requisite: OA 230.

DRAMA 101 Introduction to Theatre Art – 3 credits. The origins and development of theatre art, introduction to theatre aesthetics. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

DRAMA 149 Dramatic Process I – 3 credits. Speech and movement improvisation with an emphasis on imaginative development; introduction to the process of acting and to dramatic form. Note: Designed for students with little or no previous background in Drama.

Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

EAS 100 Planet Earth – 3 credits. Introduction to the origin and evolution of the Earth and the solar system. Introduction to plate tectonics and the rock cycle. Simple energy balances and interactions between radiation and the atmosphere, land, oceans, ice masses, and the global hydrological cycle. Evolution of life, biogeography, and global climate in the context of geologic time. The carbon cycle. Human interaction with the Earth. Mineral and energy resources. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

EAS 105 The Dynamic Earth Through Time – 3 credits. The plate tectonic framework of a dynamic Earth as it relates to the origin of major groups of minerals and rocks.

Earthquakes, structural geology, and the origin of mountain belts. Surface processes and their sedimentary products. History of life and extinctions. Prerequisite: EAS 100.

EBA 312 Project Management – 3 credits. Introduction to major components of project management and management of people and resources. Emphasis placed on processes of initiating, planning, executing, controlling and closing a project in a manner that achieves the project objectives. Both the technical and human elements of environmental project management are explored and as such, students are introduced to the basic management functions and fundamental principles of leading and managing people, as well as managing resources to achieve project objectives.

EBI 317 Riparian and Wetland Management – 3 credits. Study of riparian and wetland ecosystems. The various wetland types are described, emphasizing the processes and functions involved in the overall health and stability of the ecosystems. Topics include wetland plants, vegetation and community identification, riparian health and inventory, lakeshore conservation and management, and a discussion of conservation, water, and biodiversity issues. Impacts from disturbances such as industry, grazing, and recreation are discussed, emphasizing management strategies that promote the health of riparian and wetland ecosystems. Considerable time in the field and lab is spent studying vegetation and organisms associated with wetlands. Techniques in sampling and inventorying are also studied. Prerequisites: BI 270 and BO 120.

EBI 338 Vegetation Sampling Techniques – 3 credits. This course focuses on sampling techniques, including rare plant surveys, for a variety of habitats including grasslands, forested lands, wetlands and disturbed lands. Vegetation measurements such as productivity, utilization, cover, density, and frequency are compared. Methodology, sample size, techniques, and procedural issues for required outcomes in various habitats are investigated. Considerable time is spent in the field and on field trips applying principles and techniques of sampling discussed in lecture. Prerequisite: BO 120.

EC 111 Microeconomics – 3 credits. Microeconomics provides the student with the analytical techniques needed to analyze and understand consumer behaviour, the production decisions of a firm, market structures, and the market price mechanism.

Prerequisite: Grade 12 Math or equivalent.

EC 211 Macroeconomics – 3 credits. In this course, emphasis is placed on national policies and their impact on the Canadian economy. Other topics are national income accounting, inflation models, employment theory, business cycles, balance of payments, and money and banking.

EC 300 Urban and Real Estate Economics – 3 credits. This course examines urban land markets and the development of cities using key economic principles. These principles are used to analyze urban real estate market demand, land use, land value, location and growth over time. Prerequisite: EC 111.

ECM 300 Communications and Practicum Prep. – 3 credits. This course focuses on strategies, techniques and applications of the technical writing process. It emphasizes skills required to develop direct, clear, concise and readable technical documents for the environmental industry. This course includes a weekly lab focusing on skill development in areas such as cover letter preparation, oral communications and mock interviews, the fundamentals of technical writing, and the preparation of documents such as proposals and formal reports.

ED 109 ELCC Practicum I – 5 credits. This course is a beginning practicum with emphasis on observation and practical experience in working with children. Students begin programming based on observations of children’s needs and interests. Students incorporate Early Learning and Child Care philosophy in a workplace experience. P/F. Prerequisites: A minimum of 10 credits of Early Learning and Child Care program course work.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

119

Course Descriptions ED 110 ELCC Practicum II – 5 credits. This course is an advanced practicum with emphasis on programming based on observation of children’s needs and interests. Students incorporate Early Learning and Child Care philosophy in a workplace experience. P/F. Prerequisites: ED 109 and pass all Early Learning and Child Care Certificate course work and achieve a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0.

ED 120 Play – 3 credits. This course is an overview of the significance of play in the development of the child. It includes nature and development of play in children, organizing meaningful play experiences, designing play-oriented activity centres and the development of outdoor play spaces.

ED 121 Early Childhood Professionalism – 3 credits. This course explores values, attitudes, ethics, and commitment involved in working professionally with young children and families. Roles and responsibilities, conflict resolution, and how to be a professional team member are examined. An appreciation of family encourages and enhances students’ self-awareness and ability to interact respectfully with children and families. Professional interactions involving interviewing skills and making presentations are practiced.

ED 230 Practicum III – 5 credits. This first practicum in the second year emphasizes working with children, administrators, and parents. Students develop and operate a community based children’s program where they plan and organize their day with guidance from supervising personnel. Students spend 150 hours planning, implementing, and evaluating a child care project, and 50 hours participating in individual group and feedback sessions. P/F. ED 231 Practicum IV – 5 credits. This course is the concluding practicum of the second year Early Learning and Child Care program. Reflecting and building on their learning experiences of the previous practicum, students plan, set up, implement and evaluate their own early childhood programs with guidance from supervising personnel. Students spend 120 hours working with children and 80 hours engaged in work skills seminars, administrative and interactive roles. P/F. Prerequisites: All ECD second year course work.

ED 235 Organizational Relationships – 3 credits. This course integrates a humanistic perspective into the organizational frameworks of early childhood settings. Students explore policy and procedure in conjunction with the needs of children, staff, parents and community. Prerequisites: ECD Certificate.

ED 238 Early Childhood Foundations – 3 credits. This course explores the historical, philosophical and social influences that have formed the basis of early education and care programs. This exploration involves examining the views of early advocates (educators, philosophers, theorists) and the prevailing social conditions, which have led to the development of the wide range of programs available today. Issues influencing early childhood education today are also examined. Prerequisites: ECD Certificate.

ED 243 Emergent Curriculum – 3 credits. This course is designed to enable students to apply observation skills and curriculum related knowledge to develop an integrated program. It examines narrative descriptions and deals with the emergent play-oriented curriculum with respect to the child centred and adult facilitated approach. Prerequisites: ECD Certificate.

EDFX 200 Introduction to the Profession of Teaching – 3 credits. This course explores the complex roles of teachers as professionals in contemporary schools. Through a combination of field-based and classroom experience students become familiar with the scope and expectations of the role of the teacher and the framework within which teachers work.

Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

EDIT 202 Technology Tools for Teaching and Learning – 3 credits. Provides undergraduate Education students with the basic skills for using the most common information technology tools currently applied in schools. The types of tools include Internet tools, digital media processing, multimedia/hypermedia presentations, spreadsheets, and databases. The course offers a number of advanced modules dealing with more complex topics in these areas plus additional tools such as those for editing digital video and sound. Prerequisites: English 30-1 or equivalent. Basic computer skills within a Macintosh or MS Windows environment including word processing, e-mail, and use of a web browser.

EDPY 200 Educational Psychology for Teaching – 3 credits. This course deals with the teaching learning process and student behaviour. It includes theory, research and illustrations, all dealing with the classroom application of psychological principles. Topics typically covered are student development, student learning and instruction, individual and group differences in student abilities, and student motivation. The course presents the basic principles of effective teaching and learning using a balanced theoretical orientation. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

EL 100 Electrical Theory – 4 credits. This introductory course is designed to develop skills in and increase knowledge of the principles of electricity, magnetism, and electrical measuring devices. The student is introduced to resistors, DC sources, circuits and conductors. The student also studies basic mathematics as it applies to the electrical field.

Co-requisites: EL 101, EL 102, and EL 110.

EL 101 Canadian Electrical Code – 4 credits. This introductory course on the Canadian Electrical Code is designed to acquaint the student with all the sections that are required for a first year Electrical Apprentice.

120

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

EL 102 Electrical Lab Fundamentals – 4 credits. This course covers basic control circuits, safety, splicing and termination of conductors, basic alarm systems, and use of basic electrical hand tools. It also includes WHMIS, basic job skills such as wire pulling, termination, and conduit bending, and basic wiring methods for non-metallic cable, flexible conduit, and metal conduit. Co-requisites: EL 100, EL 101, and EL 110.

EL 145 Electricity – 2 credits. This course provides basic understanding of electricity and circuits as they apply to generators, motors, transformers and switch gears used in industry. Instruction given in the principles of magnetism, meter construction, AC and DC machine types and transformers. Prerequisite: Lakeland College Comprehensive Part “A”.

EM 101 EMT Ambulance Exposure Practicum. The EMT Ambulance Exposure Practicum is designed for EMT students who have minimal experience in an EMS service, and who would benefit from a mentored relationship. The number of hours will typically be 40-48.

No competencies from the EMT Ambulance Practicum are assessed during an exposure practicum. Prerequisites: Passing grade in all courses and Technical Weeks. Assessed as safe to practice by EMT program staff. Required by head instructor.

EM 115 EMT Medical Terminology – 3 credits. During this course students learn to identify and define commonly used root words, prefixes, suffixes and abbreviations as it applies to the medical profession. Students practice recognizing and using appropriate medical terminology related to specific body systems and their diseases.

EM 120 EMT Pharmacology – 3 credits. Students in this course learn the fundamental concepts of pharmacology, as well as the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of a variety of drugs. This course covers both street and pharmacological drug names. Students learn how to calculate appropriate dosages for the drugs within the EMT scope of practice, administer the drugs, and understand the effects of drug administration.

EM 125 EMT Technical Skills 1 – 3 credits. There are four EMT Technical Skills weeks and a total of six additional mandatory site days. The EMT Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skill and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Several other external certifications are also taught during Technical Weeks. P/F. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 130 EMT Technical Skills 2 – 3 credits. There are four EMT technical skills weeks and a total of six additional mandatory site days. The EMT Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skill and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Several other external certifications are also taught during Technical Weeks. P/F. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 135 EMT Technical Skills 3 – 3 credits. There are four EMT technical skills weeks and a total of six additional mandatory site days. The EMT Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skill and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Several other external certifications are also taught during Technical Weeks. P/F. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 140 EMT Technical Skills 4 – 4 credits. There are four EMT technical skills weeks and a total of six additional mandatory site days. The EMT Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skill and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Several other external certifications are also taught during Technical Weeks. P/F. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 145 EMT Hospital Practicum – 6 credits. Students in this course complete AOCP and NOCP competencies for the ambulance practicum setting. The EMT Hospital Practicum consists of a minimum of 96 hours primarily in Emergency and Labour and Delivery units, with 1/2 day spent in the Operating Room setting to achieve airway and burn competencies.

P/F. Prerequisites: Passing grade in all courses and Technical Weeks. Assessed as safe to practice by EMT Program staff.

EM 150 EMT Ambulance Practicum – 6 credits. Students in this course complete AOCP and NOCP competencies which are required to be evaluated in an ambulance practicum setting. The EMT Ambulance Practicum consists of a minimum of 240 hours and assessment/treatment of a minimum of 25 patients. P/F. Prerequisites: Passing grade in all courses and Technical Weeks. Passing grade in EMT Hospital Practicum. Where applicable, passing grade in EMT Ambulance Exposure Practicum. Assessed as safe to practice by EMT Program staff.

EM 200 EMT-P Cardiology – 6 credits. The Cardiology course covers cardiovascular anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, arrhythmia interpretation, twelve lead ECG interpretation, advanced cardiac life support, field diagnosis and treatment of cardiovascular emergencies. It also includes cardiovascular and advanced cardiac life support pharmacology pertaining to the cardiovascular system and specific cardiac conditions.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions EM 205 EMT-P Paramedic Emergencies – 3 credits. Paramedic Emergencies is a course that is completed through the first four months in the Paramedic Program, and is one of the core courses. This course challenges the student to think and respond as a paramedic by integrating current trends, diagnosing injury or illness complaints, and providing competent and complete medical care in the pre-hospital care setting at the level within the paramedic scope of practice. Students learn when to stay on scene and when to move the patient to a higher level of care while providing the essential care that is required enroute.

Additionally, students learn appropriate methodologies and increase their critical thinking skills as they move through the steps of patient assessment, history-taking, treatment and transport. Concepts learned in this course are applied in skills practiced during Technical Weeks and practicums.

EM 210 EMT-P Pulmonary Emergencies – 6 credits. Pulmonary Emergencies covers pulmonary physiology and pathophysiology, respiratory disease identification, assessment and treatment, and advanced airway procedures such as cricothyrotomy, laryngeal mask airway, combitube, intubation, chest decompression and RSI. A portion of the course is devoted to the theory behind the use of transport ventilators and some pulmonary pharmacology.

EM 220 EMT-P Pharmacology for Paramedics – 6 credits. The Paramedic Research course is designed to provide an introduction to the philosophy, theory, methodology, methods, and culture of research as it might be found in the profession of pre-hospital care.

EM 225 EMT-P Technical Skills I – 3 credits. The Paramedic Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skills and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Cognitive learning has increased emphasis. Several external certifications are also taught including ITLS, ACLS, PALS, and NRP. Assessment of the program Supplemental Requirements shall take place during Technical III. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 230 EMT-P Technical Skills 2 – 3 credits. The Paramedic Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skills and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Cognitive learning has increased emphasis. Several external certifications are also taught including ITLS, ACLS, PALS, and NRP. Assessment of the program Supplemental Requirements shall take place during Technical III. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 250 EMT-P Paramedic Ambulance Practicum - Intermediate – 6 credits. Students complete Alberta Occupational Competency Profile and National Occupational Competency Profile competencies which are evaluated in an ambulance practicum setting. The Paramedic Intermediate Ambulance Practicum consists of a minimum of 400 hours. P/F. Prerequisites: Passing grade in all first-semester, first-year Paramedic Program courses; passing grade in Technical Weeks One and Two; passing grade in CPR, WHMIS and ITLS; assessed as safe to practice by Paramedic program staff.

EM 300 Obstetrics – 3 credits. The Obstetrics Course instructs the student in performing accurate assessments, diagnosis and treatment interventions along with the appropriate care of gynecological, obstetrical, or neonatal emergency. Graded.

EM 305 EMT-P Paramedic Research – 3 credits. The Paramedic Research course provides an introduction to the philosophy, theory, methodology, methods, and culture of research as it might be found in the profession of pre-hospital care. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all Year 1 Paramedic Diploma requirements.

EM 310 EMT-P Paramedic Seminars – 3 credits. The Paramedic Seminars course develops the Paramedic student’s knowledge-base in field and practice. Topics covered include aeromedical specialties and communication, ground ambulance issues, as well as acts and regulations.

EM 325 EMT-P Technical Skills 3 – 3 credits. The Paramedic Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skill and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Cognitive learning has increased emphasis.

Several external certifications are also taught, including ITLS, ACLS, PALS, and NRP. Assessment of the program Supplemental Requirements shall take place during Technical III. P/F. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 335 EMT-P Technical Skills 5 – 3 credits. The Paramedic Technical Skills courses emphasize psychomotor skill and provide opportunities to integrate cognitive and affective knowledge into the individual competencies. Cognitive learning has increased emphasis.

Several external certifications are also taught, including ITLS, ACLS, PALS, and NRP. Assessment of the program Supplemental Requirements shall take place during Technical III. P/F. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all program components prior to the Technical Week.

EM 350 EMT-P Paramedic Hospital Practicum – 6 credits. Students complete Alberta Occupational Competency Profile and National Occupational Competency Profile competencies which must be evaluated in a hospital practicum setting. The Paramedic Hospital Practicum will consist of a minimum 208 hours in Emergency, Labour and Delivery, Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Operating Room, Intensive Care Unit (if available) and Lab (if available). P/F. Prerequisites: Passing grade in all first-year Paramedic program courses and Technical Weeks One, Two, and Three; Passing grade in CPR, WHMIS, ITLS, ACLS, NRP and PALS; Assessed as safe to practice by Paramedic program staff.

EM 360 EMT-P Paramedic Ambulance Practicum-Final – 6 credits. Students complete Alberta Occupational Competency Profile and National Occupational Competency Profile competencies which are required to be evaluated in an ambulance practicum setting. The Paramedic Final Ambulance Practicum will consist of a minimum of 480 hours.

P/F. Passing grade in all first year Paramedic program courses and Technical Weeks One, Two, and Three; passing grade in Paramedic Intermediate Ambulance Exposure Practicum; passing grade in Paramedic Hospital Practicum; passing grade in CPR, WHMIS, ITLS, ACLS, NRP and PALS; assessed as safe to practice by Paramedic program staff.

EM 399 Paramedic Refresher. The Paramedic Refresher Program is an intense, gruelling time of lecture, discussion, scenario and written testing, covering all aspects of the requirements made of a graduate Paramedic in the province of Alberta. Participants must have been studying diligently prior to attending, and must be ready for review. P/F. Prerequisites: Graduate from an Alberta College of Paramedics EMT Program preferably within the last three years; all EMT program course outlines if student did not graduate from a Lakeland College or Augustana Faculty, University of Alberta program; present on first day a study journal documenting a minimum of 40 hours pre-study, concentrating on ECGs, Alberta legislation, anatomy and physiology, pharmacology and patient assessment and care. Study journals should include number of hours of study, and titles of study resources.

EN 110 Power Engineering I – 6 credits. EN 110 follows the SOPEEC syllabus and curriculum required at the 4th Class Power Engineer level. EN 110 starts with the instruction of fundamental skills of applied mathematics, elementary mechanics and mechanical drawing and is followed by the principles dealing with the conversion of heat into other forms of energy. Included in EN 110 is a section focused on worker safety, managing the workplace for a safe working environment, plant fire protection, the use of fire extinguishers, and methods of operating a facility in compliance with specific environmental guidelines. In the final section of the course students study high pressure boiler construction regulations, types of boilers, draft equipment, combustion theory and practice, piping and pipe fittings, boiler parts and fittings, boiler operation and maintenance, water treatment, and water testing as applied to steam plants.

EN 112 Field Operations – 3 credits. This course consists of a set of home study modules on gas reservoir geology, terminology, process flow diagramming, safety, and petroleum sampling procedures. The basics are extended to a study of the design and operation of field gas gathering vessels and equipment.

EN 122 Gas Process Facilities – 3 credits. This course consists of a set of home study modules focusing on the design, operating features and auxiliary equipment used in gas compression. Students learn about gas compressor types, as well as their operation.

Learning is then extended into the related equipment used in a gas compression facility, such as heat exchangers, pumps, seals, valves, and piping.

EN 128 Fourth Class Power Engineering (Part A Theory) – 5 credits. This is an instructor-paced correspondence study of the SAIT 4th Class Power Engineering course leading to provincial certification. Topics include basic mathematics, safety, mechanics, thermodynamics, combustion, power boilers, steam generation and water treatment.

EN 129 Fourth Class Power Engineering (Part B Theory) – 6 credits. This is an instructorpaced correspondence study of the SAIT 4th Class Power Engineering course leading to provincial certification. Topics include electricity, heating boilers, prime movers, air conditioning and refrigeration.

EN 131 Power Engineering Directed Practicum – 6 credits. This course is a supervised power engineering work experience leading to provincial certification. Work experience includes demonstrating safety procedures while working with boilers, pumps, compressors, prime movers, water treatment, air conditioning and refrigeration, and process controls.

The practicum must be completed on a high pressure boiler no less than 250 kW. P/F. Co-requisites: EN 128 and EN 129.

EN 132 Gas Separation, Dehydration and Sweetening – 3 credits. This course consists of home study modules that describe the processes used to separate a typical well stream with focus on the gaseous hydrocarbons. Following separation gas dehydration is studied including the general types of plants and processes in common use. Lectures conclude by examining tests and methods used in purifying the final produces for consumer use.

EN 142 Facility Power, Control, and Environment – 3 credits. This course consists of a set of home study modules focusing on basic electricity, instrumentation, hazardous material handling and vegetation control. Within basic electricity, safety, measurement and electrical equipment relevant to an oil and gas facility are discussed.

Instrumentation modules introduce pneumatic control, measurement and automated control of gas plant processes.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

121

Course Descriptions EN 170 Post Harvest Processing Facilities – 3 credits. This course provides a basic understanding of both on-farm and industrial grain processing equipment, farmstead facilities, and farm building design. Major topics are grain storage and handling facilities, grain conditioning and drying, seed cleaning equipment, farmstead planning, land survey system, construction materials, building types, cost estimation, and farm water systems.

EN 210 Power Engineering II – 6 credits. EN 210 follows the SOPEEC syllabus and curriculum. This course begins with instruction in the principles of prime movers such as steam engines, internal combustion engines, steam and gas turbines, and plant processes and is followed by a basic understanding of electricity and circuits as they apply to the generators, motors, transformers and switch gears used in industry. Students then gain a working knowledge of the types of instruments and controllers utilized in the process industry; emphasis is given to the operation and importance of boiler safety devices and interlocks. Included in EN 210 is a study of low-pressure boiler designs. The course concludes with study of the thermodynamics of refrigeration. Prerequisites: EN 110 and EN 275 (practicum time).

EN 269 Animal Facilities and Equipment – 3 credits. This is an advanced course on planning and managing livestock production facilities. It covers building and pen layouts, feeding and watering methods, heating and ventilation, and manure handling.

Beef, dairy, swine, and equine facilities are discussed. Environmental farm planning and manure management are emphasized as important considerations in operating livestock enterprises.

EN 275 HOOT Practicum – 6 credits. This course is a block of work experience. At the completion of initial classroom studies, the student is assigned to a training position in an operating power plant, where the primary objective is to learn the basic skills necessary to function safely in the workplace. P/F. Prerequisites: Students must achieve a pass mark in all courses required by the HOOT program as well as acquire all safety tickets. Pass Part A through Alberta Boilers Safety Association.

ENGL 112 English Literature in a Historical Perspective – 6 credits. Studies in the social and cultural history of literature in English. Not to be taken by students with six credits in approved junior English. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent ENGL 117 Introduction to English Language and Literature – 3 credits. This introductory university level English course explores various genres of literature (emphasizing the essay and short story) and provides formal instruction in writing university level essays. About one third of class time is spent on writing instruction. This course is not remedial; high school competency in grammar and composition is necessary. This is a theory course.

Prerequisites: English 30-1 or equivalent or by admission to the Practical Nurse program.

ENGL 373 Canadian Literature to 1925 – 3 credits. Selected works from the Canadian context, first contact to 1900. Prerequisite: ENGL 112.

ENGL 374 Canadian Literature 1925-1960 – 3 credits. A critical and historical study of representative Canadian writing in English. Prerequisite: ENGL 112.

ENGL 388 Folklore in Children’s Literature in English – 3 credits. Studies in texts from oral tradition, their modern derivatives, and historical, critical and theoretical approaches to oral texts. Content and period focus may vary. Prerequisite: ENGL 112.

ENGL 389 Classics of Children’s Literature in English – 3 credits. This critical survey of children’s literature in English examines a variety of works, both historical and contemporary, that warrant consideration as books of continuing interest. It introduces students to the development of children’s literature and to significant works. Its aim is to develop in students the ability to read children’s literature critically. Prerequisite: ENGL 112.

ENGL 2550 Introduction to Composition – 3 credits. Explore various genres of literature, both fiction and non-fiction, and receive formal instruction in writing university-level essays.

EPR 399 Practicum Prep. EPR 399 is a senior level course that prepares students for the work experience Practicum I (EPR 400) and Practicum II (EPR 410) courses. The Student Practicum Handbook is reviewed in detail and guidance is provided to assist students in conducting an effective job search, in assessing, choosing, competing for, and securing a practicum work placement, and in successfully navigating their way through the demands of the practicum. Emphasis is placed on student success by clearly outlining expectations and deliverables. P/F. EPR 400 B.App.Sc. Practicum I – 15 credits. This first practicum for the Bachelor of Applied Science Degree in Environmental Management program provides a minimum 60-day work experience in which students can implement and develop practical competencies using academic knowledge and skills learned in the classroom or laboratory.

P/F. Prerequisites: EPR 399, ECM 300 and completion of all other graduation or course requirements. Anticipated deficiency of up to 3 credits requires Practicum Coordinator and Department Chair approval to participate. An anticipated deficiency of more than 3 credits disqualifies a candidate from participating. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or greater in order to qualify for a Practicum/Work Experience course.

EPR 410 B.App.Sc. Practicum II – 15 credits. This second practicum for the Bachelor of Applied Science Degree in Environmental Management program provides a minimum 60-day work experience in which the students can implement and develop practical 122

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

competencies using academic knowledge and skills learned in the classroom or laboratory.

A major final written report and technical seminar presentation is required upon completion of the work experience placement. P/F. Prerequisites: EPR 400 and completion of all other graduation or course requirements. Anticipated deficiency of up to 3 credits requires Practicum Coordinator and Department Chair approval to participate. An anticipated deficiency of more than 3 credits disqualifies a candidate from participating. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.0 or greater in order to qualify for a Practicum/Work Experience course.

ESC 307 Site Assessment – 3 credits. Students gain a basic understanding of how to evaluate contaminated sites through the processes of a Site Assessment, Site Characterization, and the parallel process of Environmental Risk Assessment. More and more frequently, the effective management of environmental risks (i.e. contamination) and remediation of contaminated sites requires a basic understanding of the science, policy and culture of risk assessment and risk management. Prerequisites: SC 110 and SC 200 or equivalent.

ESC 315 Environmental Toxicology – 3 credits. This course provides an introduction to the principles of toxicology. Emphasis is placed on natural and human made toxicants of environmental concern. Students learn how to classify toxic agents and how these affect living organisms (their mechanisms of action), how we collect and analyze environmental samples for toxic agents using standardized toxicity test methods, and what the environmental fate is for various toxic agents. Students are briefly introduced to the application of toxicology in risk assessment, and occupational health and safety.

ESC 316 Industrial Waste & Wastewater Management – 3 credits.

ESC 329 Restoration Ecology – 3 credits. This course focuses on field techniques used to restore native plant communities in grassland, forest, parkland, and wetland habitats. It examines the causes and impacts of ecological degradation and emphasizes approaches to restoring and maintaining ecological characteristics and processes. Special consideration is given to species-at-risk and the conservation of small populations. Field trips and field labs provide students with the opportunity of participating in restoration activities in a variety of habitat types. Prerequisites: BI 110 and BO 120.

ESC 352 Environmental Sampling and QA/QC – 3 credits. This course introduces students to sampling strategies in a wide range of media including surface water, groundwater, wastewater, sediments, soils and air. Emphasis is placed on the sampling protocols (i.e. appropriate sampling methods, preservation of samples, sources of contamination & transportation) required for representativeness of samples for each media. The concepts of quality assurance, quality control and data quality interpretation are discussed in detail.

Prerequisites: SC 110 and SC 200.

ESC 370 Industrial Processes – 3 credits. This course examines the industrial processes, pollution control technologies and environmental impacts of major industrial activities found in Western Canada. Emphasis is placed on the physical, chemical and biological processes used to manage industrial processes and waste streams. Typical industries that may be examined include: pulp production, petroleum extraction, oil refining and upgrading, petrochemicals, oilsands, and coal and potash mining.

ESC 408 Reclamation Field Methods – 3 credits. This course examines the common reclamation field methods used in Western Canada. The major soil disturbances are discussed including wellsite reclamation, pipeline construction, mining and logging operations. Common problems associated with oil and gas developments are also discussed, including oil spills, brine spills, soil sterilants, and drilling waste disposal.

Prerequisites: SO 210 and SO 340. Co-requisite: SO 350.

ESC 417 Mining Monitoring & Protection – 3 credits. This course reviews environmental management practices used in the development, operation, monitoring and reclamation of large scale mining operations. This includes a review of the regulatory approvals process for mines and the scientific basis for monitoring and reporting requirements during development, operation, and reclamation of minesites. The course also covers methods commonly used to manage and protect ecosystems, landscapes, soils, water, air, vegetation and wildlife during various phases of mine development. The four mining environments that are focused on are: mountain coal mining, prairie coal mining, oil sands mining and diamond mining.

ESC 418 Occupational Health & Safety Management – 3 credits. Multimedia lectures and lab exercises are used to examine the roles and responsibilities of employers and employees in terms of Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) in the workplace.

Students apply the important principles of health and safety management to the construction of a Health & Safety Program Manual for a fictitious company. Students also gain an expanded knowledge of OHS inspections, investigations, training and program auditing, in order to prepare them to serve in a leadership capacity in the area of OHS Management.

ESC 420 Applied Ecosystem Assessment – 3 credits. This course is a study of natural and reclaimed ecosystems, including riparian, wetland, grassland and forest ecosystems.

The course focuses on industry application of ecosystem classification, reclamation and restoration techniques to maintain and restore ecological characteristics and processes.

Prerequisites: BI 270 or BI 338.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions ESC 422 Contaminant Remediation – 3 credits. This course focuses on the use of costeffective technologies for cleaning up contaminated soils and groundwaters. The course includes a description of the remediation criteria/guidelines for various contaminants developed at both provincial and federal levels; ecological risk assessment; principles of ecotoxicology; physical, chemical and toxicological properties of inorganic and organic contaminants; remediation methods such as soil vapour extraction (SVE) and SVE enhancements, pump-and-treat methods, land farming, stabilization/ solidification, destructive methods such as incineration and pyrolysis, bioremediation and phytoremediation. Prerequisite: Students must meet the prerequisite requirements for entry into this degree stream. They must have Site Assessment and Characterization as a pre or co-requisite.

ESC 423 Principles for Remediation Evaluation – 3 credits. This course addresses how to choose an appropriate site-specific Remediation Technology. The course covers the basic physical and chemical principles of contaminants and soils and their applications to soil systems. The topics include a review of water retention and movement of water in soils, application of Darcy’s Law in movement of pollutants within saturated soils; soil solution chemistry; ion exchange reactions; electrical double layer theory; formation of ion pairs and complex ions; sorption and desorption of inorganic and organic pollutants; and oxidation/ reduction reactions in soils. The soil physical and chemical principles will be linked to remediation of environmental contaminants found in soil and groundwater. Prerequisite: ESC 422.

ESC 424 Ecosite Classification – 3 credits. This course is a detailed examination of sampling techniques used to assess vegetation and soils with emphasis on methods to meet government reclamation criteria. Students consider methods to conduct pre- and post-disturbance inventories and detailed site assessments on disturbed and undisturbed sites. Significant time will be spent in the field applying reclamation criteria and utilizing reclamation principles and inventory techniques to insure and verify effective reclamation and revegetation of disturbed sites. Prerequisites: Entrance requirements for Reclamation and Remediation stream of the Bachelor of Applied Science Degree in Environmental Management program.

ESC 435 Airshed Management – 3 credits. This is an advanced course on source and ambient air quality monitoring. Emphasis will be placed on air emissions prevalent in Alberta, and the transport and dispersion of those emissions. Air pollution modeling techniques will be discussed, and computer models used to illustrate applications.

ESC 462 Hydrogeology – 3 credits. Hydrogeology is the study of the occurrence, characterization and movement of water below the earth’s surface. In this course the basic physical and chemical hydrogeologic parameters are introduced and groundwater management techniques are discussed. Lab exercises and problem sets involve describing the subsurface environment, determining the physical and chemical properties of aquifers, and characterization and modeling of groundwater flow. Prerequisites: SC 301 or equivalent water resources competency strongly encouraged.

ESE 300 Seminar I & II – 1 credit. This seminar course is designed to expose the students to a broad range of topics and career opportunities in environmental sciences, to encourage discussion and critical thinking, and to promote individual exploration and interest in these topics. Guest speakers, specialists in various fields, are invited to present seminars. Topics selected are based on environmental career opportunities and/or problems/issues/solutions for industries, governments and communities. P/F. ESO 340 Soil Classification and Landforms – 3 credits. This is an in-depth study of the Canadian System of Soil Classification with emphasis on the factors affecting soil genesis and taxonomy. Topics include geology, glaciation, weathering and the chemistry and physics of Canadian soils. Extensive fieldwork focuses on methods of classifying soils and landforms, soil mapping and report preparation/use, and basic procedures in land assessment. Prerequisite: SO 210.

ESO 350 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers – 3 credits. This course is a study of soil as a medium of growth. The fertility status of soils and plant/soil relationships are discussed in depth. Major topics include the function and mode of uptake of essential nutrients by plants, the forms and transformations of nutrients in soils, and the influence of soil chemical and physical characteristics. The impact of fertilizer chemistry, application method, and timing of application on soil fertility status is also reviewed. Prerequisite: SO 210.

FE 1-ASCSS Alberta Codes and Standards – 2 credits. In this 32-hour course students familiarize themselves with and learn to apply the Alberta Fire Code and the Alberta Building Code in a complementary and coordinated way. Prerequisites: FE 1-LFSC, FE 1-BCPS, FE 1-PMSC, FE 1-CSSC Communication Skills, and ID #FSFSC Fire Service Familiarization.

FE 1-BCPS Building Constructions and Protection Systems – 2 credits. This 32-hour course teaches the fundamentals of building construction and fire protection systems. It focuses on those elements of building construction and fire suppression that manage the impact of fire.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

FE 1-FSI Fire Service Instructor Level I Part I – 2 credits. This 36-hour course contains theory and practical components. It covers concepts of learning and human factors in the teaching/learning environment. Students develop their teaching, testing and evaluation skills and conduct instruction from prepared, mostly skills-oriented material. Students use fire-service topics.

FE 1-FOCD Fire Origin and Cause Determination – 2 credits. This 32-hour course gives students a basic knowledge of what is expected of investigators in the fire discipline. The course describes the physical evidence at a fire scene and develops the skills investigators need to interpret fire patterns and the physical evidence. ID#1-LFSC Law for Fire Safety Codes Officers, ID#1-BCPS Building Construction and Protection Systems, ID#1-PMSC Properties of Materials, ID#1CSSC Communication Skills, and ID#1-FSFSC Fire Service Familiarization.

FE-FOTP 100 Written Communications – 2 credits. This 36-hour course accommodates a broad range of writing skills. When you complete it, you’ll have a working knowledge of basic grammar, sentence structure, punctuation, paragraphing, outlining, reports (investigative, formal, and incident), proposals, and correspondence. You’ll be able to research your topic and present it in a suitable format to a target audience.

FE-FOTP 200 Oral Communications – 2 credits. This 36-hour course equips you with a working knowledge of outlining, writing, and delivering various types of presentations. It also teaches choosing topics, analyzing your audience, using visual aids, interviewing, and introduces the types of meetings you will encounter in the fire service and how to effectively conduct them.

FE 1-IP Investigation Procedures – 2 credits. This course gives students a blueprint for conducting a fire investigation based on scientific methodology. The course covers all legal and safety aspects of evidence collection and assessment. Students learn to analyze evidence logically and prepare and present reports and recommendations to various audiences. Prerequisite: FE1-FOCD Fire Origin and Cause Determination.

FE 1-IPESC Inspector Practical Evaluation – 2 credits. This 32-hour practical evaluation for Fire Inspector Level I is designed to examine whether the student has learned the inspection process taught in the Fire Inspector Level I courses. Prerequisites: All other NFPA 1031 Level I courses.

FE 1-LFSC Law for Fire Safety Codes Officers – 2 credits. This 32-hour course guides you through the Safety Codes Act and Regulations and explains how the authority, responsibilities, and limitations of a safety codes officer are derived from these documents.

It deals with all the legalities involved with carrying out the tasks of inspection, investigation, and enforcement.

FE 1-PMSC Properties of Materials – 2 credits. This 32-hour course covers the physical and chemical characteristics that affect or determine the degree of hazard associated with flammable and combustible metals and dusts, and compressed and liquefied gases. It also outlines the classification of dangerous goods and the regulations governing their storage and handling. This information is then correlated to the Alberta Fire Code and applied to the inspection and enforcement tasks required of a safety codes officer.

FE 1-IPSC Inspection Procedures – 2 credits. Students address the authority and the need for an inspection program within their jurisdiction, including the requirements for their quality management plan, in this 32-hour course. Specific time will be spent on tank storage of flammable and combustible liquids and the requirements in the Alberta Fire Code for all classes of occupancy. Prerequisite: FE1-ASCSS, Alberta Codes and Standards.

FE 2-FSI Fire Service Instructor Level I Part II – 2 credits. This 36-hour course builds on Fire Service Instructor Part I. Students acquire skills in writing learning objectives, developing lesson plans, evaluation, developing of instructional materials, and teaching techniques in adverse situations. Students learn to deliver instruction (mainly lecture oriented) from their own, fire service-related material.

FE 2-IPESC Investigator Practical Evaluation – 2 credits. This 32-hour practical evaluation is designed to ensure that the process for the investigation of fires can be demonstrated according to the general guidelines referred to both in the Emergency Training Centre Fire Investigator Level I courses and NFPA 921 - Guide for Fire and Explosion Investigations. Prerequisite: FE 1-IP Investigation Procedures.

FE 2-PU Advanced Pumping Operations – 2 credits. This is a theory and practical course on pump operation including relay, tandem and dual pumping, portable pumps, apparatus service tests, and hydraulic calculations used in the fire service. The course also discusses the flow of water through large diameter hose, and single and double-hose lays.

Prerequisites: FE 113 or FF 113, FFTS-600 or FFTS-601.

FE 3-PU Aerial Apparatus – 2 credits. The theory and practical components of this course include types and construction of aerial apparatus, hydraulic systems on aerial devices and apparatus, operating, positioning and stabilizing aerial apparatus, strategies and tactics, elevated master streams, and aerial apparatus testing. Prerequisites: FFTS-600 or FFTS-601 Basic Pumping Operations.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

123

Course Descriptions FE 105 NFPA 1001 Level I – 10 credits. This basic level course provides students with the knowledge and skills to function as an integral member of a fire department team under direct supervision in hostile environments. It includes the minimum knowledge and skill requirements for career and volunteer firefighters whose duties involve primarily structural firefighting.

FE 111 NFPA 472 Dangerous Goods Awareness – 1 credit. In this course learn to identify situations where dangerous goods are present; identify dangerous goods by name, UN/ NA identification number or type placard applied; determine the fire, explosion and health hazard information for each material; learn the necessary actions to protect yourself and others and to control access to the scene and the current edition of the North American Emergency Response Guidebook; identify the appropriate initial notifications and how to make them consistent with local emergency response plans or the organizations’s standard operating procedures.

FE 143 Organization – 2 credits. This course is designed to introduce students to organizations and their systems that affect Alberta’s fire service. The Safety Codes Council is one organization that manages the safety related legislation within Alberta. Other topics within this course include the role of organized labour and its effect on the fire service.

Specific historical incidents that have had an impact on the fire service will be discussed.

Additionally, other management organizational concepts are discussed such as teamwork, critical thinking, ethical issues and change agents. P/F. FE 153 Science Module – 2 credits. Students gain an understanding of the basic concepts of math (algebra and trigonometry), organic and inorganic chemistry, and physics (force and motion, properties of solids, liquids and gases, gas laws, light and elasticity) in this course.

FE 157 Basic Fire Equipment – 1 credit. This basic level course provides students with the knowledge and skills to understand and maintain common equipment used within the fire service. This includes the operational features of today’s fire apparatus and portable equipment, and their maintenance requirements. Additional topics include: engine operation, electrical and braking systems, portable pumps, generators, powered equipment and tools, and other auxiliary equipment tools and appliances.

FE 170 Firefighter Practicum – 8 credits. A 160 hour supervised work experience, this practicum allows students to apply their knowledge and skills in actual emergency response situations. P/F. Prerequisites: ET 200, ET 210, criminal record check and a valid driver’s license, Class 5.

FE 180 Written Communications – 2 credits. This 36-hour course accommodates a broad range of writing skills. When you complete it, you’ll have working knowledge of basic grammar, sentence structure, punctuation, paragraphing, outlining, reports (investigative, formal, and incident) and proposals, and correspondence. You’ll be able to research your topic and present it in a suitable format to a target audience.

FE 205 NFPA 1001 Level II – 6 credits. This course builds on the knowledge and skills gained in FE 105 and equips the student to function as a integral member of a team of equally or less experienced firefighters under general supervision. When engaged in hazardous activities, a person as this level of training maintains direct communications with a supervisor. As well as further knowledge and skills of structural firefighting, this course also covers basic vehicle extrication and rescue techniques. Prerequisite: FE 105.

FE 208 Wildland Firefighter – 2 credits. This course gives the student the basic knowledge and skills to combat a wildfire and to protect structures in wildland settings threatened by fire. The student works as a member of a team under direct supervision. The course includes basic fire behaviour, firefighter safety, backfire and burnout techniques, water and foam delivery systems, and air operations safety.

FE 211 NFPA 472 Dangerous Goods Operations – 2 credits. This course gives the student the basic knowledge and skills to predict the behaviour of both dangerous goods and their containers. This is the only way the potential harm to life, environment and property can be estimated. Students also learn to plan a response, protect themselves and their equipment from contamination, implement the response, monitor the incident, and evaluate the progress of the response. Prerequisite: FE 111.

FE 220 Physical Fitness – 6 credits. Students in this course develop strategies to achieve and maintain a level of physical fitness that prepares them to meet the hiring standards of various emergency response departments and/or agencies. The basis for this course is the National Fire Protection Association Standard 1583.

FE 1051 Wildland Firefighter – 2 credits. This 24-hour course gives the student the basic knowledge and skills to combat a wildfire and to protect structures in wildland settings threatened by fire. The student works as a member of a team under direct supervision. The course includes basic fire behaviour, firefighter safety, backfire and burnout techniques, water and foam delivery systems, and air operations safety.

FF 113 Basic Pump Operations – 2 credits. This course is designed to provide an opportunity for students with knowledge in firefighting to gain confidence in operating fire department pumpers. Drill exercises are designed to impart practical experience in effectively deploying pumping equipment under conditions often encountered on the fire ground. Prerequisites: FFTS-S400, FFTS-S500, valid driver’s license and air brake endorsement.

124

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

FF 202 NFPA 1001 Level II Practical – 5 credits. This course builds on the skills acquired in FF 102 and equips the student to function as a coordinator for a team of equally or less experienced firefighters under general supervision at minor emergency incidents involving firefighting and rescue duties. When engaged in hazardous activities, a person as this level of training maintains direct communications with a supervisor. P/F. Prerequisites: FF 101 and FF 102. Co-requisite: FF 201.

FF 205 NFPA 1001 Level II – 6 credits. This course builds on the knowledge and skills gained in FF 105 and equips the student to function as an integral member of a team of equally or less experienced firefighters under general supervision. When engaged in hazardous activities, a person at this level of training maintains direct communications with a supervisor. As well as further knowledge and skills of structural firefighting, this course also covers basic vehicle extrication and rescue techniques. Prerequisite: FF 105.

FF 208 Wildland Firefighter – 2 credits. This course gives the student the basic knowledge and skills to combat a wildfire and to protect structures in wildland settings threatened by fire. The student works as a member of a team under direct supervision. The course includes basic fire behaviour, firefighter safety, backfire and burnout techniques, water and foam delivery systems, and air operations safety.

FF 211 NFPA 472 Dangerous Goods Operations – 2 credits. This course gives the students the basic knowledge and skills to predict the behaviour of both dangerous goods and their containers. This is the only way the potential harm to life, environment and property can be estimated. Students also learn to plan a response, protect themselves and their equipment from contamination, implement a response, monitor the incident, and evaluate the progress of the response. Prerequisite: FF 111.

FN 220 Banking Principles – 3 credits. This course examines the important roles that money, banking, and financial institutions play in the Canadian economy. Students gain an in-depth understanding of the key economic and financial concepts associated with financial markets, monetary policy and financial institutions. In particular, students acquire an appreciation of the mandate of the Bank of Canada and the operations of the banking and non-banking institutions as well as their economic and legislative environment. Students will also become familiar with the major international financial institutions. Prerequisite: EC 211.

FN 225 Income Tax Planning – 3 credits. Welcome to the Income Tax Planning course, formerly called Wealth Accumulation. This course will provide you with the knowledge and judgment to guide your clients in managing their business and investment assets.

This requires an understanding of the economic issues, business activities, investment products, their tax implications, and the numerous strategies.

FN 230 Personal Financial Management – 3 credits. This course provides the foundations of personal financial planning in a rigorous conceptual and practical framework and a thorough coverage of all major aspects of family and individual personal finances ranging from budgeting to estate planning. Students acquire expertise using financial planning software, participating in labs and preparing a personal financial plan. Prerequisite: MA 101.

FN 250 Retirement Planning – 3 credits. This course focuses on the potential sources of retirement income and the options available to persons planning for their retirement and after reaching retirement. It examines all the key retirement income plans and their legislation and legal framework. Particular attention is paid to the Government-Sponsored Retirement Income Programs, the Employer-Sponsored Pension Plans and the retirement savings plans available to individuals, in particular the Registered Retirement Saving Plan (RRSP) and the Deferred Profit Sharing Plan (DPSP). In addition, the course provides the opportunity to study the tax treatment of retirement income and to examine retirement decisions as well to review post-retirement planning considerations. The course, developed by the Canadian Institute of Financial Planning, presents also an extensive documentation on education income plans and income tax measures available to students, individuals and families to plan for and finance educational expenses. Prerequisite: BFN 200.

FN 270 Mutual Funds – 3 credits. This course is the same course offered by the Investment Funds Institute of Canada (IFIC) to meet the licensing requirements to sell mutual funds in Canada. Students must register with the IFIC in order to obtain the required materials and be able to write the national exam. Successful completion of this course is one of the prerequisites for selling mutual funds in Canada.

FN 280 Investment Management – 3 credits. This is a comprehensive course covering all aspects of investment in Canada with special emphasis on bonds, equities and derivatives. Analytical tools for evaluation of investment alternatives are also covered. This is a Canadian Institute of Financial Planning course with a national exam. It is one of the academic requirements for obtaining the CFP designation. Prerequisite: MA 101.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions FREN 111 Beginners’ French I – 3 credits. The aim of the introductory course (part I) is to enable students to develop elementary proficiency in oral expression, listening comprehension, reading, writing, and cultural understanding in French on topics related to daily activities and personal environment. Emphasis will be placed on the acquisition of oral skills, but attention will also be given to written skills. Students will acquire basic grammatical and lexical knowledge pertaining to the Francophone world. At the end of the course, they are expected to have developed the ability to communicate in the most predictable and common situations using high-frequency words, expressions, and phrases.

Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent. Designed for students with little or no previous background in French. Covers material in matriculation-level French and allows students to proceed into the study of French at the university level. Not to be taken by students with French 30 (or equivalent) or with native or near-native proficiency.

FREN 112 Beginners’ French II – 3 credits. The aim of the introductory course (part II) is to enable students to develop elementary proficiency in oral expression, listening comprehension, reading, writing, and cultural understanding in French on topics related to daily activities and personal environment. Emphasis will be placed on the acquisition of oral skills, but attention will also be given to written skills. Students will acquire basic grammatical and lexical knowledge pertaining to the Francophone world. At the end of the course, they are expected to have developed the ability to communicate in the most predictable and common situations using high-frequency words, expressions, and phrases.

Prerequisite: FREN 111 or the consent of the Department.

FREN 211 Intermediate French I – 3 credits. The aim of the intermediate course (part I) is to review the basic structures of the French language and enable students to communicate in oral and written French in most informal and some formal situations on topics of personal and public interest. Students will review and expand their grammatical, lexical and cultural knowledge of the Francophone world. At the end of the course, students are expected to have developed the ability to communicate successfully in predictable and some unpredictable situations, to create with the language as well as initiate and complete simple communicative tasks with few grammatical and vocabulary errors impeding the flow of communication. Prerequisite: French 30 or FREN 112 or consent of the Department.

FREN 212 Intermediate French II – 3 credits. The aim of the intermediate course (part II) is to introduce students to the complex structures of the French language and enable them to communicate in oral and written French in most informal and some formal situations on topics of personal and public interest. Students will review and expand their grammatical, lexical and cultural knowledge of the Francophone world to attain greater ease in the language. At the end of the course, students are expected to have developed the ability to communicate successfully in predictable and some unpredictable situations with evidence of connected discourse, narration and description in all major time frames. Communication with speakers not accustomed to dealing with foreigners is possible as grammatical and vocabulary errors does not impede the flow of communication. Prerequisite: FREN 211 or consent of the Department.

HE 124 Personal Sensory Development – 3 credits. This course deals with assisting students to develop awareness about sensory processing development related to practical everyday activities necessary for independence and the world of work. Topics covered are sensory experiences and the brain, use of leisure time, and adult tasks for transitions to adult life.

HE 127 Skills for Wellness – 3 credits. This course assists the students in developing attitudes and habits that promote a positive lifestyle and good health. Topics covered are human sexuality, responsible sexual attitudes, wellness and stretching/relaxing.

HE141 Safe Work Practices – 2 credits. This course is designed to inform students the importance of their roles within the Health Care disciplines aid facilities.

HE 144 Working with Clients with a Diagnosis of Dementia and Caring for Adults with Dementia – 1 credit. This course is designed to inform students the importance of their roles within the Health Care disciplines aid facilities.

HE 145 Working and Communicating in a Health Care Environment – 3 credits. This course is designed to inform students the importance of their roles within the Health Care disciplines aid facilities.

HE 146 Structure and Function of the Human Body - Health and Chronic Illness – 3 credits. This course is designed to inform students the importance of their roles within the Health Care disciplines aid facilities.

HE 148 Skills for Assessing Clients with Complex Needs – 2 credits. This course is designed to inform students the importance of their roles within the Health Care disciplines aid facilities.

HE 158 Health, Nutrition and Safety – 3 credits. This course examines the health, nutrition and safety needs of young children. It includes practical applications for supporting these needs in an early childhood environment.

HE 279 Wilderness First Aid – 2 credits. Wilderness Emergency Response (WER) is designed for anyone spending time in remote environments for recreational purposes. WER is intended to give participants a basic understanding of Wilderness (remote) First Aid and an understanding of emergency situations that may arise in wilderness environments.

Accident prevention is also discussed. P/F. Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

HEAS 1000 Health Assessment – 4 credits – 60 hours. Learn and practice the procedures for obtaining a health history and conducting a physical examination. Assessment findings for normal structures and functions of the human body are identified. Prerequisite/ Co-requisite: ANPH 1002.

HEED 110 Introduction to Personal Health and Well-Being – 3 credits. An individualbased analysis of physical fitness and personal health issues. Emphasis on planning and managing one’s own lifestyle for health and well-being within the context of the current health care system. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

HEED 1000 Health Education: Individual Health and Wellness – 45 hours. Gain an overview of the physical, social, mental, environmental, and spiritual aspects of personal health and wellness within the context of the community and the Canadian health-care system. An individualized analysis of personal health issues and physical fitness is included.

HIST 111 The Early Modern World – 3 credits. World history with an emphasis on European history from the Renaissance through to the French Revolution. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

HIST 112 The Modern World – 3 credits. The course explores Europe in the aftermath of the French Revolution. Particular attention is paid to the intellectual climate of Europe in the latter third of the 19th century, as well as Imperialism. Students are given the necessary background for a detailed exploration of the First World War, and the Russian Revolution. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

HIST 250 American History to 1865 – 3 credits. A survey of United States history from colonial times to the Civil War. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

HIST 251 American History Since 1865 – 3 credits. A survey of United States history from the Civil War to the present. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

HIST 260 Pre-Confederation Canada – 3 credits. This course deals with the more important themes of Canadian history from the period of early exploration to the Confederation movement in the 1860s. This course and HIST 261 together constitute a complete survey of Canadian history and provide a foundation for senior and advanced courses in the subject. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

HIST 261 Post-Confederation Canada – 3 credits. This course deals with the more important themes of Canadian history from Confederation in 1867 to the present.

Textbooks, reading assignments and book lists are provided by staff members in each section. This course and HIST 260 together constitute a complete survey of Canadian history and provide a foundation for senior and advanced courses in the subject.

Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

HIST 294 History of Science, Technology, and Medicine – 3 credits. A historical survey of the key issues and episodes in the development of western science, technology, and medicine, from the ancient times to the modern day. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent, elementary mathematics may be beneficial in some sections.

HL 119 Oil and Exploration – 3 credits. Oil and Exploration is an introduction into the oil industry. Understanding the chemistry and origin of hydro-carbons is the first step into the oilfield. Once an understanding of the composition and source of oil and gas is achieved, how to find petroleum deposits followed by land locating complete this course.

HL 129 Drilling and Completions – 3 credits. Drilling and Completions is a behind-thescenes look of how an oil or gas well becomes a reality. By reviewing what goes into drilling a well, students gain the background knowledge needed to begin working at an entry level in the petroleum industry. Prerequisite: HL 119.

HL 139 Heavy Oil Production – 3 credits. Heavy Oil Production gives an insight into the extraction, transportation and treating of oil and gas. Learning about the processes and equipment involved in producing and transporting hydrocarbons, followed by the methods by which hydrocarbons are treated, prepares students for what they will encounter when working in the oilfield. Prerequisite: HL 129.

HL 149 Heavy Oil Operations & Environment – 3 credits. Uncovers the work involved producing oil and gas, from daily operations and maintenance, to protecting the environment. Students get familiar with the roles individuals play and the tools and equipment they operate to keep the industry on the move. Prerequisite: HL 139.

HS 114 Human Development I – 3 credits. This course provides students with an understanding of the developing child from birth to five years. It traces the changes that occur physically, socially, emotionally, and intellectually during this period in an individual and youth life.

HS 115 Exploring Exceptionalities I – 3 credits. This course provides an introduction to children with exceptionalities by examining the categories and characteristics of diversity.

Issues pertinent to children and youth with exceptionalities and their families are explored.

HS 120 Issues, Values and Law – 3 credits. This course explores evolving trends and developments regarding people with developmental disabilities in our society. Relevant historical and current perspectives, values, issues, and laws are examined. An inclusive and holistic approach towards persons with disabilities is presented.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

125

Course Descriptions HS 155 Positive Behaviour Supports – 3 credits. The course includes an examination of attitudes, values, and skills within a holistic approach to support development of positive behaviours. Opportunities for examining the dynamics of behaviour are provided. This course also discusses various strategies to support the development of social skills and pro-social behaviour.

HS 160 Introduction to Esthetics – 3 credits. Introduction to Esthetics provides the students an overview of safe practices in the workplace regarding bacteriology and sanitation. Course content includes formulating the professional image, practices and skills to work with the public. The course concludes with the historical perspective and approaches to the world of cosmetics.

HS 161 Pedicure/Manicure/Wax/Tint Lab – 6 credits. This course provides students with practical knowledge along with the theory necessary to provide the services in manicures, pedicures, waxing and lash/brow/tinting. P/F. HS 162 Colour & Makeup Lab – 2 credits. This course is an overview of using colour to promote harmony. Course content includes colour psychology, skin tone and their relationship with different colours.

HS 163 Skin Anatomy & Physiology – 3 credits. This course is an overview of the anatomy of the skin and its function, skin types and conditions. Various skin analysis tools and how to record the findings are also covered.

HS 164 Consultation & Analysis – 3 credits. This course deals with client consultation, analysis, procedures, preparation and application of basic treatment. Students will also receive a basic overview of chemistry, ingredients and products that an esthetician may use in treatment practices.

HS 165 Diseases & Pharmacology – 3 credits. This course is an overview of common disorders and diseases of the skin. Although estheticians are not qualified to treat skin diseases or medical conditions, they need a basic understanding of these diseases and the treatment drugs. Also included in this course is basic chemistry and cosmetic ingredient technology.

HS 166 Epidemiology & Nutrition – 3 credits. This is an overview course of the importance of skin factors and the function of skin in its normal existence. Understanding the skin and taking care of it comes with knowledge of good nutrition. Essential nutrients for growth, nourishment and repair are circulated through the skin. This course provides the student with the basic understanding of taking care of the skin and the factors and function of how health affects the skin of an individual.

HS 167 Facials Lab – 2 credits. This course provides esthetician students with a practical application using machines for facial treatments. Prerequisite: HS 160.

HS 168 Advanced Clinical Skin Care and Business Practices – 3 credits. This course gives an overview of advanced clinical skin care as well as body treatments. It also introduces students to career opportunities in medical esthetics. Students will have the opportunity to learn how to create their own business in the esthetics field.

HS 169 Basic Massage Techniques Lab – 3 credits. This course deals with the value of body services. Students gain practical knowledge and experience with relaxation massage, hot rock massage and body treatments.

HS 170 Holistic Practices/Aromatherapy – 1 credit. In this course students explore holistic practices and the uses of essential oils/aromatherapy in esthetic services.

HS 180 Curriculum Planning I – 3 credits. This course is an exploration of curriculum planning, implementation and evaluation in the areas of art, games, movement and music.

These curriculum areas are explored within the framework of a play oriented, interactionist approach. This approach enables student to design and implement interactive activities for children. Students are provided the opportunity to acquire strategies for supporting the development of children within the preschool, school and community setting.

HS 182 Curriculum Planning II – 3 credits. This course is an exploration of curriculum planning, implementation and evaluation in the areas of children’s literature, language arts, math and science. Students have opportunity to research, design and implement interactive activities with children. Emphasis is placed on supporting the developmental needs of children in the preschool, school and community setting.

HS 183 Personal Assistance Awareness – 3 credits. This course provides the human services worker with an introduction to personal assistance procedures. Students are exposed to various medical procedures and personal care skills that may be used to support children, youth and adults with disabilities across a variety of settings.

HS 184 Promoting Wellness – 3 credits. This course assists students in developing knowledge, skills and positive attitudes that promote and support wellness and a healthy lifestyle for individuals who have intellectual and other disabilities. Topics cover nutritional awareness, emotional wellness, substance abuse, sexuality and health-related conditions.

HS 203 Helping Relationships – 3 credits. This course is designed to provide students with an overview of the helping/counselling profession through the use of lectures, readings, class discussions and experiential activities. The focus is on developing and enhancing the necessary skills to interview individuals on a one-to-one basis. The course also focuses on the helping process, stages of counselling, basic counselling skills, counselling theories, practical application of theory, ethical issues, values, caregiver 126

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

stress, burnout and self care. Students explore their own values and beliefs and how these impact the helping relationship.

HS 214 Human Development II – 3 credits. This course assists students in understanding the changes – physical, cognitive, social, and personality – that take place from middle childhood through adulthood. Theoretical perspectives of human development are examined, providing a comparison of various assumptions and principles about growth and behaviour. Prerequisite: HS 114.

HS 225 Exploring Exceptionalities II – 3 credits. This course explores strategies to enable individuals with exceptionalities to succeed in inclusive and other settings. Students examine exceptionalities as well as assessment, planning, and resources for individuals with exceptionalities.

HS 230 Sensory Development – 3 credits. This course examines brain and sensory processing as it relates to child development and planning activities for children. Sensory processing disorder is explored in relation to adapting environments and experiences for children.

HS 240 Family Studies – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to the family. The focus of this course includes various ways of viewing family, diversity, economics, and social influences that determine the family’s ability to thrive in society. Students have the opportunity to explore different theoretical ways of viewing the family. The course also explores issues of marriage, variations in families, parenting, crises, separation, divorce, and remarriage as well as provides practical suggestions in working with families as they face many challenges.

HS 242 Interpersonal Relationships – 3 credits. This course is designed to develop interpersonal communication skills individually and in group situations as they pertain to the field of Human Services. It examines self-esteem and interpersonal relationship resolution skills needed for working with individuals and groups, families and colleagues.

HS 300 Human Services International Practicum – 5 credits. This course is a unique practicum experience for Human Services students registered in one of the following programs: Child and Youth Care Diploma, Early Learning and Child Care Certificate or Diploma, or Educational Assistant Certificate. Students explore and experience classes, agencies, schools, facilities and events in another country comparable to the Human Services program they are enrolled in. P/F. ID 110 Design I – 4 credits. This course is an introduction to the basic elements, principles, and concepts of design. Theory regarding colour, line, shape, texture, space, scale, emphasis, harmony, proportion, unity and balance is creatively applied in two-dimensional problems using a variety of media. Two-dimensional problem solving comprises the majority of the course work, culminating in its application to threedimensional problems. Prerequisite: ID 110. Co-requisites: ID 220 and ID 260.

ID 120 Graphic Presentation I – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to drawing as a communication skill in interior design. Emphasis is on the development of free-hand drawing and presentation skills with pencil, pen and ink, and felt-tip using a variety of media surfaces and presentation techniques. Co-requisite: ID 110.

ID 130 History of Architecture and Design I – 3 credits. This course is a survey of design cultures and contexts from antiquity to the industrial revolution. ID 130 provides for the exploration and discussion of historical architecture, interiors and the arts.

Students analyze, interpret and discuss historical developments that relate to a variety of design styles.

ID 135 Textiles – 3 credits. A study is made of textiles. Students learn about properties and explore conventional and potential applications. There is an emphasis on understanding the nature of materials such as form, workability, strength and sustainability.

ID 150 Professional Practice – 3 credits. In this course, an introduction is made to the interior design profession and its scope of practice and services. The course facilitates awareness of professional associations, professional relations, current design practice and preparation to enter the design industry. The course outlines participants, organizational procedures and supportive documentation required in the design process.

Preparation of standard specifications, schedules, and detail components of the construction document package are examined. This course emphasizes the importance of communication through comprehensive content of contract documents and oral communication. Prerequisite: ID 310.

ID 160 Technical Drafting I – 3 credits. This course focuses on theory and practical exercises in manual drafting techniques. Students are introduced to instrument use, lettering, linework, dimensioning, media types and reproduction techniques. Students will be instructed in the preparation of plan, elevation, section and three dimensional drawings.

ID 210 Design II – 4 credits. This course builds on ID 110 with the study and application of the basic principles and elements of design as applied to three-dimensional problems.

It provides for continued examination of the design process with reference to the human factors in design, space planning, and colour use in residential interiors. Students apply the fundamentals of kitchen and bath planning as outlined by the National Kitchen & Bath Association (NKBA) guidelines. Prerequisite: ID 110. Co-requisites: ID 220 and ID 260.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions ID 220 Graphic Presentation II – 3 credits. An introduction to the theory and practice of perspective drawing is made in this course. One and two-point perspectives are covered, from “skeletal” construction through to refined, detailed, rendered interior perspective spaces. Prerequisites: ID 120 and ID 160. Co-requisite: ID 210.

ID 230 History of Architecture and Design II – 3 credits. This course is a continuation of History of Architecture and Design I with focus on the architecture and design of the western world from the 17th century to the present day. Lectures and discussion explore aesthetics and the development of design trends. Lectures are supported with PowerPoint presentations and videos. Prerequisite: ID 130. Co-requisite: ID 210.

ID 235 Materials I – 3 credits. This course is an exploration and study of properties and applications of materials commonly used in interior design. There is emphasis on understanding the nature of materials such as form, workability, strength and sustainability. Prerequisites: ID 135 and ID 270. Co-requisite: ID 210.

ID 260 Technical Drafting II – 3 credits. Emphasis in this course is placed on the use of architectural drafting techniques, symbols, and conventions in the development of working drawings. National Kitchen & Bath Association (NKBA) standards and conventions are introduced along with general joinery detailing and an introduction to AutoCAD drawing software. Prerequisite: ID 160. Co-requisites: ID 210, ID 235, and ID 270.

ID 270 Construction Fundamentals – 3 credits. This course is a survey of building materials used in residential interiors. The various phases of residential construction are studied in logical sequences. Topics include footings, foundations, framing of floors, walls and roof systems, and window and door types with reference to the Canadian Mortgage & Housing Corporation (CMHC) building standards and the Alberta Building Code.

Prerequisite: ID 160. Co-requisite: ID 260.

ID 305 Digital Graphics – 3 credits. Emphasis in this course is placed on the use of various digital software programs in the development of conceptual drawings, working drawings and student portfolios. Supplementing their use of Microsoft Office Suite, students will be introduced to CorelDraw Graphics Suite, 20-20 Design, Google SketchUp, and AutoCAD drawing software. In support of the listed software, students will be introduced to techniques available in the use of printers, scanners, copiers and large format plotters. Prerequisite: ID 260. Co-requisite: ID 360.

ID 310 Design III – 4 credits. This course further studies residential interior applications including advanced kitchen design and documentation to NKBA standards. There is an application of the design process, programming, space planning, and environmental factors affecting interior settings. As well, an introduction to basic interior lighting theory, design, applications, and documentation is provided. Projects require use of computers for product review, research and documentation. Prerequisites: ID 102, ID 210, ID 260 and ID 270. Co-requisites: ID 320, ID 335 and ID 360.

ID 320 Graphic Presentation III – 3 credits. Emphasis is on the development of a personal rendering and presentation technique. In addition, this course focuses on the presentation of developed design solutions to accompany ID 310. Prerequisites: ID 210 and ID 220. Co-requisite: ID 310.

ID 335 Materials II – 3 credits. This course is a continuation from ID 235. There is continued exploration and study of properties and applications of materials commonly used in interior design. There is emphasis on understanding the nature of materials such as form, workability, strength, and sustainability, as well as detailing, understanding how to assemble and use various materials. Prerequisite: ID 235. Co-requisite: ID 310.

ID 360 Technical Studio I – 4 credits. Students apply further architectural drafting practices with emphasis on the design and drafting of interior detail applications and application of the Canadian Building Code in residential interiors culminating in complete working drawings. The National Kitchen and Bath Association guidelines will also be applied to residential kitchen and bath drawings. Course work requires use of a computer aided drafting program (CAD) as well as manual techniques. Prerequisites: ID 260 and ID 270. Co-requisite: ID 310.

ID 370 Building Systems – 3 credits. As a continuation of Construction Fundamentals, the knowledge of building systems is enhanced in this course by the survey of buildings in residential and commercial construction. Strategies for sustainable design are emphasized. Prerequisite: ID 270. Co-requisites: ID 310 and ID 335.

ID 410 Design IV – 4 credits. This course provides theoretical as well as practical introduction to commercial design problem solving via the exploration of retail, hospitality and office planning. Professional calibre of work in resolution and execution is expected, which includes problem analysis, space planning, material and colour specifications as well as a full visual/verbal presentation. Sustainable design solutions are emphasized.

Prerequisites: ID 310, ID 360 and ID 370. Co-requisites: ID 251, ID 420 and ID 460.

ID 420 Graphic Presentation IV – 3 credits. This is a graphic presentation course with continued emphasis on board layout, presentation techniques and perspectives.

Students compile a portfolio of work in preparation for employment. The material ties in closely with designs prepared in ID 310 and ID 410. Prerequisites: ID 310 and ID 320.

Co-requisite: ID 410.

ID 450 Interior Design Practicum – 8 credits. Students participate in a two-month practicum with at least one month focusing on the kitchen and bath industry. Prerequisite: A current minimum G.P.A. of 2.0 in all required Interior Design Technology program courses.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

ID 460 Technical Studio II – 4 credits. The design and detailing of specialized installations, construction and application of the Canadian Building Code in commercial situations is studied in this course. Students prepare design working drawings applying drafting standards. A computer aided drafting program (CAD), a 3-D modeling program and a computer aided kitchen design and rendering program are used. Prerequisites: ID 360 and ID 370. Co-requisite: ID 410.

IN 101 Shop Practices – 3 credits. This is an introductory course that is designed to develop the students’ hand skills with tools that are used in the Instrumentation Trade.

Safety is to be taught on a continuous basis throughout the entirety of this course. The students is introduced to WHMIS, tube bending, thermocouple installation, precision measurement, control valve servicing, metal fabrication, pipe threading, electronic soldering, tube joining methods and electrical hazards. Co-requisites: IN 102, IN 103, and IN 104.

IN 102 Electrical – 3 credits. This is an introductory course that is designed to develop skills and increase knowledge of the principles of electricity, magnetism, and electrical measuring devices. The student is introduced to resistors, DC sources, circuits, plans and diagrams. The student also studies basic mathematics as it applies to the electrical field.

Co-requisites: IN 101, IN 103, and IN 104.

IN 103 Pneumatics – 3 credits. This is an introductory course that is designed to develop skills and increase knowledge of the principles of pneumatics. The student is introduced to pressure sensing devices, pressure standard, air compressors, and control valves. The student also studies basic mathematics as it applies to the instrumentation field. Corequisites: IN 101, IN 102, and IN 104.

IN 104 Physics – 3 credits. This is an introductory course that is designed to develop skills and increase knowledge of math and physics as they apply to the instrumentation field. Corequisites: IN 101, IN 102, and IN 103.

IN 108 Pre-employment Instrumentation Practicum – 3 credits. The practicum course requires a completion of four continuous weeks of work experience with a company that is involved in the instrumentation industry. The practicum is an unpaid position that allows the student the opportunity to observe and contribute to the operation of the host’s organization. P/F. Prerequisites: IN 101, IN 102, IN 103, IN 104, and SA 120.

INST1-FSI Fire Service Instructor Level I Part I – 2 credits. This 36-hour course contains theory and practical components. It covers concepts of learning and human factors in the teaching/learning environment. Students develop their teaching, testing and evaluation skills and conduct instruction from prepared, mostly skills-oriented material. Students use fire-service topics.

INST2-FSI Fire Service Instructor Level I Part II – 2 credits. This 36-hour course builds on Fire Service Instructor Part I. Students acquire skills in writing learning objectives, developing lesson plans, evaluation, developing of instructional materials, and teaching techniques in adverse situations. Students learn to deliver instruction (mainly lecture oriented) from their own, fire service-related material. Prerequisite: INST1-FSI Fire Service Instructor Level I Part I. LA 112 Canadian Real Property Law and Real Estate Ethics – 3 credits. The course focuses on the application of property law across Canada. The topics covered include: a review of the Canadian legal system, contract law, estates and interests in land, land registration, the role of the real estate agent, mortgage law, tenancies, condominium law, professional standards, and ethics.

LA 180 Business Law – 3 credits. Sources of law and the judicial system. Emphasis on the law of contracts, contract of sale, consumer protection, restrictive trade practices, agency, negotiable instruments, unincorporated business and corporations, insurance, the law of torts and real property law.

LA 320 Environmental Regulations & Compliance – 3 credits. This course focuses on the topic of environmental regulation and management in specific industry sectors.

Legislation, policies, codes of practice, and industry associations specific to upstream oil and gas, petroleum refining, chemical manufacturing, pulp and paper, and mining industries are studied. Practices in environmental management including strict liability offences, the due diligence defense, corporate due diligence programs and environmental management systems are examined. Compliance inspections are also discussed.

LS 101 Deaf Culture and Community I – 3 credits. This course introduces the learner to basic elements of Deaf culture and Deaf community. Both historical oppression and current issues of the Deaf community are explored. Prerequisite: ASL 300 or equivalent LS 102 Deaf Culture and Community II – 3 credits. This course builds on Deaf Culture and Community I to provide the student with Deaf cultural issues. Students are provided material on Deaf education, service agencies, and advocacy.

Prerequisite: LS 101.

LS 105 Becoming An Ally – 3 credits. In this course the student examines what it means to be an ally when working with Deaf people. The student explores issues related to Deaf/ hearing interactions within a variety of settings. The student explores the roles and requisite skills of interpreters who work with Deaf people.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

127

Course Descriptions LS 106 Structures of American Sign Language – 3 credits. This linguistics course enhances students’ knowledge of grammatical and structural features of American Sign Language. The course is based on the philosophy that students make better interpreters or employees working with Deaf people when they have a better understanding, accuracy, and fluency of American Sign Language (ASL).

LS 200 Comparative Linguistics – 3 credits. This course provides students with a comprehensive introduction to the linguistic structures of English and American Sign Language. Topics covered include the study of social linguistics with a focus on discourse functions in the two languages, and the role of syntax and semantics in the creation of meaning.

LS 202 Discourse Analysis – 3 credits. This course assists students in exploring various aspects of discourse analysis, examining them with linguistic, social, environmental and cultural contexts. Students learn to recognize features of discourse within ASL and spoken English such as register, prosodic elements, coherence and cohesion devices, and framing and interaction strategies. Students analyze both English and ASL texts in order to develop linguistically accurate and culturally appropriate bilingual interpretation.

LS 206 Critical Thinking and Community Systems – 3 credits. In this fully online course students learn to ask the right questions and assess personal values and beliefs in order to more accurately assess challenges and discover strategic thinking strategies to help problem solve issues in group or community settings.

LS 210 Interpretation I – 3 credits. This eight-week, 45-hour course follows the Interpreting Intensive LS 220 course. Students have the opportunity to further develop their translation, consecutive and simultaneous interpreting skills while using a variety of discourse-based texts. Prerequisite: LS 220.

LS 213 Advanced ASL Topics – 3 credits. This seminar provides students with the opportunity to examine language in use across a number of topics and issues that affect the Deaf community throughout North America, including sign language research and current issues that intersect language and interpreting.

LS 220 Interpreting Intensive – 3 credits. In this course students learn how to apply various models of interpretation to their work while building their skills in consecutive interpreting with interactive discourse.

LS 301 Directed Lab – 3 credits. This on-site immersion course (45 hours) provides students with opportunities to enhance their interpretation and ASL skills. Students engage in directed lab assignments in immersion settings where they are required to practice their novice interpreting skills in order to understand their weaknesses and seek improvement.

LS 308 Interpreting in Specialized Settings – 3 credits. The course provides students with opportunities to be exposed to the variations of interpreting in specialized settings.

Topics include interpreting in settings such as religious, platform, medical, K-12, postsecondary, and Video Relay.

LS 310 Interpretation II – 3 credits. This course provides enhanced opportunities for students to further refine their consecutive and simultaneous interpreting skills. Students work with general and technical discourse based texts. Students are required to complete volunteer, community based interpreting hours and also reflect on and integrate new and prior skills, knowledge and experiences with their emerging professional identity.

Prerequisite: LS 210.

LS 315 Interpretation III – 3 credits. This course provides students with opportunities to continue developing their interpretation skills with a variety of discourse genres and frames. Topics include working with the dynamics of small group meetings, interpreting for non-standard ASL, and working with Deaf interpreters. Prerequisite: LS 310.

LS 319 Integration Seminar – 3 credits. This 3 credit blended delivery course provides

students with opportunities for critical reflection on the demands of practicum/ internship and their emerging roles as professionals. The course culminates with formal presentations upon return from practicum 1 & 2.

LS 350 Internship – 6 credits. This is a 12-week off-site internship designed to offer students an introduction to professional practice in a supervised setting. Students are expected to participate in internship site activities 35 hours per week. Prerequisite: Successful completion of all 300 Level LS courses.

MA 008 CAPS Math 10 – 5 credits. This course is part of a transitional math program intended for use by adult learners who need to upgrade or refresh their algebraic skills before proceeding with a higher level math course. The topics covered include: operations in algebra, integers, linear equations, systems of equations, inequalities, polynomials, and rational equations. Prerequisite: Eligibility for the course is done on an individual basis in consultation with the learner.

MA 010 Pure Mathematics 10 – 5 credits. This course expands on the basic algebraic skills developed in AB 022 or grade nine math by introducing the concept of coordinate geometry and using it to apply graphical methods to linear equations. Operations with polynomials are expanded to include real numbers, with the inclusion of both rational and irrational expressions. Right triangle trigonometry is further developed and probability concepts are introduced. Prerequisites: AB 022 or equivalent.

MA 010-C Mathematics 10C – 5 credits. This course expands on the basic algebraic skills developed in AB 022 or grade nine Mathematics. MA 10C prepares students for 128

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

either the -1 or -2 course sequence beginning in grade 11. Students study measurement, trigonometry, polynomial factoring, roots and powers, systems of equations and linear relations and functions. Prerequisite: AB 022 or equivalent.

MA 018 CAPS Math 18 – 5 credits. This course is part of a transitional math program intended for use by adult learners who need to upgrade or refresh their algebraic skills before proceeding with MA 030. Quadratic, polynomial and rational functions are reviewed using algebraic and graphical models and technology as appropriate. Mathematical proofs using inductive and deductive reasoning are also reviewed. Prerequisite: Grade 11 Math and at the discretion of the chair/instructor.

MA 020 Pure Mathematics 20 – 5 credits. This course continues to develop problemsolving skills with an emphasis on algebraic and graphical methods. Students have the opportunity to work with functions, systems of equations, inequalities, quadratic equations and functions, reasoning, circle geometry and coordinate geometry. Prerequisite: MA 010.

MA 020-1 Mathematics 20-1 – 5 credits. Mathematics 20-1 is designed for those students who plan to continue in post-secondary programs that may require calculus skills. Topics include quadratic functions and equations, radical and rational expressions and equations, trigonometry, systems of equations as well as sequences and series.

Prerequisite: MA 010C or equivalent MA 020-2 Mathematics 20-2 – 5 credits. Mathematics 20-2 is designed for those students who plan to continue in post-secondary programs that do not require calculus skills. Topics include inductive and deductive reasoning, properties of angles and triangles, trigonometry, radicals, quadratic functions, quadratic equations, and proportional reasoning.

MA 025 General Mathematics 25 – 5 credits. This course covers concepts in applied statistics and money management, focusing on practical applications of financial investment and basic accounting principles. Prerequisite: A Grade 10 math.

MA 030 Pure Mathematics 30 – 5 credits. This course develops problem-solving skills with an emphasis on algebraic methods and also graphical methods. The students have the opportunity to work with transformations of a variety of functions, exponential and logarithmic functions and their applications, trigonometry, permutations and combinations, and quadratic relations. Note: Only one of MA 030, MA 033, and MA 035 may be used as credit for the Adult Grade 12 diploma. Prerequisite: MA 020.

MA 030-1 Mathematics 30-1. Mathematics 30-1 is designed for those students who plan to continue in post-secondary programs that may require calculus skills. Topics include permutations and combinations, relations and functions, sequences and series, and trigonometry.

MA 030-2 Mathematics 30-2. Mathematics 30-2 is designed for those students who plan to continue in post-secondary programs that do not require calculus skills. Topics include relations, functions and equations, probability, permutations and combinations.

MA 033 Mathematics 30 – 5 credits. This course covers algebraic concepts relating to functions and trigonometry. The student also learns about the mathematics of finance, annuities, mortgages, and loans. Note: Only one of MA 030, MA 033, or MA 035 may be used as credit for the Adult Grade 12 diploma. Prerequisite: MA 020.

MA 035 General Mathematics 35 – 5 credits. This course provides an introduction to various mathematical topics. Students also learn how mathematics is used as a tool for interpreting and organizing information. Note: Only one of MA 030, MA 033, MA 035 may be used as credit for the Adult Grade 12 diploma. Prerequisite: MA 025.

MA 100 Applied Problem Solving – 3 credits. This course is for students in Agricultural Sciences. Topics to be discussed include basic arithmetic concepts and basic algebra.

MA 101 Business Mathematics – 3 credits. The solution of practical financial and mathematical problems encountered in the business world is the focus of this course. It reviews the mathematics of ratios, percentage and basic algebra, and their applications to business problems. The principle of the time value of money is covered in depth with its important applications to finance, investments and capital budgeting. Use of financial calculators is emphasized throughout. Prerequisite: Grade 12 Math or equivalent.

MA 114 Vocational Mathematics – 3 credits. This course enables students, with the assistance of calculators, to develop functional mathematical skills and to deal with mathematical situations encountered daily in the community and workplace.

MA 116 Trades Math – 1 credit. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Welder Curriculum. The student learns math concepts that pertain directly to the welding trade in both metric and imperial systems including conversion from one form of measurement to the other. Topics covered include fractions, decimals, ratios, perimeter, area, and volume. Co-requisites: WE 129, WE 130, WE 131, WE 132, WE 133, and WE 134.

MA 120 Agricultural Mathematics – 2 credits. Topics to be discussed include basic arithmetic concepts and basic algebra with an interdisciplinary focus.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions MA 201 Business Statistics – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to statistical concepts and techniques, progressing to inferential statistics. The techniques introduced are used in all the functional areas of business. Topics include data presentation, probability, distributions, sampling and estimation, hypothesis testing, time series analysis, non-parametric tests, regression, and correlation.

MA 202 Statistics and Data Management – 3 credits. This course provides an introduction to the basic statistical procedures and data management techniques commonly used in the environmental sciences. Emphasis is placed on methods for organizing, storing, retrieving, analyzing, graphing and interpreting environmental data with database and spreadsheet software. Major analytical topics include measures of central tendency and dispersion, probability distributions, parametric and non-parametric hypothesis tests, correlation analysis, simple linear regression, and single-factor analysis of variance.

MA 305 Introduction to Calculus I – 3 credits. This is an introductory calculus course.

Topics covered include real numbers, functions, continuity and limits, derivatives, curve sketching, optimization and extremals, applications of the derivatives, anti-derivatives, integrals, and areas. Analytic geometry is also reviewed.

MA 535 Quantitative Methods I – 3 credits. This course serves as a connecting link between mathematics courses and applied business courses. The focus is on sharpening decision-making abilities by formulating business problems into quantitative models and interpreting the results of the model solutions. Topics include decision making under uncertainty, forecasting, inventory, and PERT/CMP planning models. Prerequisite: MA 201.

MA 635 Quantitative Methods II – 3 credits. This course continues the quantitative decision making approach to business problems. The focus is on the techniques of mathematical modeling. Topics include linear programming and computer simulation.

Emphasis is placed on setting up a variety of business problems for computer solution, and the interpretation and application of the computer output. Computer simulation methods enable the student to creatively model and evaluate business situations for which standard models are not available. Prerequisite: MA 201.

MATH 113 Elementary Calculus I – 3 credits. Review of analytic geometry. Differentiation and integration of simple functions. Applications. Prerequisite: Pure Mathematics 30 or Math 30-1.

MATH 115 Elementary Calculus II - 3 credits. Differentiation and integration of trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions. Indeterminate forms and improper integrals. Techniques of integration. Application. Prerequisite: MATH 113 or 114 or equivalent.

MATH 160 Higher Arithmetic – 3 credits. Elementary number theory, numeration systems, number systems, and elementary probability theory. Math fair. Note: This 3 credit course is restricted to elementary education students. Prerequisite: Pure Math 30, Math 30-1 or Math 30-2.

Mathematics 10-3 – 5 credits. This course is a conventional basic math course with general life-skills math and apprenticeship applications.

MK 170 Marketing Principles – 3 credits. This course is designed to develop knowledge and understanding of marketing techniques. It includes analysis of marketing operation, product assortment, price structure, channels of distribution, and promotion of goods and services.

MK 200 Retailing – 3 credits. Retailing is the last step in the distribution process. This applied course examines all of the activities associated with selling products to the final consumer. While the emphasis is on marketing, all of the functional areas of retailing (merchandising, location, shelf allocation, information systems, etc.) are explored.

Prerequisite: MK 170.

MK 210 Consumer Behaviour – 3 credits. This course examines how different consumer segments make decisions about how to spend their money. To effectively employ the marketing concept, marketing practitioners must understand consumer behaviour concepts and theories. This course covers the exchange process involved in acquiring, consuming, and disposing of goods, services, experiences and ideas. Prerequisite: MK 170.

MK 211 Global Marketing – 3 credits. This course is a comprehensive study of marketing in an international context. Topics covered in this course include the export process, licensing, joint ventures, culture, product adaptation, international distribution, and the international political and legal environment.

MK 223 Advertising & Promotions – 3 credits. This course is designed to enable students to the use the advertising and promotional techniques learned in MK 170 in a practical hands-on way. Topics range from the role of advertising to the creative aspects of developing and presenting various promotional vehicles in their completed form.

Prerequisite: MK 170.

MK 230 Consumer Behaviour – 3 credits. This is an introductory course in marketing research. The course includes an experiential approach to the learning of techniques of marketing research. Course content includes research designs, data collection instruments, sample designs, types of analysis, and research reporting. Prerequisite: MK 170.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

MR 110 Grain Harvesting Systems – 3 credits. This course covers all aspects of modern grain harvesting equipment. The design, adjustment, and operation of the swather and of the various combine configurations are studied in the classroom, lab, and field in the appropriate season. Harvest management systems are investigated in some detail through discussion of grain conditioning, drying, straight combining, in-field grain transport systems, and other techniques.

MR 112 Tillage and Direct Seeding Systems – 3 credits. This is a user-oriented course covering the related areas of tillage, seeding and fertilizing equipment. Design, operation, adjustment, and calibration of all common soil working, seeding and fertilizing equipment are studied in the classroom, the shop, and in the field if the season permits. Emphasis will be placed on direct seeding systems common on the prairies.

MR 142 Pesticide Application Technologies – 2 credits. This course provides an in-depth study of pesticide spray application equipment commonly used on prairie grain farms.

Pesticide legislation, safety, health and environmental considerations are covered to assist those interested in pursuing a provincial pesticide applicators license. Application accuracy and efficiency are emphasized, as is safe and responsible use of these chemicals.

MUSIC 100 Rudiments of Music – 3 credits. Fundamentals of music theory approached through aural and written training. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

MUSIC 101 Introduction to Music – 3 credits. A study of music literature with an emphasis on listening and analytical tools. A brief survey of the history of Western music will be included. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

NS 110 Historical Perspectives in Native Studies – 3 credits. This course is a thematic introduction to the historical relationships, colonial contexts, and social, political, and cultural patterns that have shaped the contemporary situation of Aboriginal peoples in Canada. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

NS 111 Contemporary Perspectives in Native Studies – 3 credits. An overview of various major issues facing Canadian aboriginal peoples and governments today. The focus of the course will be from a Native Studies perspective and will deal with issues such as land, self-government, economic development, education, and health.

NUTR 110 Introductory Nutrition – 3 credits. This course provides an introduction to human nutrition. The macronutrients and major micronutrients and their functions in the body are introduced. Recommended nutrient intakes and guidelines are described.

Nutrition issues facing the general public throughout the lifecycle are discussed.

Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

OA 130 Keyboarding and Document Processing – 3 credits. This course combines keyboarding and document processing. In the keyboarding portion, the student gains mastery of the computer keyboard, learns proper keyboarding techniques, and keys letters, memos, tables, reports, and business forms. Increasing emphasis is placed on developing speed and accuracy. This hands-on course is designed to introduce Office Administration students to word processing concepts and the production of routine business communications.

OA 155 Office Procedures I – 3 credits. This course offers an introduction to the world of business. Students gain practical experience in a typical office environment and perform routine duties common to the majority of all office positions. Basic skills in the operation of electronic calculators are also covered.

OA 230 Keyboarding Applications – 5 credits. This course is a continuation of OA 130 and covers advanced features of word processing. It also introduces desktop publishing concepts.

OA 255 Office Procedures II – 3 credits. In this course, office procedures skills are developed to a higher level and the importance and function of secretarial public relations are examined. Students are prepared further for their work practicum (OA 290) and the employment application process. Prerequisite: OA 155.

OA 290 Office Practicum – 3 credits. This three-week work placement with a business firm provides students with a realistic office experience. Prerequisites: A current standing of at least D in all Office Administration courses.

PA 211 Applications in Precision Farming – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of precision farming techniques and the equipment used to implement these techniques.

DGPS receivers, yield monitors, variable rate application equipment, and field scouting computers are studied and used to collect data used for making crop planning decisions.

An overview of remote sensing in agriculture is presented. Students use Geographical Information Systems (GIS) to display, manipulate and query crop production information.

Students create profit maps used for decision-making and create prescription maps for variable rate equipment.

PATH 1000 Pathophysiology for the Health-Care Professions – 3 credits. Study the pathological processes underlying disease and disorders and the resulting alterations in human physiological function through the lifespan. Prerequisite/Co-requisite: ANPH 1002.

PEDS 293 Introduction to the Movement Activities of Children Aged 5-12 – 3 credits.

A study of developmentally appropriate movement activities for children. Students will participate and work with children in a variety of physical activities in recreational, educational and sports environments. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

129

Course Descriptions PEDS 294 A Conceptual Approach to Physical Activity – 3 credits. A study of the fundamental movement concepts that underlie the physical activities engaged in by youth of secondary school age. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

PHAR 1000 Basic Pharmacotherapeutics – 3 credits. Study the basic scientific knowledge required for the safe administration of medications. Focus on both the therapeutic physiological effects and the non-therapeutic side effects of medications used in treating clients across the lifespan.

PHYS 124 Particles and Waves – 3 credits. Algebra-based course primarily for students in life, environmental, and medical sciences. It guides the student through two distinct types of motion: motion of matter (particles) and wave motion. Vectors, forces, bodies in equilibrium, review of kinematics and basic dynamics; conservation of momentum and energy; circular motion; vibrations; elastic waves in matter; sound; wave optics; black body radiation, photons, de Broglie waves. Examples relevant in environmental, life and medical sciences will be emphasized. Prerequisites: Pure Math 30 and Physics 30.

PHYS 126 Fluids, Fields, and Radiation – 3 credits. A continuation of PHYS 124 primarily for students in life, environmental, and medical sciences. Fluid statics and dynamics, gases, kinetic interpretation; electrostatics; currents and circuits; magnetic field; electromagnetic induction; nuclear radiation, its interaction with matter and applications.

Prerequisite: PHYS 124.

PN 130 Anatomy and Physiology I – 3 credits. In this course the practical nurse will study the organization of the human body and learn about the structure of the human body and how it functions. This courses content is organized around the body systems and focuses on how each system works together to promote homeostasis. Key elements of the course will focus on anatomical and directional terminology, the level of organization, cell and tissue biology, as well as the integumentary, skeletal, muscular, nervous and endocrine systems. Anatomy and physiology are essential for the preparation of individuals going into all medical and health related professions, and will also offer an introduction to the terminology used by health professionals.

PN 131 Anatomy and Physiology II – 3 credits. In this course the practical nurse will study the organization of the human body and learn about the structure of the human body and how it functions. This courses content is organized around the body systems and focuses on how each system works together to promote homeostasis. Key elements of the course will focus on the respiratory, digestive, urinary, cardiovascular, lymphatic and reproductive systems of the body, as well as blood, microbiology and body defenses.

Anatomy and physiology are essential for the preparation of individuals going into all medical and health related professions, and will also offer an introduction to the terminology used by health professionals.

PN 132 Health Assessment: Physical Assessment of Adults – 4 credits. A crucial part of nursing is performing relevant assessments. The nursing student will learn and practice the two major components of assessment: health history and physical exam in lecture and laboratory settings. This course continues the process of developing critical thinking skills necessary throughout the nursing program and later in nursing practice.

PN 133 Communications for Nursing – 3 credits. Nursing Communications introduces the student to fundamental principles of communication needed to develop effective interpersonal relationships with patients and members of the interdisciplinary health care team. The role of effective communication in the provision of safe patient care will be emphasized. Students will learn strategies of effective communication necessary to enhance the nursing process.

PN 134 Nursing Foundations I: Introduction to Nursing – 4 credits. This introductory nursing course builds a foundation for moral and ethical reasoning and develops a knowledge base for nursing practice by exploring the history of nursing, the evolving role of the practical nurse, the Canadian health-care system, and legislative acts that affect nursing practice in Alberta. The learner will examine the professional association and standards of practice that define the roles and responsibilities of the practical nurse.

The course provides a basic understanding of means of promoting wellness of self as a caregiver and beginning skills in working as a member of a group.Through the introduction of nursing concepts, the nursing metaparadigm, and the nursing process, the learner will learn critical thinking skills that support decision making in nursing and lead to the delivery of high-quality and safe nursing care.

PN 135 Pathophysiology for Health Care Professions – 3 credits. Pathophysiology for health-care professions is a theory course, focusing on the pathological processes underlying health disorders and chronic disease within each body system. Disorders related to the systems of the body will be presented conceptually in terms of general pathological processes, diagnostic criteria, manifestations, complications and treatment specific to disease conditions. Each concept will be illustrated by typical diseases and disorders.

PN 136 Nursing Foundations II: Basic Nursing – 7 credits. This nursing foundations course applies concepts of the nursing metaparadigm, self-care and the nursing process in providing safe nursing care. The learner will develop nursing care plans and learn to prioritize nursing care using time management skills. The course examines strategies for communicating essential client information to members of the interdisciplinary health care team in simulated clinical settings. A laboratory component is included in which 130

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

learners apply theory and practice nursing skills related to activities of daily living and medication administration.

PN 137 Basic Pharmacology – 3 credits. Introductory Pharmacology instills the practical nursing student with the knowledge necessary to safely administer medications. The practical nurse will gain understanding of the pharmacokinetics of common drug classifications, rationale for use of medication, and expected therapeutic outcomes. Herbal preparations will be briefly examined. Students will examine the nursing role in critically assessing the need for, and response to, medications.

PN 138 Nursing Practice I: Continuing Care Practice – 5 credits. This first practice nursing course provides opportunities for the learner to gain experience as a member of the interdisciplinary health-care team by providing safe, holistic and evidence informed nursing care within a continuing care setting following the standards of practice for a practical nurse. Note: This course is 5 weeks of continuing care practice.

PN 221 Nursing Foundations III: Medical/Surgical Nursing – 9 credits. The focus of the nursing course is on nursing care and related skills based on evidence informed medicalsurgical nursing practice. The learner builds upon previous nursing knowledge and related theory in adapting the nursing approach to the care of the medical-surgical client using the nursing metaparadigm and the nursing process. The learner continues to develop leadership skills through the experience of mentorship. A laboratory component is included in which learners apply theory and practise nursing skills related to medical-surgical nursing including parenteral medication administration.

PN 222 Nursing Foundations IV: Maternity Nursing – 3 credits. This nursing course examines evidence informed maternity nursing practice and the care of the expectant family before, during, and after birth of the baby. The learner will build upon previous nursing knowledge and related theory in adapting the nursing approach to the care and health promotion of the child-bearing family using nursing concepts and the nursing process. Trends and issues in the care of child-bearing clients and their families will also be explored.

PN 223 Nursing Foundations V: Pediatric Nursing – 3 credits. This nursing course examines evidence informed pediatric nursing care. The learner builds upon previous nursing knowledge and related theory in adapting the nursing approach and communication strategies required for safe, high-quality nursing care and health promotion of the pediatric client. Trends and issues in the care of pediatric clients and their families will also be explored.

PN 224 Nursing Foundations VI: Community Nursing – 3 credits. This nursing course examines family and community theory to acquire the knowledge and skill required to promote the health and well-being of families within the community. The course emphasizes the importance of collaboration between the interdisciplinary health-care team, families, and communities to achieve safe evidence informed community nursing practice. The learner will build upon previous nursing knowledge and related theory in adapting the nursing approach to the care and health promotion of the family and community using a nursing model and nursing process. Trends and issues in the care of families and communities will also be explored.

PN 225 Nursing Foundations VII: Mental Health Nursing – 3 credits. This nursing course explores legal and ethical considerations and social stigmas related to mental health disorders. The learner examines evidence informed mental health nursing practice for clients and their families as they adjust to changes in functioning associated with mental health issues and related treatments. The learner builds previous knowledge and related theory in adapting the nursing approach to the care and health promotion of mental health clients and their families using the metaparadigm of nursing and nursing process. Trends and issues in mental health nursing will also be explored.

PN 226 Nursing Foundations VIII: Transition to Graduate Nursing – 3 credits. This nursing foundations course prepares the learner for the transition from a learner to graduate practical nurse. The course explores working within the parameters of a healthcare organization, labour relations, and the professional association. The learner will learn ways to empower and motivate to build successful teams, types of management and leadership styles, professional development, continued competence, lifelong learning, and quality improvement, all of which contribute to becoming a professional practical nurse in today’s health-care field.

PN 227 Nursing Practice II: Acute Care Practice (Medical/Surgical) – 4 credits. This practice course provides the learner with clinical experience as a member of the healthcare team in providing safe, holistic and evidence informed nursing care to clients and families in an acute care environment following the standards of practice for a practical nurse. This course includes four weeks of instructor-supervised clinical practice on an acute care medical and/or surgical unit, and in combination with Nursing Practice III, meets the program requirements of 8 weeks of placement in an acute care setting.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions PN 228 Nursing Practice III: Acute Care Practice (Medical/Surgical) – 4 credits.

This practice course provides the learner with clinical experience as a member of the interdisciplinary health-care team by providing safe, holistic and evidence informed nursing care to clients in an acute care environment following the standards of practice for a practical nurse. This course includes four weeks of instructor-supervised clinical practice on an acute care medical and/or surgical unit, and in combination with Nursing Practice II, meets the program requirements of 8 weeks of placement in an acute care setting.

PN 229 Nursing Practice IV: Focused Practice – 3 credits. This course provides the opportunity for the learner to integrate program knowledge, skills, attitudes, and judgments into the role of the practical nurse in a specialized practice environment. The learner will apply accumulated knowledge and skills in a clinical experience involving three weeks of instructor-supervised or preceptored clinical practice in one of the following settings: community, rural, maternity, pediatric, or mental health. Note: Rural institutions may choose an urban setting for these practicum placements as other placements likely in a rural setting.

PN 230 Nursing Practice V: Comprehensive Practice – 4 credits. This final course of the program provides the opportunity for the learner to integrate knowledge, skills, attitudes, and judgments in transition to the role of the graduate practical nurse. The learner will apply learned competencies in a clinical experience in a four-week, preceptored clinical practice assuming the anticipated roles of a graduate practical nurse. The focus of this course is to provide placement opportunity for student to integrate medical/surgical generalist nursing skills and abilities.

POLS 221 Canadian Political Realities – 3 credits. This introduction to Canadian politics is designed for students who do not intend to take more senior courses in Canadian politics. It provides an overview of Canadian political development, the key institutions and actors in Canadian politics, and a survey of Canada’s most pressing and persistent political challenges. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

PSYCO 104 Basic Psychological Processes – 3 credits. Principles and development of perception, motivation, learning and thinking and their relationship to the psychological functioning of the individual. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

PSYCO 105 Individual and Social Behaviour – 3 credits. Introduction to the study of human individuality, personality, and social psychological processes. Some aspects of normal and abnormal human development, psychological assessment and treatment may be reviewed. Prerequisite: PSYCO 104.

PSYCO 111 Psychological Principles for Nursing – 3 credits. Psychological principles and processes as they relate to nursing, including research design and analysis, lifespan development, memory and cognitive processing, social psychological processes, personality, psychological disorders and their treatment.

PSYCO 223 Developmental Psychology – 3 credits. Biological, cognitive and social aspects of psychological development, with special emphasis on infancy, childhood and adolescence. Prerequisites: PSYCO 104 and PSYCO 105 or equivalent.

PSYCO 233 Personality – 3 credits. An introductory survey including representative theoretical points of view and research relevant to the major problems of the study of personality. Prerequisites: PSYCO 104 and PSYCO 105 or equivalent.

PSYCO 241 Social Psychology – 3 credits. A survey of theories and research on the individual in a social context. Prerequisites: PSYCO 104 and PSYCO 105.

PSYCO 339 Abnormal Psychology – 3 credits. Nature and treatment of psychological disorders, such as cross-disciplinary perspectives and an emphasis on improving understanding of psychopathology in everyday life. Prerequisite: At least one 200-level PSYCO (PSYCO 233 and 275 recommended).

PSYCO 341 Cultural Psychology – 3 credits. An introduction to psychological approaches to the study of culture, including cross-cultural psychology, cultural psychology, indigenous psychologies, and the psychology of ethnicity and intercultural contact. Prerequisite: One of PSYCO 223, 244.

RC 200 Basic Energy Principles – 3 credits (45-0). This course provides a basic understanding of the principles of energy systems including electricity, heat, energy movement and water flow. The course also examines the principles related to energy storage and transfer. Provides a basic math review and provides practice with the basic types of calculations used in the energy industry.

RC 201 Energy and the Environment – 3 credits (45-0). This course examines the global aspects of energy movement in the natural environment, and where and how products like carbon are naturally stored and cycled. Our current energy production practices are reviewed in this context, and the potential environmental concerns associated with them are identified, including greenhouse gases and other potential contaminants. The course draws linkages to where we are at today, and where we may be in the future if changes are not implemented.

RC 202 Energy Audits and Conservation Practices – 3 credits. This course examines methods to successfully reduce energy consumption in residential homes, and how an energy audit is used to quantify this success. Topics include the process of conducting a home energy audit, inspecting home energy use and identifying methods of reducing home energy consumption.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

RC 203 Global Impact of Climate Change – 3 credits (45-0). This course examines the broader potential impacts of a warming planet. The potential impacts on plants, animals and mankind are considered. Opposing theories about global warming and the potential implications are reviewed.

RC 204 Introduction to Wind Energy – 3 credits (45-0). This is an introductory course that examines the development of wind power as an alternative renewable energy source. Topics of discussion include the need to assess wind energy potential, types of wind turbines, global development of wind power and environmental aspects. Both large commercial and small wind power applications are introduced.

RC 205 Introduction to Solar Energy – 3 credits (45-0). This is an introductory course that examines the effective use of solar energy for supplementing heat and electricity demands in buildings. Topics include solar system components, general system planning, design considerations and safe installation guidelines. Prerequisite: RC 200 is normally considered to be a prerequisite for taking RC 204, RC 205 or RC 206. The prerequisite may be waived by the department chair if the applicant has prior knowledge of the basic skills related to the subject area. A good basic knowledge of the related principles of electricity, heat, energy movement, energy storage, fluid flow, and the types of calculations commonly used in the related industry are required.

RC 206 Geo Energy Exchange - Installation – 3 credits (45-0). Reviews the application of geothermal energy systems. In addition this course introduces the ongoing developments of energy exchange beyond the typical ground source applications.

Participants examine energy exchange principles, geothermal heat pump systems, the economic and marketing factors of the energy exchange industry, and the geological factors related to geo-applications. The installation process, maintenance issues, and basic controls are detailed.

RC 207 Introduction to Biofuels – 3 credits (45-0). This course examines the basic principles and practices of current biofuel production. Topics include an overview of the production processes of biodiesel and ethanol. Quality, cost and performance issues of these fuels are discussed as well as their benefits and challenges.

RC 208 Waste Reduction, Reuse and Recycling – 3 credits (45-0). An integral part of sustainability is our willingness to reduce the resources we consume and reduce the waste in our environment. This course looks at the problems created by waste and approaches to reduce waste, re-use discarded resources, and recycle resources.

RC 210 Water Issues and Conservation Practices – 3 credits. The availability of good quality water is considered to be one of the biggest issues of the future. This course looks at global water sources, quality of water supplies and what needs to be done to conserve water. Potential water conservation practices for agriculture, industry and homeowners are reviewed. Prerequisite: Although not required, students are encouraged to take RC 201 Energy and the Environment before RC 210 Water Issues and Conservation Practices.

RC 320 Small Wind Energy Systems – 3 credits (45-0). This course examines systems and components for small wind applications. The types of equipment, installation, operation and general maintenance requirements are reviewed. Wind power assessments, environmental issues, siting, sizing and connection to the electrical grid are topics of discussion. Prerequisite: RC 204.

RC 321 Solar Thermal Systems – 3 credits (45-0). This course examines the types of solar thermal applications and components available today, along with their installation and maintenance. The course provides advanced details regarding sizing of components, integrating systems and system control. Prerequisite: RC 205.

RC 322 Geo Energy Exchange - Residential Design – 3 credits. This course examines the design aspects of Geo-Exchange systems related to a residential application.

Prerequisite: RC 206.

RC 323 Bio-Energy and Biogas – 3 credits (45-0). The course reviews the potential utilization of bio-energy technologies like bio-mass, bio-heat, biogas, and other emerging bio-industries.

RC 324 Sustainable Building Design and Practices – 3 credits (45-0). This course examines sustainable building construction techniques, building location in the landscape, and options to use building design and features to optimize energy and resource conservation. Topics include site specific design related to climate, passive solar, natural lighting, and integration of renewable energy systems. The LEED building accreditation is also introduced. The course looks at the broad picture of how individuals and businesses can incorporate good design, and both technical and lifestyle changes to reduce our ecological footprint. Prerequisite: RC 202.

RC 325 Solar Photovoltaic Systems – 3 credits. This course reviews solar photovoltaic (solar PV) applications and equipment, focusing on design, installation and maintenance.

Using a project-based approach, this course provides advanced details regarding sizing and selecting components, and planning a solar PV project from start to finish.

Prerequisite: RC 205.

RC 326 Electrical Installation and Codes – 3 credits (45-0). This course covers the electrical requirements associated with renewable energy systems, and the associated electrical code requirements.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

131

Course Descriptions RC 430 Integration of Distributed Energy Systems – 3 credits (45-0). This course examines the monitoring and control logistics, and integration challenges of distributed renewable energy technologies like solar, wind, and geo-exchange into new construction, or creating compatibility with existing systems. This course integrates knowledge learned about the individual renewable technologies, and how essential performance factors can be monitored and controlled. Prerequisites or Co-requisites: RC 230, RC 321, RC 322 and RC 325.

RC 431 Renewable Energy On-Site Lab – 3 credits (15-60). A hands-on lab component related to the wind, solar, geothermal, and system measurement and control courses will be held at the Vermilion, Alberta campus of Lakeland College. This hands-on lab component is a very important part of the diploma program where students will work with the equipment and practice many of the essential skills required. Prerequisites: RC 320, RC 321, RC 322, RC 325 and RC 430.

RC 450 Renewable Energy Traveling Seminar – 1 credit (optional). An optional travelling seminar will occur at the end of the on-campus lab. Students wishing to participate will be required to sign up with full payment of fees in advance. The travelling seminar will include visits to relevant renewable energy and conservation sites, and participants will be required to research and help organize visits. This optional seminar will provide the opportunity for participants to further develop knowledge in the renewable energy field.

Prerequisite: RC 431.

RE 131 Field Skills I and Wilderness First Aid – 3 credits. This course is offered in the fall semester and introduces students to various field skills identified by potential employers as important to technicians in Wildlife and Fisheries Conservation. Students receive training and certification in Wilderness and Remote First Aid and CPR/AED Level C. Wilderness survival, field orienteering, and chainsaw safety are taught. Students receive hands-on training in field camp operations, firearm safety and operation, quad operation, motorized watercraft operation, and the trailering of field equipment. Students are trained in bear awareness, and attend a firearms safety course as a prerequisite to obtaining a firearms Possession Acquisition License (P.A.L.). Some of this course is held on weekends.

RE 135 Introduction to Outdoor Pursuits I – 3 credits. This first level course provides the setting in which students can examine both self and group leadership, as well as self-awareness through small group travel. This course presents the fundamentals of outdoor recreation activity, including outdoor clothing, equipment selection and use, food preparation, nutrition and menu planning, environmental concerns, travel techniques, navigation, personal and guest safety procedures, leave no trace camping techniques, and trip planning. In addition, students begin to develop their leadership skills through readings, discussion and practical exercises. Much of the course material is presented in an outdoor setting. Prerequisite: Successful completion of physical fitness assessment or consent of instructor.

RE 210 Fitness and Wellness – 3 credits. This introductory course involves both theory and practical applications of fitness and wellness concepts. The scope of this course involves: fitness assessment, fitness training, program development and implementation, nutrition, and fitness in the ATOR industry. The course requires active participation from students in a personal fitness training program and in-class activity for successful course completion.

RE 220 Recreational Skills II – 1 credit. This course is a continuation of RE 120. P/F. Prerequisite: RE 120.

RE 231 Field Skills II and Small Engine Repair – 3 credits. This course is offered in the winter semester and introduces students to various skills identified by potential employers as important to field technicians in wildlife and fisheries conservation. Students receive training and certification in Wilderness and Remote First Aid and CPR/AED Level C, and in snowmobile operation and trailering. Wilderness survival and camping skills, tracking, snow measurement and snowshoe/nordic skiing travel are taught. Students are trained in bear awareness and attend a wildlife conference. Some of this course is held on weekends.

RE 235 Expedition Planning – 3 credits. This second level course provides the setting in which students can examine both self and group leadership, as well as self-awareness through small group travel. This course covers an introduction to cold weather camping.

Other topics that are covered are survival methods and skills, wilderness safety, search and rescue theory, multi-day trekking, route finding and planning, and leave no trace camping practices. This advanced level course presents expedition planning, emergency situation management, food safety and advanced food preparation for guides, advanced wilderness route finding, and wilderness guiding practices (preparing and guiding trips), which leads to competence in eco-tourism expedition planning. Leadership and guiding principles and their practical application within the context of trip planning and execution are a major focus of this course. Prerequisite: RE 135.

RE 335 Advanced Leadership – 3 credits. This advanced outdoor pursuits course examines current leadership concepts and issues. Students explore different leadership styles and techniques. The course gives students the foundation of leadership and guiding principles and their practical application within the context of trip planning and execution.

This course includes an extended expedition trip during which the students apply and further develop their leadership and tripping skills. For this reason, students need to successfully participate in the expedition to complete this course. Students implement 132

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

the planning aspect of RE 235 to carry out the expedition trip. Students gain additional technical skills in rope rescue, and mechanical advantage. Students apply these new skills combined with their leadership techniques when undertaking student lead initiatives.

Prerequisite: RE 235.

RE 375 Experiential Education – 3 credits. This is an introductory course in environmental education, and experiential education dealing primarily with methods used in working with children’s groups in the outdoors. Working with teachers, developing specialized projects, learning age group characteristics, and understanding group dynamics may be a part of this course.

RE 435 Backcountry Skiing – 3 credits. This fourth level course provides the setting in which students can examine both self and group leadership, as well as self-awareness through small group travel. This course covers cold weather camping, advanced leadership and guiding skills, avalanche awareness, telemark skiing, search and rescue theory, outdoor living skills, route finding and planning, and principles of “Leave no Trace.”

Students learn in an active outdoor setting as well as a classroom setting. Students receive training in proper and safe operation of ATVs, as well proper and safe operation of snowmobiles. Students also have the opportunity to receive Canadian Safety Council certification for ATV and Saskatchewan Safety Council certification for snowmobile operation and safety. Prerequisites: RE 335 and HE 279.

RF 101 Colt Training – 3 credits. Using Western riding techniques, students are responsible for the care and training of their three or four-year-old colts. Training techniques include halter breaking, gentling, saddling and riding using snaffle bits.

Students develop skills in colt training while developing the colt towards a performance horse. Co-requisite: RF 112.

RF 103 Intermediate Training – 3 credits. Confidence in training skills is gained through continued instruction and training of a started colt. Skills are developed in teaching a colt to take proper leads, to neck rein, and to perform flying lead changes, sliding stops, backing, pivots, rollbacks and turnarounds. Prerequisite: RF 101. Co-requisite: RF 112.

RF 105 Introductory Cattle Handling – 3 credits. Confidence in training is gained through instruction in trail, cutting and roping on horseback. Students develop skills toward becoming stockmen and horsemen in a safe environment. Prerequisite: RF 103, and a Semester I GPA of 1.5 or better. Co-requisite: RF 122.

RF 107 Advanced Cattle Handling – 3 credits. Confidence in training is gained through instruction in developing stockmanship skills, working cow-horse events, and developing roping skills. Time is spent working in real life situations such as calving cows and working in actual feedlots or bull test stations. This course allows students to practice what they have learned. Prerequisite: RF 105, and a Semester I GPA of 1.5 or better.

Co-requisite: RF 122.

RF 111 Cattle Diseases and Treatment – 3 credits. This course provides a working knowledge of the common diseases of beef cattle which might be encountered in a feedlot or ranch/community pasture environment. Emphasis is placed on understanding infectious diseases and their cause, treatment and prevention. Pharmacology of common drugs used in the cattle industry are covered in detail including proper handling and administration.

Safety issues and withdrawal times are stressed. The calving process (both normal and abnormal) is discussed at length. Labs are designed to reinforce the lecture material and to develop skills in various treatment techniques and their documentation via computer record keeping systems.

RF 112 Stable Management I – 1 credit. Students are responsible for the care and stable management practices related to the horses. This experience allows students to practice their stable skills under realistic conditions, which must meet industry’s standards. Corequisite: RF 101.

RF 113 Feeds and Feeding – 3 credits. The key species in this course are the bovine and equine. The focus of this course is the application of feeds and feeding through the understanding of nutrients, their functions and requirements. Students are introduced to digestion, nutrient balance, basic ration formulation and appraisal of sound feeding programs.

RF 115 Equine Husbandry – 3 credits. This course covers many aspects of equine health and management, including some functional anatomy, infectious diseases of the horse, lameness, parasite control and vaccine protocols. In addition, the course will describe some equine genetic diseases, inheritance of some traits and equine behaviour. Equine business contracts and AQHA forms will be covered, as well as the evolution and customs in western horse training. The farrier portion will tie lower leg anatomy and farrier skills to prepare students for hoof care on their own horses.

RF 122 Stable Management II – 1 credit. Students are responsible for the care and stable management practices related to the horses. This experience allows students to practice their stable skills under realistic conditions, which must meet industry’s standards.

Prerequisite: RF 112.

RF 123 Equine Marketing – 3 credits. Students learn the basic principles of marketing and ethics. They develop skills in assessing and targeting markets, as well as preparation and presentation of sale horses. Management of a high profile sale and/or competition is a function of this course.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions RF 140 Beef Production – 3 credits. This course is designed to provide the student with a working knowledge of the beef industry in Canada. The main focus of the course is on beef cow-calf and feedlot operations. Topics include cattle types, animal handling facilities, feeding management, seasonal activities, genetics and breeding programs, economics and marketing. Emphasis is placed on knowledge for employment and enterprise management decision-making.

RT 100 Rescue Awareness – 2 credits. This 40-hour course is the prerequisite training for all the technical disciplines that fall under NFPA 1006. This course includes basic command system, rescue operations organization, surveying the scene for hazards, scene safety, personal protective equipment, rescue equipment, ground support helicopters, site operations, resource management, terminating an incident, knots, single-point anchors, rigging, as well as hauling and belaying systems.

RT 111/RT121 Confined Space Rescue Level I and II – 2 credits. This course teaches the student to become proactive in rescue by recognizing the hazards of a confined space, identifying which of those hazards can be managed and taking the proper steps to safely and effectively manage the hazards through basic and advanced skill sets. Skills that are covered include pre-planning a rescue, air monitoring, lockout/tagout, ventilation and inerting, using ICS, strategic rescue factors, safety, providing built in rescue equipment and managing the hazards of a confined space, as well as a critical discussion about accident prevention. Prerequisites: RT 100 or RT 106.

RT 112/RT 122 Trench Rescue Operations Level I and II – 2 credits. This course takes the student from the basic information required for recognizing hazards that are specific to trench emergencies through to the necessary skills required to safely perform a rescue involving a trench or excavation site. Trench Rescue Operations Level I and Level II provide a combination of theoretical and practical skills training. Level I training involves trenches that are no deeper than 2.4 m (8 ft.) and are non-intersecting and includes basic shoring and sheeting techniques, site operations, personal protective equipment, and hazard monitoring and control as well as patient extrication techniques. Level II training includes more complex safety systems required for performing rescues in trenches deeper than 2.4 m (8 ft.) or that intersect (such as ‘T’ or ‘Y’ excavations). Training includes lifting and stabilization with heavy equipment, specialized and supplemental shoring and sheeting, specialized trench safety systems, hazard assessment, monitoring and control, ventilation techniques and patient extrication techniques. Prerequisites: RT 100 or RT 106.

SA 120 Safety Training. Prepares workers to recognize safety hazards, to avoid dangerous actions and to perform basic rescue when needed. The course includes a variety of safety modules but not limited to: WHMIS, H2S Alive, CPR and First Aid, Confined Space Entry, Defensive Driving, Transport of Dangerous Goods, Construction Safety Training System.

Modules are chosen based upon the needs of the individual class. Each module includes a combination of both theory and practice. Upon successful completion of written and practical examinations, the candidates is issued a certificate. All modules are delivered by accredited in-house staff or by contracted outside agencies. P/F. SC 010 Science 10 – 5 credits. This course expands on the basic scientific skills developed in AB 040 (grade nine equivalent science) by expanding on the concepts and terminology related to Biology, Chemistry and Physics. Greater emphasis is placed on the use of appropriate terminology and applying principles and concepts to unique situations.

Prerequisite: AB 040.

SC 020 Chemistry 20 – 5 credits. This course is an introduction to the basic concepts and applications of chemistry, beginning with a review of the elements, compounds and chemical reactions. It includes topics on solutions, gases, and stoichiometry, as well as expanding on the structural nature of chemical bonding. Prerequisite: SC 010 or equivalent.

SC 025 Physics 20 – 5 credits. Physics 11 is an entry level high school equivalent physics course with content covering four major themes: Kinematics and Dynamics, Circular Motion and Gravitation, Momentum, Work and Energy, and the Nature of Waves. Prerequisites: MA 010 and SC 010 or equivalent.

SC 030 Chemistry 30 – 5 credits. This course is a senior level high school equivalency course that introduces and expands on the themes: Energy and Change, Oxidation and Reduction, Electrochemical Cells, Equilibrium and Acid/Basic Chemistry. Prerequisite: SC 020.

SC 035 Physics 30 – 5 credits. This course develops the concepts of the wave nature of light, reflection/refraction and the relationships to mirrors and lenses. It also emphasizes static and current electricity, and electro-magnetism. Prerequisite: SC 025 or equivalent.

SC 099 College Chemistry Preparation for Environmental Sciences – 3 credits. This course will prepare students who have not had high school chemistry for study in the chemistry related courses of Environmental Sciences at Lakeland College.

SC 110 Inorganic Chemistry – 3 credits. This is basic inorganic chemistry with an emphasis on environmental applications. Basic chemical concepts are reviewed and related to applied problems. Laboratory work deals with techniques related to water quality analysis. Prerequisite: Chemistry 30.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

SC 120 Maps, Air Photos and GPS – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to map reading, map contents, coordinate systems and the National Topographic System (NTS maps). Students practice map interpretation, measurement, and scale calculations, and learn to interpret contours and visualize relief. Compass use and basic field orienteering is taught. Aerial photography is introduced, with an emphasis on an understanding of annotation, scale, measurement, indexing and purchase of conventional and digital products. Students practice stereo viewing, and learn to relate aerial photos to maps at different scales. Global Positioning System (GPS) instruments are used for navigation, and students learn to collect, differentially correct and upload field coordinate data.

SC 122 Wilderness Navigation – 3 credits. This course provides an introduction to map reading with a focus on route planning, position determination, and terrain interpretation.

Basic orienteering skills are emphasized and advanced orienteering skills are explored.

Considerable time in lab is used for field navigation exercises. UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator grid), Geographic Coordinate systems are also taught, and students learn to use Global Positioning Systems (GPS). Other topics include NTS (National Topographic System), scale conversions and measures of distance.

SC 140 Environmental Sustainability – 3 credits. This course focuses on human interactions with the environment. The environmental impacts of food production and agriculture, forestry, mining, energy processing, urbanization, and other land-use activities are explored. Considerable time is spent investigating current environmental issues within the context of society: water quantity and quality, global warming, air pollution, and the biodiversity crisis. National and provincial environmental policy relating to these issues is also investigated.

SC 200 Organic Chemistry – 3 credits. This course is a study of the structure, properties and reactions of the main classes of organic compounds and their relationship to living organisms and the environment. Laboratory techniques, including tests required for the assessment of environmental quality, are covered. Prerequisite: SC 110.

SC 220 GIS and Remote Sensing – 3 credits. Concepts in Geographic Information Systems (GIS), remote sensing, and aerial photography are covered in this course.

Students practice photogrammetry, stereovision and image interpretation, while working with a variety of hardcopy and digital imagery products. Scanners, digitizers, and Global Positioning System (GPS) instruments are used for data input, and students gain proficiency with the ArcGIS software package in tutorials, laboratory sessions, and projects that emphasize natural resource management applications. Prerequisite: SC 120.

SC 242 Field Safety & Spill Response Skills – 3 credits. This course is designed to provide various industrial and safety certifications to environmental professionals working in a field setting. Successful candidates will receive certifications in H2S Alive®, Standard First Aid and CPR-C, Motor Boat Operation, and Spill Response. Some of this course is held on weekends or evenings.

SC 281 Industrial Vegetation Management – 3 credits. This course focuses on vegetation management with emphasis on invasive weedy plants. Weed biology and competitive strategies of these plants are studied in detail. Tools and techniques for control, such as fire, grazing, and herbicides, are described for control of invasive plants in native and nonnative communities. Students spend considerable time in lab identifying weed species, seedlings, and seeds. Prerequisite: BO 120.

SC 301 Watersheds & Water Resources – 3 credits. This course focuses on the main components of surface water and groundwater flow and how these impact quantity, quality and distribution of water resources within a watershed basin. Reference is made to the hydrologic cycle, precipitation, evapotranspiration, flooding, erosion and sediment transport. Students are introduced to field techniques in stream discharge measurement, geomorphic characterization and stream crossing assessment.

SC 307 Site Assessment – 3 credits. Students gain a basic understanding of how to evaluate contaminated sites through the processes of a Site Assessment, Site Characterization, and the parallel process of Environmental Risk Assessment. More and more frequently, the effective management of environmental risks (i.e. contamination) and remediation of contaminated sites requires a basic understanding of the science, policy and culture of risk assessment and risk management. Prerequisites: SC 110 and SC 200.

SC 313 Air Quality Monitoring – 3 credits. The course introduces the student to the basic principles of air quality monitoring. Topics discussed include air pollution meteorology, major air contaminants, dispersion and transportation of pollutants, techniques used in sampling and monitoring, air pollution control technology, and indoor air quality.

Prerequisites: SC 110, SC 200 and SC 230.

SC 316 Industrial Waste and Wastewater Management – 3 credits. This course provides students with the knowledge and skills required to develop and incorporate an integrated waste management strategy for most industries in Alberta. Topics include: solid waste management (municipal and industrial), hazardous wastes, oilfield wastes, water and wastewater treatment systems. Field trips are used to demonstrate integrated waste management systems in operation. Prerequisites: SC 110, SC 200.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

133

Course Descriptions SC 329 Restoration Ecology – 3 credits. This course focuses on field techniques used to restore native plant communities in grassland, forest, parkland, and wetland habitats.

It examines the causes and consequences of ecological degradation and emphasizes approaches to restoring and maintaining ecological characteristics and processes. Special consideration is given to species at risk and the conservation of small populations. Field trips and field labs provide students with the opportunity of participating in or observing restoration activities in a variety of habitat types. Prerequisites: BI 110 and BO 120.

SC 336 Movement of Pollutants – 3 credits. This course covers the fundamental principles of mass transport, chemical partitioning, physicochemical characteristics and fate and transport of pollutants in air, water, soil, sediment, groundwater and biota. Emphasis is placed on the physical, chemical and biological processes affecting the behaviour of pollutants and their distribution in the environment. Students learn about the industrial pollutants and dangerous chemicals used in or discharged into the environment by pulp and paper, oil and gas, mining and agricultural industries. Mathematical models are used to understand chemical transport and transformations of pollutants in the environment.

Prerequisites: SC 110, SC 200 and SC 301.

SC 352 Environmental Sampling – 3 credits. This course introduces students to sampling strategies in a wide range of media including surface water, groundwater, wastewater, sediments, soils and air. Emphasis is placed on the sampling protocols (i.e. appropriate sampling methods, preservation of samples, sources of contamination & transportation) required for representativeness of samples for each media. The concepts of quality assurance, quality control and data quality interpretation are discussed in detail.

Prerequisites: SC 110 and SC 200.

SC 353 Environmental Protection & Agricultural Systems – 3 credits. This course studies the interaction between agricultural practices and potential environmental impacts to the soil, air, and water. The flow of water, carbon, nutrients, organic chemicals, and other resources utilized in current production agriculture is reviewed as to how they relate to potential human health and environmental impacts. This includes discussion of riparian protection, greenhouse gas emissions, landscape biodiversity, and environmental farm plans. The course emphasizes manure management issues and best management practices that may be implemented for effective manure management.

SC 408 Reclamation Field Methods – 3 credits. This course examines the common reclamation field methods used in Western Canada. The major soil disturbances are discussed including wellsite reclamation, pipeline construction, and mining operations.

Common problems associated with oil and gas developments are also discussed, including oil spills, brine spills, and soil sterilants. Prerequisite: SO 210. Co-requisite: SO 340.

SC 415 Natural Resource Law – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of Natural Resource Law, including Acts, Regulations and Guidelines that are important for the Wildlife & Fisheries Conservation Major. Topics include, but not limited to, the Wildlife Act, the Fisheries Act, the Species at Risk Act, the Alberta Environmental Protection and Enhancement Act, and the Water Act. SC 430 Drilling Waste Management – 3 credits. This course focuses on drilling operations associated with oil and natural gas developments, with emphasis on regulations and best practice for the management and disposal of drilling and associated wastes. Major topics include an introduction to drilling and completion operations, and a review of pertinent regulations governing drilling wastes. Types of drilling wastes and drilling mud additives, disposal options, on-site drilling waste handling and treatment systems, drilling waste testing equipment and sampling techniques, proper handling of samples for lab and field analyses, interpretation of analytical results, and disposal rate calculations are also covered.

SC 437 Freshwater Habitat Protection – 3 credits. This course looks at various human activities known to have a negative impact on freshwater habitats and why, and how, these negative impacts occur. Students are also introduced to techniques used to eliminate or minimize the negative impacts of an activity on freshwater habitat, as well as those commonly used in attempts to restore such habitat where degradation has already occurred. Prerequisites: BI 205 and SC 301.

SC 444 Land-Use Planning and Regulations – 3 credits. This course focuses on land-use planning and the coordination of industrial activities that may result in environmental disturbance. The environmental impact assessment process and other pre-disturbance forms of site characterization are also emphasized. The course also investigates the relevant legislation, regulations, codes, criteria, and policies for major land disturbance activities.

SC 448 Groundwater Monitoring Techniques – 3 credits. This course introduces students to equipment and methods commonly used when conducting groundwater monitoring projects. The student learns how to plan and implement a fieldwork program including conducting a desk study, field and lab evaluation of aquifers, borehole selection and installation, taking and interpreting water level, chemistry and pump test data, and using safe working practices. Students are introduced to the impacts on groundwater resources due to agricultural, industrial, oil production, coal bed methane and other activities.

Prerequisite: SC 301 or equivalent water resources competency strongly encouraged.

134

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

SC 464 Urban Conservation and Stewardship – 3 credits. Students learn principles and practices related to conservation and restoration within urban communities. Emphasis placed on how to plan and implement initiatives focusing on water quality issues and water conservation, urban green space use, wildlife habitat design for urban centres, brownfield reclamation, and the integration and management of urban wetland and riparian areas. Students will explore programs designed to engage communities through outreach, education, and policy development. Prerequisites: BI 110, BI 317, BO 120.

SO 102 Soil Science – 3 credits. This course involves a study of the basic properties of soils. The course studies physical, chemical, and biological properties of soils to provide an understanding of how soils function as a growth medium in agriculture. The Soil Orders of the Canadian System of Soil Classification relevant to field crop production in Western Canada are reviewed.

SO 203 Advanced Soil Management – 3 credits. This course examines management alternatives for agricultural soils with the purpose of maintaining or increasing productivity. Management of acidic, saline, Solonetzic and Luvisolic soils are examples.

Course emphasis is placed on preventing erosion and all other types of soil degradation.

An appreciation is gained for the types of soil degradation occurring globally and the extent of the problem. Heavy application of materials like sewage or manure to soils is also reviewed. Prerequisite: SO 102.

SO 210 Introductory Soil Science – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of soil formation processes and the fundamental morphological, physical, chemical and biological characteristics of soil. Students gain knowledge of soils through lectures and hands on experience. Students become familiar with The Canadian System of Soil Classification to the Order level and the issues associated with ‘problem soils’.

SO 242 Fertility Management – 3 credits. This course studies the nutrient requirements mainly for field crop production. The type of nutrients required by plants, sources of these nutrients, and methods of application are considered. Emphasis is given to understanding the chemical and physical properties of fertilizers commonly used, availability of nutrients to plants, and the potential for loss of applied nutrients from the soil. Soil testing and economics of nutrient application are considered. Prerequisite: SO 102.

SO 320 Soil Conservation – 3 credits. This course is a study of soil properties from a soil conservation perspective. The primary focus is on understanding soil properties to achieve soil and water conservation objectives and to prevent soil degradation. Field techniques used to assess soil degradation and to implement erosion and sediment control projects are emphasized. Prerequisite: SO 210.

SO 340 Soil Classification and Landforms – 3 credits. This is an in-depth study of the Canadian System of Soil Classification with emphasis on the factors affecting soil genesis and taxonomy. Topics include geology, glaciation, weathering and the chemistry and physics of Canadian soils. Extensive fieldwork focuses on methods of classifying soils and landforms, soil mapping and report preparation/use, and basic procedures in land assessment. Prerequisite: SO 210.

SO 350 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers – 3 credits. This course is a study of soil as a medium of growth. The fertility status of soils and plant/soil relationships discussed in depth. Major topics include the function and mode of uptake of essential nutrients by plants, forms and transformations of nutrients in soils, and the influence of soil chemical and physical characteristics. The impact of fertilizer chemistry, application method, and timing of application on soil fertility status is also reviewed. Prerequisite: SO 210.

SOC 100 Introductory Sociology – 3 credits. An examination of the theory, methods, and substance of Sociology. The study of how societies are shaped including economy, culture, socialization, deviance, stratification, and groups. The process of social change through social movements, industrialization, etc. Prerequisite: English 30-1 or equivalent.

SOC 102 Social Problems – 3 credits. The definition development of social problems and an examination of selected structural issues in various societies, including inequality, population growth, environment and human rights. Prerequisite: SOC 100.

SOC 224 Sociology of Deviance and Conformity – 3 credits. Processes involved in defining behaviour patterns as deviant; factors which influence conformity and change; examination of such behaviour patterns as sexuality, alcoholism, drug use and selected mental and physical disabilities; public reaction to such behaviour. Prerequisite: SOC 100.

SOC 225 Criminology – 3 credits. Examination and attempted explanation of crime and juvenile delinquency, with an analysis of the social processes leading to criminal behaviour. Prerequisite: SOC 100.

SOC 271 Introduction to the Family – 3 credits. An introduction to the study of family relationships and their variant forms with focus on mate selection, couple, kin, age and gender dynamics, family dissolution or reconstitution and change. A comparative approach with emphasis on families in Canada. Prerequisite: SOC 100.

SOCI 1000 Introduction to the Study of Society – 3 credits. Explore introductory sociology through the study of social relations, community, and society. Learn about the institutions of Canadian society, such as family, politics, ethnicity, education and religion.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions SP 101 Steamfitter-Pipefitter Theory – 5 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Steamfitter-Pipefitter Curriculum. Topics covered include materials, safety and WHMIS; tools, equipment and materials; heating; practical applications; blueprint reading and drawing; trade mathematics and science. Corequisites: SP 102 and SP 103.

SP 102 Steamfitter-Pipefitter Lab – 5 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Steamfitter-Pipefitter Curriculum. Students learn hand skills as required by the Steamfitter-Pipefitter industry. Special attention is paid to establishing safe and accurate work habits. Co-requisites: SP 101 and SP 103.

SP 103 Welding Theory and Lab – 2 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Steamfitter-Pipefitter Curriculum. This is an introductory course in the safe principles and practices of welding as related to the steamfitter-pipefitter trade.

Co-requisites: SP 101 and SP 102.

SP 199 Pre-employment Steamfitter-Pipefitter Practicum – 3 credits. This course is a four-week block of work experience. At the completion of initial classroom studies, the student is assigned to a training position as a steamfitter-pipefitter. The primary objective is to obtain the basic skills necessary to function safely in the workplace and complete assigned tasks. This practicum provides the student an opportunity to observe and contribute to the day-to-day operations of a shop under normal operating conditions. P/F. Prerequisites: SA 120, SP 101, SP 102, and SP 103.

SS 010 Social Studies 10 – 5 credits. This is a continuation of Biology 20. Areas of study include the endocrine, nervous, sensory, and reproductive systems in humans: asexual and sexual cell reproduction; genes and heredity; chromosomal theory; DNA and protein synthesis. Population genetics and change in populations and communities are also studied. Prerequisite: BI 020.

SS 015 Employment Readiness Living Skills – 5 credits. This course is designed to facilitate, through problem solving model approach, the development and enhancement of self-concept, self-directed learning, communication skills, career assessment, workrelated skills, exploration of contemporary issues and examination of community resources.

This course cannot be taken for credit if equivalent course work has been completed in the Adult Basic Education program. P/F. SS 020 Social Studies 20 – 5 credits. This course helps learners become aware of the factors influencing a country’s development: geography, history, resources, economy, culture, politics, and other factors. Through a combination of small projects and major assignments, the learner has both an overview of these factors world wide and an indepth study of them in two specific nations. A current world problem is then viewed in light of these factors. At the instructor’s discretion, a section on history may be studied.

Prerequisite: SS 010.

SS 030 Social Studies 30 – 5 credits. This course provides students with the tools required to gather and analyze information on political, economic, and social topics of both past and present interest to individuals. Democracy, dictatorships, capitalism, socialism, and historical events from the end of WW I to the present are studied. Prerequisite: SS 020.

SS 035 Career and Post-Secondary Success – 5 credits. Students learn to make career choices best suited to their own personal interests and skills, complete successful job searches using a portfolio showcasing skills and strengths, increase personal knowledge of specific legal and safety job requirements, and use problem solving skills to find meaningful employment, meet academic goals, and meet employer expectations. Students complete seven products designed to develop and improve problem-solving skills and apply these skills to work and academic problems. Four projects are required: self-assessment, safety, civics and portfolio creation. In addition, students complete three additional projects that they choose from: workplace expectations, post-secondary investigation, job search and workplace practicum. Prerequisites: CO 015 and SS 015.

SS 102 College Student Success – 2 credits. This course gives new students the skills they need to make the successful transition to college, regardless of their starting point.

Sessions include academic and personal strategies. Participants will apply what they are learning to build a repertoire of techniques and a support team to help them succeed during their first year at Lakeland College.

SS 123 Work Experience I – 4 credits. This course is a comprehensive, integrated, full day work experience in a competitive employment setting. This work experience provides onthe-job training to learn and demonstrate basic skill competencies in the student’s chosen vocational area. It provides an opportunity to practice fundamentals of employment. P/F. SS 124 Work Experience II – 5 credits. This six-week full day practicum is designed as the final step in the student’s transition to meaningful community employment. Work experience placements are arranged in a variety of settings in Alberta and Saskatchewan with a view to continued employment. P/F. Prerequisite: SS 123.

SS 152 Employment Preparation – 3 credits. This course prepares students for entry into the world of work, addressing issues related to the different kinds of work, appropriate work habits, safety at the workplace and behaviour. Students have opportunities to explore and develop job search skills.

SS 212 Work Experience III – 4 credits. This course provides further work experience in either the same setting as Semester I or a new area of job training. Students build on specific job skills and practice basic factors inherent to employment. P/F. Prerequisite: SS 124.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

SS 213 Work Experience IV – 6 credits. This six to eight-week full-day practicum is designed as the final step in the students’ transition to meaningful community employment. Work experience placements are arranged in a variety of settings in Alberta and Saskatchewan with a view to continued employment. P/F. Prerequisites: SS 149, SS 210 and SS 212.

SS 245 Infant and Toddler Care – 3 credits. This course is designed to link the theoretical base of infant development to the planning, implementation, and evaluation of home based and group settings for infants and toddlers. Prerequisite: ECD Certificate.

STAT 151 Introduction to Applied Statistics I – 3 credits. Data collection and presentation, descriptive statistics. Probability distributions, sampling distributions and the central limit theorem. Point estimation and hypothesis testing. Correlation and regression analysis. Goodness of fit and contingency table. Prerequisites: Pure Math 30 or Math 30-1. Math 30-2 recommended.

TA 109 Supporting Language Arts Instruction – 3 credits. This course examines a variety of basic teaching methods and approaches used in the classroom. Emphasis is placed on the methods, approaches and strategies used to teach and support students in the areas of language arts and math.

TA 117 Supporting Math Instruction – 3 credits. This course examines theories, principles, concepts and instructional strategies related to teaching math. Emphasis is placed on increasing students comfort level by gaining knowledge about concepts and materials used to support mathematics learning for children.

TA 121 Education Assistant Practicum I – 5 credits. This course is the first practicum for Teacher Assistant students. Students gain experience as educational assistants in classroom settings. This practicum is a five-week block placement. P/F. Prerequisite: A minimum of 12 credits in Educational Assistant course work.

TA 122 Education Assistant Practicum II – 5 credits. This course is the second practicum for Teacher Assistant students. Emphasis is placed on effectively meeting the needs of individuals as an educational assistant. This practicum is a five-week block placement.

P/F. Prerequisites: TA 121 and completion of all course work with a minimum G.P.A. of 2.0.

TA 140 Educational Assistant Professionalism – 3 credits. Students examine personal beliefs and values, professionalism and ethics, and expectations of educational assistants in the constantly changing world of education. This course focuses on developing skills and attitudes necessary for an educational assistant to work as an effective and professional team member in a school setting.

TR 111 Tourism Fundamentals – 3 credits. This course presents an introduction to the national and international impacts of the number one industry in the world - tourism.

Topics include travel services, adventure tourism & outdoor recreation, events, attractions, food and beverage, accommodations, transportation, and tourism services. Other topics include the potential impact of technological, social, political, economic and cultural trends on the future of tourism.

TR 118 Customer Relations and Professionalism – 3 credits. The intent of this course is to provide participants with the necessary skills to build effective human relations in the workplace and to develop their personal customer service skills. Students learn the management techniques needed to develop customer relations strategies.

TR 128 Introduction to Tourism – 3 credits. This course presents an introduction to the national and international impacts of the number one industry in the world - tourism.

Topics include travel services, adventure tourism & outdoor recreation, events, attractions, food and beverage, accommodations, transportation, and tourism services. Other topics include the potential impact of technological, social, political, economic and cultural trends on the future of tourism.

TR 139 Tourism Professionalism – 2 credits. This is a required course for all certificate level tourism programs. Upon completion of this course, students will have developed job search tools and strategies that will give them the edge over the competition. Students also achieve industry recognized certification in First Aid/CPR, Food Safe Levels 1 & 2, and Service Best, which further enhances their skill set and provides potential employers of evidence of commitment to their career choice.

TR 141 Event Coordinator – 6 credits. Students learn the steps of the event planning cycle that are essential in executing consistently successful events of any size or type. Course content includes event administration, event coordination, risk management, human resource coordination, and event professionalism. Prerequisite: TR 128.

TR 142 Sales and Event Marketing – 3 credits. Students learn about meeting and function configurations and the impact of sales and marketing. Course content includes meeting skills, selling techniques, product and industry knowledge, marketing plan implementation, and function operations as it relates to hotels.

TR 143 Media Relations – 3 credits. Students learn the importance of sound media planning as part of effective media relations. Course content includes media knowledge and understanding and working with the media.

TR 144 Event Law & Risk Management – 3 credits. Students develop a basic understanding of the Canadian legal system and the laws pertinent to the tourism industry.

Course content includes the Canadian legal system, employment law, and sales and catering law. Responsible Beverage Server workshop is included.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

135

Course Descriptions TR 151 Event Coordination I – 3 credits. Students learn the steps of the event planning cycle that are essential in executing consistently successful events of any size or type.

Course content includes event administration, event coordination, event management, and event professionalism.

TR 159 Event Management Practicum – 3 credits. This course is a six-week work placement with an experienced event hosting company where students have the opportunity to use the skills they learned during the Event Management program.

P/F. Prerequisites: Successful completion of all courses in the program.

TR 160 Service Excellence – 3 credits. The intent of this course is to provide participants with the necessary skills to build effective human relations in the workplace and to develop their personal customer service skills. Students learn the management techniques needed to develop customer relation strategies, including service recovery concepts.

TR 230 Sustainable Tourism – 3 credits. Tourism activities in the natural environment require the application of sound resource management practices by tourism operators, planners, and managers. This course presents specific strategies for providing and implementing sustainable eco-tourism business practices.

TR 234 Law and Risk Management – 3 credits. This course represents an in-depth look at the legal issues surrounding liability and risk management in adventure tourism. Topics include the Canadian legal system, owner liability, guide liability, risk management and mitigation, insurance, and releases.

TR 244 Event Planning – 3 credits. This course covers the stages in planning a special event related to the tourism industry and involves an introduction to basic bookkeeping and accounting used in planning a special event.

TR 250 Tourism Marketing – 3 credits. Successful adventure and ecotourism businesses rely on strong marketing skills. This course includes topics such as market analysis, product development, price structure, channels of distribution, packaging, dealing with tour wholesalers, and selling your package.

TR 255 Tourism Business Management – 3 credits. This course familiarizes students with the major functions of tourism businesses. The development of a functional business plan for a tourism business venture is emphasized. Topics include small business opportunity research, business start-up, financing, financial management, operations and human resource management. Prerequisite: AC 208.

VE 102 Introduction to Diseases and Treatments – 3 credits. This course introduces the causes of disease in farm animals, including infectious disease transmission, clinical signs, and control. The fundamentals of immunology, vaccination, and general maintenance of health are emphasized. Basic pharmacological principles, drug administration, and selected pharmaceuticals are covered. Emphasis is placed on the correct handling and administration of drugs including drug safety and withdrawal times. This course is intended to provide students with current information regarding the recognition and prevention of common diseases of farm livestock with a major emphasis on cattle (beef and dairy) and a minor emphasis on sheep, swine and horses. Common farm animal diseases are examined including their initiating causes, clinical signs, treatment and prevention.

VE 111 Medical Records & Kennel Care – 2 credits. This course is designed to review skills in restraint and physical examination of all species. Students learn about administering medications, general nursing care, biosecurity and disinfectants. Record keeping and proper kennel care are included throughout the course. Prerequisite: A grade of C in the lecture and lab portions of this course is required to progress to VE 228.

VE 112 Introduction to Pharmacology – 1 credit. This course covers veterinary drug laws and regulations, including clinic record keeping required. The rational and safe use of drugs in veterinary clinics and in food producing animals is stressed. The various components of legal drug labels and the required information on drug labels and inserts is included as well as how to write labels for dispensed drugs. The pharmokinetics of drug action is covered in detail. Co-requisite: MA 120.

VE 114 Veterinary Nursing Care – 3 credits. Students perform clinic duty rotations in the College Animal Hospital. This includes care and maintenance of clinic supplies, clinic sanitation and care of assigned animals. In the labs, students practice physical exam, injection and venipuncture techniques on large and small animals. Students review skills in restraint and physical examination of all species. Students learn about administering medications, general nursing care, biosecurity and disinfectants. Record keeping and proper kennel care are included throughout the course. Prerequisite: VE 150.

VE 121 Introduction to Radiography and Surgery – 3 credits. Radiographics technique for large and small animals in a veterinary setting are studied. Students learn skills necessary for preparing animals for surgery. Emphasis is placed on safety, equipment operation and maintenance, and the importance of a sterile surgical environment. Prerequisite: AN 140. A minimum grade of C in the lecture and a C in the lab portion is required to progress to VE 240 Radiography and VE 344 Veterinary Anesthesiology and Surgical I. VE 127 VMA Clinics Practice I – 3 credits. This lecture/lab course covers restraint techniques of small animals, pocket pets, and exotics. Kennel care of patients, medical records and veterinary hospital disinfection protocols will be also be covered.

VE 129 Applied Nutrition – 3 credits. Students learn the principles and practices of nutrition as they apply to both large and small animals. Each nutrient class is studied in 136

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

relation to its function, deficiency and requirement in the body. Nutrient requirements for maintenance, growth, and production are emphasized. Nutritional requirements of the sick animal are also discussed, with discussion of prescription diets and their purpose.

VE 137 Introduction to Laboratory Procedures – 3 credits. A variety of laboratory procedures are covered including hematology, urinalysis and parasitology. Students are introduced to the different laboratory techniques, and correct collection and handling of specimens. Proper submission technique for sending samples to commercial veterinary laboratories is also covered.

VE 138 Animal Diseases and Treatments – 3 credits. This course provides a working knowledge of the common diseases of dogs, cats, cattle, sheep, swine and horses. The emphasis is on how disease is transmitted, clinical signs seen, disease prevention and vaccination protocols. Basic pharmacology, drug administration and the laws and regulations for drug use in a veterinary clinic are emphasized.

VE 139 Veterinary Nursing Care – 3 credits. This lab/lecture course instructs students in the basic understanding of pharmaceutical drugs, their purpose, route of administration and regulations surrounding their sale in veterinary practice. A wide variety of nursing care techniques for large and small animals, neonates, and geriatrics are discussed. Emergency situations and the essentials within a crash cart are covered. Large animal record-keeping are completed as students do various shifts on the college farm units.

VE 140 Clinics Practice I – 3 credits. This lecture/lab course covers the relationship of disease to the animal, and immunology, as well as medical records, physical examinations of both small and large animals, restraint and introductory nursing care. Prerequisite: A grade of C is required in this course to progress to VE 222 Clinics Practice II. VE 141 Pharmacology – 3 credits. This course covers various classes of drugs, their pharmacological action and use, routes of administration, absorption, metabolism, and excretion. It also includes basic inventory control, handling and dispensing of drugs, as well as regulations governing veterinary use of drugs. Prerequisites: VE 166.

VE 143 General Nutrition for AHTs – 3 credits. This course provides a general overview of the basics of nutrition, digestion, feed components, and nutritional deficiencies of both monogastrics and ruminants. Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C is required in this course to progress to VE 333 Small Animal Health and Applied Nutrition.

VE 146 Clinical Laboratory Techniques I – 2 credits. In this course a variety of laboratory procedures are covered including hematology and urinalysis. Students are introduced to the different laboratory techniques used and the theory necessary to understand and interpret them. Prerequisite: A grade of C in the lecture and a C in the lab portion is required in this course to progress to VE 301 Clinical Laboratory Techniques II. Co-requisite: MA 120.

VE 147 Comprehensive Clinics I – 3 credits. Students are introduced to clinic duty rotations in the College Animal Hospital. This includes care and maintenance of clinic supplies, clinic sanitation and care of assigned animals. In the labs, students practice physical exams, injection and venipuncture techniques on large and small animals.

Prerequisite: A minimum grade of C in the lecture and a C in the lab portion is required to progress to VE 247 Comprehensive Clinics II. VE 148 Clinical Laboratory Techniques II – 2 credits. In this course a variety of laboratory procedures are covered including techniques from VE 146 and introduction into urinalysis.

Students are introduced to the different laboratory techniques used and the theory necessary to understand and interpret them. Prerequisite: VE 146.

VE 150 Veterinary Clinics Practice I – 3 credits. This lecture/lab course covers immunology, restraint and physical examinations of both small and large animals, animal behaviour, and introductory nursing care. Students are introduced to clinic duty rotations in the College Animal Hospital. This includes care and maintenance of clinic supplies, clinic sanitation and care of assigned animals.

VE 160 Animal Production and Genetics – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of livestock operations in Canada, including horse, poultry, swine, dairy, beef and sheep.

Production systems and current issues in different livestock industries are discussed. A brief overview of basic mammalian genetics and its veterinary application is also studied.

Prerequisite: A grade of C is required in this course to progress to VE 349 Large Animal Health.

VE 161 Exotics – 3 credits. This course offers the Animal Health Technologist an introduction to the husbandry, handling, and clinical diseases of ferrets, rabbits, pocket pets, exotics, birds, and laboratory animals. It also includes basic protocols for the use of laboratory animals and the facilities in which they are housed. A quick overview of the ratite, llama and alpaca, and elk and bison industries is also covered. Prerequisite: A grade of C is required in this course to progress to VE 333 Small Animal Health and Applied Nutrition.

VE 165 Farm Animal Production and Genetics – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of livestock operations in Canada, including horse, poultry, swine, dairy, beef, and sheep. Production systems and current issues in different livestock industries are discussed. A brief overview of basic mammalian genetics and its veterinary application is also studied.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Course Descriptions VE 166 Veterinary Calculations and Pharmacology – 3 credits. This course covers basic arithmetic concepts with a focus on veterinary calculations. Veterinary drug laws, label reading and writing and pharmacokinetics is covered in detail. Rationale and safe use of drugs in veterinary clinics and in food producing animals is stressed.

VE 177 VMR Practicum – 3 credits. Students are placed in approved veterinary clinics for a three week period at the end of the formal instruction at Lakeland College. They gain practical experience in a working clinic situation as a novice veterinary medical assistant. P/F. VE 215 Veterinary Laboratory Techniques II – 3 credits. This is a lecture and lab course with two components. The first section studies the biology of microorganisms, viruses and mycology. Isolation and identification, as well as relationship to disease are discussed.

The other section studies the formation of urine and its laboratory analysis - urinalysis.

Urine formation and lab findings in both health and disease are discussed. Prerequisites: A grade of C in the lecture and a grade of C in the lab portion is required in this course to progress to VE 333 Small Animal Health and Applied Nutrition, VE 337 Large Animal Health and General Pathology, VE 344 Veterinary Anesthesiology and Surgical Procedures and VE 301 Veterinary Laboratory Techniques III. Students who fail to achieve either the C minimum score in the lecture components or the C minimum score in the laboratory components will receive a grade of D in the course.

VE 222 Clinics Practice II – 4 credits. This course is designed to review skills in restraint and physical examination of all species. Students learn about administering medications, proper bandaging and wound care, emergency care, intravenous fluid therapy, general nursing care, and in the lab component, students perform common technical skills required in practice. Record keeping and proper kennel care are included throughout the course.

Prerequisites: A minimum grade of C in the lecture portion and a B- in the lab portion of this course is required to progress to VE 245 Animal Health Technologist Practicum.

AN 133, VE 140.

VE 228 Veterinary Clinics Practice II – 3 credits. This course is designed to review skills in restraint, and physical examination of all species. Students learn about fluid therapy, fluid calculations, wound care, emergency care, and general nursing care. In the lab component, students perform common technical skills required in practice. Prerequisites: AN 114 and VE 150.

VE 240 Radiography – 3 credits. A study of radiographic procedures, including care and use of equipment, safety, quality control, positioning for small animals and horses and technique setting. The storage and handling of film, and manual and automatic film development are discussed and practiced. Prerequisites: AN 140 and VE 121.

VE 245 Animal Health Technologist Practicum – 4 credits. Second year Animal Health Technology students are placed in veterinary clinics for a six-week period. They gain practical experience in a working clinic situation as a “novice” animal health technologist.

P/F. Prerequisites: A 2.00 GPA overall and a “C” grade in VE 222, VE 247, VE 302, VE 312, VE 342, VE 348 and VE 362.

VE 247 Comprehensive Clinics II – 2 credits. This is a transitional course combining the knowledge that students have acquired in previous and ongoing courses with performing practical routine duties within the clinic setting. These duties include patient care, clinic supervisor, clinic duty, clinic sanitation and maintenance. Prerequisites: VE 147. A minimum grade of C in the lecture and a C in the lab portion is required in this course to progress to VE 245 Animal Health Technologist Practicum.

VE 301 Clinical Laboratory Techniques III – 2 credits. This course focuses to a greater degree on skills and knowledge learned in VE 146 and VE 148 and is intended to increase accuracy in the performance of clinical laboratory techniques. More sophisticated tests and skills are required for hematology, urinalysis and cytology; with emphasis on consistency through test repetition. Prerequisite: VE 148.

VE 302 Clinical Laboratory Techniques IV – 2 credits. This course focuses to a greater degree on skills and knowledge learned in VE 301 and is intended to increase accuracy in the performances of clinical laboratory techniques. More sophisticated tests and skills are required for hematology, urinalysis and cytology with emphasis on consistency through repetition. Prerequisite: VE 301.

VE 312 Clinics Practice III – 2 credits. This course provides fundamental knowledge in the areas of veterinary dentistry and bandaging. The dental prophylaxis procedure in dogs and cats is covered in detail. An introduction to equine dentistry is also covered, as well as basic bandaging techniques for all species of animals. Prerequisites: VE 140 and VE 344.

VE 315 Veterinary Comprehensive Clinics – 3 credits. This course rotates the students through a variety of veterinary clinical settings, including the College farm, or other livestock enterprises, on a weekly basis. They are exposed to practices routinely used in mixed animal practice, and are introduced to some more specialized areas of general Veterinary practice. Students gain hands-on experience in both large and small animal medicine. This course combines the knowledge that students have acquired in previous and ongoing courses with performing practical routine duties within the clinic setting.

These duties include clinic supervisor, clinic duty, clinic sanitation and maintenance.

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Prerequisites: VE 121, VE 140, and VE 148. Co-requisites: VE 222, VE 301, VE 344, and VE 348.

VE 333 Small Animal Health and Applied Nutrition – 3 credits. This course gives students an awareness of the diseases of cats and dogs, with emphasis on the technologist’s role in case management. Toxicology, disease prevention and treatments, and diagnostics testing are all discussed. Nutritional requirements of the sick animal are also discussed, with an emphasis on prescription diets, their purpose and the technologist’s role in client nutritional counseling. Prerequisites: AN 148, BI 255, VE 143 and VE 161.

VE 337 Large Animal Health and General Pathology – 3 credits. This course provides a working knowledge of the common diseases in beef, dairy, sheep, swine, and horses.

Emphasis is placed on understanding infectious diseases and their cause, treatment, and prevention. Reportable diseases, parasitic diseases and diseases related to management procedures are also discussed. The general technique for performing postmortems on the common domestic species is covered in lecture and in labs. The correct collection, handling and shipping of specimens is emphasized. The variety of procedures used for diagnostic pathology in clinic and in commercial diagnostic lab are outlined. Prerequisites: AN 140, AN 148, BI 255, VE 140, VE 143, and VE 160.

VE 342 Clinics Practice IV – 3 credits. This course covers a variety of clinical aspects required by Animal Health Technologists in practice. Ethics and the legal definition of roles and responsibilities of the veterinarian and animal health technologist are covered in detail. Obstetrical procedures and care of the newborn for each of the major large and small animal species is covered. The labs will also use multiple clinical applications of knowledge and skills from previous courses. Prerequisites: AN 206, VE 141, VE 240.

Co-requisite: VE 222.

VE 344 Veterinary Anesthesiology and Surgical Procedures I – 3 credits. Principles and concepts of anesthesiology for both small and large animals are discussed. Students should be able to administer, monitor and record anesthetic depths during surgical procedures. Instrument and surgical material nomenclature are covered. Students are able to use the autoclave, prepare surgical packs, prep animals for surgery, and gown, glove and assist the veterinarian during surgical procedures. Prerequisites: VE 121 and VE 215.

Co-requisites: VE 228 and VE 301.

VE 347 Food Safety and Meat Science – 3 credits. This course covers the two general topics of food safety and meat science. Food safety topics include basic microbiology, safe food handling practices, and the principles of HACCP. Meat science topics include meat inspection, slaughter, quality, grading, processing and retailing. The biochemistry involved in the conversion of muscle to meat is covered in depth. Students relate beneficial animal production and handling practices to retail meat quality. Organic meat production and certification practices are studied.

VE 348 Veterinary Anesthesiology and Surgical Procedures II – 2 credits. This course is a continuation of VE 344. Principles and concepts of anesthesiology for both small and large animals are discussed. Students should be able to administer, monitor and record anesthetic depths during surgical procedures. Instrument and surgical material nomenclature are covered. Students are able to use the autoclave, prepare surgical packs, prep animals for surgery, administer bovine epidurals and paravertebrals, and gown, glove and assist the veterinarian during surgical procedures on both small and large animals.

Prerequisite: VE 344.

VE 349 Large Animal Health – 2 credits. This course provides a working knowledge of the common diseases in beef, dairy, sheep, swine and horses. Emphasis is placed on understanding infectious diseases and their cause, treatment, and prevention.

Reportable diseases, parasitic diseases and diseases related to management procedures are also discussed. Prerequisites: A minimum grade of C is required in this course to progress to VE 245 Animal Health Technologist Practicum. AN 148, VE 140, VE 148, VE 160. Co-requisite: VE 362.

VE 362 Veterinary Parasitology – 3 credits. This course is a study of common Western Canadian parasites found in domestic animals and farmed exotic and wildlife species of animals. Practical application of laboratory techniques, sampling, identification, precautions, treatment regimes and client counseling are emphasized. A minimum grade of C is required in the lecture portion of this course and a B- in the lab portion of this course to progress to VE 245 Animal Health Technologist Practicum.

VE 363 Diagnostic Pathology – 2 credits. This course deals with the terminology and general technique for performing a post-mortem on the common domestic species. The collection and handling of pertinent samples from a carcass is emphasized. Farm and clinical cases are used to practice post-mortem techniques. Diagnostic Pathology is also covered and a variety of equipment and tests are used. Prerequisites: AN 140 and AN 148.

VE 380 Veterinary Clinical Rotation – 3 credits. This course rotates the students through a variety of veterinary clinical settings, the College farm, or other livestock enterprises, on a weekly basis. They are exposed to a practices routinely used in mixed animal practice, and are introduced to some more specialized areas of general Veterinary practice. Students gain hands on experience in both large and small animal medicine. P/F. Prerequisites: VE 140, VE 145 and VE 121. Co-requisites: VE 222, VE 344, VE 348, and VE 301.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

137

Course Descriptions WE 129 OAW Theory, Safety and Tools – 2 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Welder Curriculum. This course is designed to introduce the student to oxy-fuel welding theory. Students also learn the causes of weld faults and methods for their prevention. Additionally, the many hazards associated with welding make it essential for students to be knowledgeable about safe welding procedures.

Co-requisites: MA 116, WE 130, WE 131, WE 132, WE 133, and WE 134.

WE 130 SMAW Theory – 3 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Welder Curriculum. It introduces students to the principles and practices of shielded metal arc welding and enables students to describe the proper equipment set-up and safety. Students also learn about both carbon arc and plasma arc cutting processes. Co-requisites: MA 116, WE 129, WE 131, WE 132, WE 133, and WE 134.

WE 133 SMAW Lab – 2 credits. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Welder Curriculum. This is an introductory lab based course which allows the student to develop hand skills in shielded metal arc welding. Students are expected to adhere to all Occupational Health and Safety rules and regulations while in the lab facility. Co-requisites: MA 116, WE 129, WE 130, WE 131, WE 132, and WE 134.

WE 134 GMAW and FCAW – 1 credit. This course follows the Alberta Apprenticeship and Industry Training Welder Curriculum. This is an introductory lab based course which allows the students to develop hand skills in gas metal arc welding and flux cored arc welding. Students are expected to adhere to all Occupational Health and Safety rules and regulations while in the lab facility. Co-requisites: MA 116, WE 129, WE 130, WE 131, WE 132, and WE 133.

WE 135 Pre-employment Welder Practicum – 3 credits. This course is a four-week block of work experience. At the completion of initial classroom studies, the student is assigned to a training position in a welding shop setting. The primary objective is to obtain the basic skills necessary to function safely in the workplace and complete assigned tasks. This practicum provides the student an opportunity to observe and contribute to the day-to-day operations of a shop under normal operating conditions. P/F. Prerequisites: MA 116, SA 120, WE 129, WE 130, WE 131, WE 132, WE 133, and WE 134.

YC 100 Child and Youth Care Profession – 3 credits. This course provides an overview of the history and scope of the Child and Youth Care field, and the professional identity of Child and Youth Care workers. Students explore their values, beliefs, attitudes, and gain self-awareness in regards to working with vulnerable children, youth and families.

YC 102 Building Resiliency – 3 credits. This course provides an introduction to developing specific knowledge, attitudes and skills about interacting with children and youth at risk.

YC 125 Field Placement I – 5 credits. This course is an introductory field placement where students will have an opportunity to observe a variety of residential and community programs available to children, youth and their families. P/F. Prerequisites: First semester course work. Prerequisite: A minimum of 12 credits in Child and Youth Care course work.

YC 200 Ethics and Law – 3 credits. This course explores the nature of personal and professional ethics. Students will engage in self-reflection as they explore their values and ethics. Legal and ethical considerations for the child and youth care counselor will be discussed, as well as relevant sections to the provincial Child, Youth and Family Enhancement Act. Prerequisites: First year of the Child and Youth Care program.

YC 202 Abuse Symptoms and Treatment – 3 credits. This course examines the nature of child abuse, abuse in the family and in society. Students explore their role and responsibilities in the recognition and treatment of abused individuals. Special consideration is given to working with and supporting children and their families.

YC 205 Facilitating Groups – 3 credits. This course emphasizes the acquisition of skills necessary to counsel individuals in group situations, and to lead groups effectively.

Individual counseling skills are reviewed and extended into group work practice. The role of groups in the treatment of children and youth is explored.

YC 211 Working with Families – 3 credits. This course examines the dynamics, functions, and elements of family systems. Students examine their own family of origin and its impact on the CYC professional. Family assessment, intervention strategies, and role of the CYC worker are explored. Prerequisite: Child and Youth Care Program First Year.

YC 215 Addictions – 3 credits. This course will provide students with an overview of addictions and substance abuse and related health issues. It provides students with an opportunity to openly explore such areas as attitudes and values, principles, issues, models of addiction, assessment, treatment, intervention, recovery, and health promotion as they pertain to Child and Youth Care practice with children, youth, families, and communities.

YC 218 Introduction to Animal Assisted Therapy – 3 credits. This course explores a variety of issues relating to the field of Human Services. Students have the opportunity to connect the knowledge from their previous course work to current issues and trends.

Emphasis is placed on students developing critical thinking skills by listening to guest speakers, field trips, media (DVD) or examining research articles on current topics.

138

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

Prerequisite: Background or current study in human services profession.

YC 225 Field Placement II – 5 credits. This course is the second field placement for Child and Youth Care students. On this second practicum, students are given another opportunity to experience the variety of placements and programs available to children and youth at-risk. P/F. Prerequisite: YC 125.

YC 325 Field Placement III – 5 credits. This is the third field placement for Child and Youth Care students. Emphasis is placed on students working directly with at-risk children, youth, and/or families. Students have the opportunity to observe, plan, implement and evaluate programming for children/youth. P/F. Prerequisite: YC 225.

YC 425 Field Placement IV – 5 credits. This is the fourth and final field placement for Child and Youth Care students. Emphasis is placed on students working directly with at-risk children, youth and/or families. Students have the opportunity to observe, plan, implement and evaluate programming for at-risk children/youth. P/F. Prerequisite: YC 325.

ZO 120 Wildlife and Fisheries Biology – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to the biology and natural history of fishes and wildlife of Western Canada. Key knowledge objectives include: animal identification, major life history events, basic functional anatomy, survey methods, special problems in conservation, and human effects on populations. Laboratory work emphasizes anatomy and identification, as well as field methods. This course also prepares students for summer field work in fisheries by introducing them to electrofishing techniques and safety, and by providing Pleasure Craft Operator training and certification. Prerequisite: BI 110.

ZO 213 Fisheries Biology and Techniques – 3 credits. This course covers the ecology, anatomy, physiology, and behaviour of fishes. Emphasis is on freshwater fish species.

Students are also introduced to various techniques and equipment used in the collection of fish and fisheries data through lecture and the practical application of these techniques during labs conducted out in the field. Prerequisite: ZO 120.

ZO 214 Ornithology – 3 credits. This course is an introduction to the biology, behaviour, and natural history of birds in the western boreal, parkland and prairie regions. Lecture and laboratory sessions focus on identification and field study techniques. Students learn to identify birds from songs, calls, plumage, habitat use and behaviour. Labs include some evening and early morning field trips.There is a pre-class assignment to become familiar with a list of common species over the summer.

ZO 225 Aquatic Organisms – 3 credits. This course covers the identification, biology, ecology, physiology, and behaviour of freshwater invertebrates. Students are introduced to techniques and equipment used in the collection of invertebrate organisms from both lakes and rivers. Laboratory work emphasizes the identification of freshwater invertebrates using the appropriate taxonomic keys. Prerequisite: BI 205.

ZO 245 Wildlife Habitat Conservation – 3 credits. This course introduces students to wildlife habitat conservation and management. Because of the substantial changes to wildlife habitats over the past century, emphasis is placed on the habitat needs of wildlife that reside in the prairie provinces, but we also address global conservation issues such as biodiversity, special wildlife features, endangered species, landscape ecology, parks and protected areas, and habitat classification, management and enhancement. The theory behind habitat conservation is presented in lectures, while hands-on field skills are learned and practiced outdoors. Some of the lab activities are conducted in co-operation with local wildlife management agencies.

ZO 250 Wildlife Ecology and Management – 3 credits. Students in this course learn the history of wildlife management, and gain understanding of wildlife ecology fundamentals, such as population ecology, predator-prey interactions and animal behaviour. Current applications of wildlife management, such as survey techniques, exotic and invasive species, and hunting, are also studied. Both field lab activities and guest biologists enhance the learning of wildlife ecology and management.

Prerequisite: BI 110.

ZO 315 Wildlife Biology and Techniques – 3 credits. This course focuses on wildlife biology and management techniques that are demonstrated through practical field labs. Students are introduced to some of the major techniques and tools used in wildlife problem solving such as censusing wildlife populations, assessing animal population age and sex structure, emerging radio telemetry techniques and wildlife chemical immobilization. Also, field labs introduce students to current methods used to reduce problem wildlife, wildlife survey techniques and practical field operations of game ranches. Prerequisite: ZO 250.

ZO 410 Fisheries Management – 3 credits. This course is designed to familiarize the student with theoretical and practical aspects of fisheries management. Emphasis is placed on freshwater fisheries management issues in western Canada. Students are introduced to concepts and techniques used in studying fish, fish harvesting, commercial fish culture and fish habitat. Prerequisite: ZO 213.

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Index A

E

Academic Upgrading........................................................................ 20 Academic Year, 2012-2013................................................................ 2 Accounting Major, Business Administration..................................... 31 Accounting Technician..................................................................... 21 Adding a Course............................................................................... 13 Admission ......................................................................................... 5 Agribusiness.................................................................................... 22 American Sign Language and Deaf Culture Studies......................... 23 Animal Health Technology................................................................ 24 Animal Science Technology.............................................................. 25 Appeal.............................................................................................. 15 Application ........................................................................................ 5 Appraisal & Assessment Major, Business Administration................ 32 Apprenticeship............................................................................69-71 Attendance....................................................................................... 15 Auditing a Course............................................................................ 13 Automotive Service Technician/ Heavy Equipment Technician, Pre-employment............................. 60

Early Learning and Child Care Certificate....................................................................................37.

Diploma........................................................................................38 Educational Assistant.........................................................................39 Electrician, Pre-employment...............................................................62 Emergency Medical Technician...........................................................40 Emergency Services Technology..........................................................41 English Language Proficiency...............................................................5 Environmental Conservation and Reclamation Major..........................45 Environmental Monitoring and Protection Major.................................46 Esthetician..........................................................................................48 Event Management.............................................................................49 Equivalencies, High School...................................................................8

B Bachelor of Applied Business: Emergency Services.......................... 26 Bachelor of Applied Science: Environmental Management..........27-28 Bookstore......................................................................................... 12 Business Administration Diploma - General Major........................... 30 Business Administration Diploma - Accounting Major..................... 31 Business Administration Diploma Appraisal & Assessment Major..................................................... 32 Business Administration Diploma - Marketing Major....................... 33 Business Administration Diploma Small Business & Entrepreneurship Major.................................... 34 C Career Investigation Reports.............................................................. 6 Cafeteria.......................................................................................... 12 Carpenter, Pre-employment.............................................................. 61 Child and Youth Care....................................................................... 35 Child Development Centre................................................................ 12 Computing Services......................................................................... 12 Conservation and Restoration Ecology Major................................... 44 Courses Changes (Dropping/Adding)...................................................... 13 Descriptions.....................................................................111-138 Crop Technology............................................................................... 36 D Disability Policy................................................................................ 17

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

F Fees .....................................................................................................9 Application.....................................................................................5 Miscellaneous................................................................................9.

Refunds................................................................................................9 Financial Aid.......................................................................................10 Fire Fighter (NFPA Standard 1001)......................................................50 Full-Time Student................................................................................15 G General Agriculture.............................................................................52 Grading Systems.................................................................................11 H Health Services...................................................................................12 Heavy Equipment Technician..............................................................60 Heavy Oil Engineering Technology.......................................................53 Heavy Oil Operations Technician.........................................................54 High School Equivalencies....................................................................8 I-J-K Instrument Technician, Pre-employment.............................................64 Interior Design Technology..................................................................55 International Applications.....................................................................7 L Lakeland College Policies....................................................................15 Lakeland College Term Dates......................................................... 3 & 4 Learning Centre, The...........................................................................12 M Marketing Major, Business Administration..........................................33 Medical Information..............................................................................7 Miscellaneous Fees...............................................................................9

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

139

Index N-O

S

Office Administration..........................................................................56

Security...............................................................................................12 Sign Language Interpretation.............................................................68 Small Business & Entrepreneurship Major, Business Administration..34 Steamfitter/Pipefitter, Pre-employment...............................................65 Student Employment Centre................................................................12 Suspension.........................................................................................15 Symbols, Grading................................................................................11 System, Grading..................................................................................11

P-Q Paramedic...........................................................................................57 Part-Time Admission......................................................................................6.

Student........................................................................................15 Payment of Fees....................................................................................9 Policies and Procedures, Lakeland College.........................................15 Power Engineering Fourth Class..........................................................58 Practical Nurse...................................................................................59 Pre-emploment Automotive Service/Heavy Equipment Technician......60 Pre-employment Carpenter.................................................................61 Pre-employment Electrician................................................................62 Pre-employment Hairstylist.................................................................63 Pre-employment Instrument Technician..............................................64 Pre-employment Steamfitter/Pipefitter................................................65 Pre-employment Welder.......................................................................66 Probation, Academic...........................................................................15 R Recreation...........................................................................................12 Renewable Energy and Conservation..................................................66 Residence...........................................................................................12 Registration........................................................................................13 Repeat, Course....................................................................................15 Residency Requirement.......................................................................15 Rights and Responsibilities, Student..................................................18

140

Lakeland College 2012-2013

1 800 661 6490

T The Learning Centre............................................................................12 TOEFL............................................................................................. 5 & 7 Trades Training...................................................................................69 Transcript Fee.......................................................................................9 Transfer Credit....................................................................................14 Transitional Vocational........................................................................72 Tuition Fees................................................................................................9 U-V University Transfer...................................................................... 73-108 Veterinary Medical Assistant.............................................................109 W-X-Y-Z Welder, Pre-employment......................................................................66 Western Ranch and Cow Horse..........................................................110 Wildlife and Fisheries Conservation Major..........................................47 Withdrawal .........................................................................................13 from a course..................................................................................13 from Lakeland College....................................................................14

For updates, see our website: www.lakelandcollege.ca

Vermilion Campus

Lloydminster Campus

Come take a tour of one or both of our campuses, meet instructors, take a look at our residences and experience the spirit of Lakeland College. Get into the classroom with our Student For A Day program.

Everyone who comes for a visit is automatically entered to win $1,000 towards their tuition fees.

Call 1 800 661 6490 to arrange a campus tour.